documentation/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Tiffany Chang, 2024
# Martin Trigaux, 2024
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2024
# Jolien De Paepe, 2025
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2025
# Wil Odoo, 2025
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 16:01+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Supply Chain"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8
msgid "Barcode"
msgstr "Barcode"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and "
"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By "
"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered "
"by scanning barcodes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid ""
"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not "
"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory "
"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the "
"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In"
" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10
msgid ""
"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode "
"scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • "
"Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13
msgid "Enable Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it "
"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the "
"*Inventory* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22
msgid ""
"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page "
"to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33
msgid ""
"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can"
" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret "
"barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands "
"and a barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46
msgid ""
"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and"
" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51
msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`"
" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including "
":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57
msgid ""
"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory"
" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123
msgid ""
"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as"
" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67
msgid ""
"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the "
"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be "
"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70
msgid ""
"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase "
"the quantity of that product in the adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the "
"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply "
"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ "
"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the "
":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as"
" well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` "
"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product "
"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the "
"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment"
" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95
msgid ""
"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150
msgid ""
"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming "
"validation of the adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:184
msgid "Did you know?"
msgstr "Wist je dat?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106
msgid ""
"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and "
"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for "
"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window"
" above the scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115
msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117
msgid ""
"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo "
"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120
msgid ""
"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning"
" --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126
msgid ""
"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ "
"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129
msgid ""
"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and"
" source location must be chosen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136
msgid ""
"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose "
"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that "
"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141
msgid ""
"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read "
"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of "
"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for "
"this inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147
msgid ""
"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "Default barcode nomenclature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10
msgid ""
"*Barcode nomenclatures* define how barcodes are recognized and categorized. "
"When a barcode is scanned, it is associated to the **first** rule with a "
"matching pattern. The pattern syntax is described in Odoo's nomenclature "
"list using a regular expression, and a barcode is successfully read by Odoo "
"if its prefix and/or length matches the one defined in the barcode's rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
msgid ""
"For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` "
"station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) "
"format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, "
"are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and "
"price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to "
"identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly "
"interprets all barcodes for the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22
msgid ""
"Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** "
"apps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:24
msgid ""
"Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1"
" <gs1_nomenclature>` formats. This document exclusively focuses on "
":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29
msgid ""
"To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the"
" entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid ""
"In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes "
"specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only "
"within the company, such as in the :ref:`example "
"<barcode/operations/product-weight>` where the barcode is written in the "
"|EAN| format."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:19
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the"
" :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app"
" in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed "
"in the :ref:`default nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo "
"automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid "Example: product weight barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61
msgid ""
"To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products "
"in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used"
" to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to "
"automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of "
"the item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66
msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Rule Name"
msgstr "Regelnaam"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Barcode Pattern"
msgstr "Barcode patroon"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Field in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid ""
"To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the"
" barcode, `2112345000008`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82
msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
msgid ""
"`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the "
"weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** "
"be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three"
" digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` "
"format is `13500`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88
msgid ""
"`8`: `check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ "
"for `211234500000`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92
msgid ""
"To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode "
"for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to "
":guilabel:`kg`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Barcode field on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101
msgid ""
"Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This "
"generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: "
"`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is "
"`2112345015002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109
msgid ""
"Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type,"
" such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to "
"create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as "
"`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is "
"correct."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96
msgid "Create rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122
msgid ""
"Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** "
"in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there "
"are unknown fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125
msgid ""
"While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with "
"information from these rules. `Custom development "
"<https://www.odoo.com/appointment/132>`_ is required for this functionality."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129
msgid ""
"To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then,"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode "
"Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133
msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should "
"be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. "
"Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as "
"the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* "
"GS1 encoding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up "
"window to create a new rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning "
"the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153
msgid ""
"The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of "
"information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`,"
" :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. "
"This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The "
"available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters"
" or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the "
"product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number"
" of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent "
"decimal digits."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167
msgid ""
"`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a"
" two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click "
":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177
msgid "Default nomenclature list"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` "
"rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Soort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188
msgid "Encoding"
msgstr "Codering"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190
msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "Priced Product"
msgstr "Prijs product"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "EAN-13"
msgstr "EAN-13"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193
msgid "23.....{NNNDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Discount Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195
msgid "Discounted Product"
msgstr "Korting product"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Één"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "22{NN}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198
msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199
msgid "Weighted Product"
msgstr "Gewogen product"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201
msgid "21.....{NNDDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202
msgid "Customer Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Client"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205
msgid "042"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207
msgid "Coupon"
msgstr "Kortingsbon"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209
msgid "043|044"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210
msgid "Cashier Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Cashier"
msgstr "Kassière"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "041"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214
msgid "Location barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Locatie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "414"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218
msgid "Package barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package"
msgstr "Verpakking"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "PACK"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222
msgid "Lot barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Lot"
msgstr "Partij"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226
msgid "Magnetic Credit Card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227
msgid "Credit Card"
msgstr "Creditcard"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229
msgid "%.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230
msgid "Product Barcodes"
msgstr "Productbarcodes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "Unit Product"
msgstr "Producteenheid"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233
msgid ".*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain "
"any number or type of characters."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240
msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12
msgid ""
"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates various product "
"and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global "
"Trade Item Numbers <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ (GTIN), "
"purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce "
"product listing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17
msgid ""
"Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify "
"essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity "
"information, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from "
"GS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ to use GS1 barcodes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25
msgid ""
"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
"list>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27
msgid ""
":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, "
"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select "
":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the "
"default barcode nomenclature options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid ""
"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43
msgid ""
"The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is "
"accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 "
":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the "
"information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the "
"corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode "
"Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's "
"discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Once "
"enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 "
"Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60
msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62
msgid ""
"For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a "
"`unique GTIN <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ as an "
"internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| "
"is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated "
"*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters "
"must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems"
" along the supply chain."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68
msgid ""
"Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.). "
"This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the "
"barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as "
"detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>`. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables "
"Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a"
" fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, "
"have flexible length."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid ""
"For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 "
"barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid ""
"Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead "
"of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, "
"use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns "
"and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc "
"<barcode/operations/gs1_usage>` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to"
" product information and configuring the workflow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91
msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow <barcode/operations/quantity-ex>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98
msgid ""
"GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, "
"beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. "
"Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list "
"<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` auto-fills corresponding"
" data in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103
msgid ""
"Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, "
"non-standard GS1 formats."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. "
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule."
" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different "
"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. "
"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The "
":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the "
"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows "
"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches "
"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence "
"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information "
"about the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to "
"the table of rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126
msgid "Barcode troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128
msgid ""
"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try"
" when the barcodes are not working as expected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131
msgid ""
"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as "
":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature "
"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more "
"details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134
msgid ""
"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For "
"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the"
" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's "
"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the "
":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are "
"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be "
"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go"
" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142
msgid ""
"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all "
"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode."
" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to "
"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146
msgid ""
"Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure "
"out which field is causing the issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, "
"start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot "
"number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154
msgid ""
"After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` to Odoo's default list to recognize "
"GS1 barcodes with unique specifications."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159
msgid ""
"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing "
"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is"
" necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted "
"correctly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166
msgid "GS1 nomenclature list"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns "
"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a "
"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the "
"final character."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "GS1 Content Type"
msgstr "GS1 inhoud type"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Odoo field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Numeric identifier"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package name"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "GTIN of contained trade items"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr "Verpakking"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Destination location"
msgstr "Bestemmingslocatie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Source location"
msgstr "Afzender"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "I.D. of a physical location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Batch or lot number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Alpha-numeric name"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Serial number"
msgstr "Serienummer"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging Date"
msgstr "Verpakkingsdatum"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Date"
msgstr "Datum"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Pack date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before Date"
msgstr "Tenminste houdbaar tot datum"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration Date"
msgstr "Vervaldatum"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiry date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Variable count of items"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:144
msgid "Quantity"
msgstr "Hoeveelheid"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "Eenheid"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "UoM: Units"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Count of trade items"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Qty in kg"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Length in meters (m)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Qty in m"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Net volume: liters (L)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Qty in L"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Length in inches (in)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Qty in inches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Qty in oz"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging Type"
msgstr "Verpakkingssoort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77
msgid "Package type"
msgstr "Verpakkingssoort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode usage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10
msgid ""
"GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can "
"interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized "
"globally <barcode/operations/gs1>`, allowing scanners to understand and "
"process supply chain data consistently."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product "
"identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, "
"picking, and shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17
msgid ""
"The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes "
"provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate "
"certain warehouse workflows."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique "
"Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their "
"existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also "
"provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26
msgid "`Purchase GTINs <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27
msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature <barcode/operations/gs1>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32
msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its "
"quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and "
"Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "A.I."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:22
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Product"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204
msgid "01"
msgstr "01"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139
msgid "30"
msgstr "30"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Lot Number"
msgstr "Partijnummer"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54
msgid ""
"First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots "
"<inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking "
"the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form "
"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting "
"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universally "
"recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, "
"as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that "
"contains detailed information about the package contents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72
msgid ""
"To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit "
"|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80
msgid ""
"To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the "
"Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the "
":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"column, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92
msgid ""
"After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page,"
" specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to"
" the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under "
":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176
msgid "Scan barcode on receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103
msgid ""
"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned "
"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view "
"the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs "
"(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be "
"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the "
":guilabel:`Create` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112
msgid ""
"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan"
" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned "
"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to "
"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118
msgid ""
"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to "
"the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For "
"testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty "
"Fuji apples in Lot 2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129
msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200
msgid "2D Matrix"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203
msgid "|AI| (product)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205
msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137
msgid "20611628936004"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138
msgid "|AI| (quantity)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209
msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141
msgid "00000050"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142
msgid "|AI| (lot)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144
msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211
msgid "Full GS1 barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147
msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button to complete the reception."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the "
"*Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160
msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit "
"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are "
"used:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Quantity in kilograms"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "310[0-5]"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178
msgid ""
"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order"
" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure "
"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183
msgid ""
":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs "
"<inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186
msgid ""
"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190
msgid ""
"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of "
"peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of "
"peaches in kilograms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198
msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206
msgid "00614141000012"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207
msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208
msgid "3101"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210
msgid "000521"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212
msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`"
" button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"validation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223
msgid "Verify product moves"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225
msgid ""
"For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also "
"recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229
msgid ""
"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by "
"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open"
" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*"
" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception "
"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode "
"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were "
"properly stored in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Process batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Odoo **Barcode** app can be used to process *Batch*, *Wave*, and "
"*Cluster* transfers that are created in the **Inventory** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:9
msgid ""
"This document covers the steps to process transfers in the **Barcode** app. "
"Instructions on creating transfers can be found below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:12
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:14
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:17
msgid "Process the batch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:19
msgid ""
"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations` and select an"
" operation type (like delivery orders) grouped into batches. From here, "
"select the card for the appropriate batch transfer, and click the "
":guilabel:`BATCH` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst-1
msgid "The Delivery Orders page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:26
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by "
"location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same "
"picking together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:29
msgid ""
"Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for "
"the storage location of the first product. Scan the barcode for the product "
"and package to process the transfer. To record multiple quantities, click "
"the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(edit)` icon, and enter the required "
"quantities for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:34
msgid ""
"Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to "
"mark the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:38
msgid ""
"After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo "
"suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the"
" product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:42
msgid ""
"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. "
"Completed pickings are highlighted in green."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:46
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, "
"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate "
"that the last two product pickings are complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:50
msgid ""
"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after "
"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user "
"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for "
":ref:`product tracking <inventory/product_management/enable-lots>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:0
msgid "Products to be picked in barcode view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other "
"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when "
"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a "
"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute "
"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by "
"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a "
"barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36
msgid ""
"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to"
" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and "
":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation "
"pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44
msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46
msgid ""
"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be"
" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for "
"quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52
msgid ""
"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down"
" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`"
" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click"
" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This "
"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, "
"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the "
"barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79
msgid ""
"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for "
"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be "
"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing "
"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as "
"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed "
"with the stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are "
"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if "
"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should"
" be validated at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be "
"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon "
"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104
msgid ""
"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode "
"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the "
":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of "
"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the "
":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` "
"can be used to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the "
"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional "
"locations to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:215
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the "
"product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be "
"closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132
msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134
msgid ""
"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to "
"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales "
"app --> Create` to create a new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140
msgid ""
"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the "
":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales "
"order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, "
"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This"
" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, "
"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode "
"transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are"
" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if"
" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation "
"should be validated at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that "
"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen "
"to edit that product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the "
"product itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185
msgid ""
"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. "
"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose"
" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190
msgid ""
"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway "
"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various "
"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of"
" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial "
"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-"
"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24
msgid ""
"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The "
"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43
msgid ""
"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features "
"**must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click"
" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55
msgid ""
"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal "
"transfer created, and an operation to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To "
"Process` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This "
"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65
msgid ""
"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed "
"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations "
"the products are being moved from, and moved to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74
msgid ""
"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the "
"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` "
"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to "
"add to the transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new "
"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open "
"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86
msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be "
"moved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired "
"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the"
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at"
" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` "
"overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click "
"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal "
"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to "
"the barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114
msgid ""
"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using "
"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of"
" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be "
"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all "
"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock "
"moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the"
" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or "
":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the "
"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131
msgid ""
"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133
msgid ""
"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product"
" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity "
"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be "
"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is "
"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to "
"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142
msgid ""
"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the "
"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. "
"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product "
"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. "
"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the "
"transferred quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used "
"to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154
msgid ""
"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read "
"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form,"
" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal"
" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now"
" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers "
"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168
msgid ""
"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial "
"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the "
"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is "
"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the "
"barcode of the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174
msgid ""
":ref:`Connect to the Barcode Lookup database <barcode/setup/barcodelookup>` "
"to quickly create new products by scanning their barcodes during internal "
"transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:178
msgid "Create a transfer from scratch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180
msgid ""
"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-"
"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create "
"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:186
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate "
"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes "
"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the "
"scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:195
msgid ""
"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside "
"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying "
"different options is presented."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:198
msgid ""
"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly "
"scan the product barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200
msgid ""
"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to "
"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This "
"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of"
" the device being used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:204
msgid ""
"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing "
"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new "
"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products "
"listed on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211
msgid ""
"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, "
"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add "
"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and "
"product quantities that should be transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:221
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal "
"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Instellingen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3
msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* supports three main types of barcode scanners: USB scanners, "
"bluetooth scanners, and mobile computer scanners. While configuring each "
"type of scanner, common issues may arise, in which the scanners do not work "
"as intended, and Odoo returns errors to the device."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:9
msgid ""
"Read the sections below to identify general and unique device issues, "
"related to specific, popular types of scanners."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:13
msgid "General issues"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:15
msgid ""
"Refer to the following sections below for common issues involving popular "
"barcode scanner devices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:17
msgid ""
"For issues related to specific devices, refer to the :ref:`Android scanners "
"<barcode/setup/android-scanners>` section for mobile computer scanners, or "
"to the :ref:`Screenless scanners <barcode/setup/screenless-scanners>` "
"section for USB and bluetooth scanners."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:22
msgid "Barcode cannot be read"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:24
msgid ""
"One common issue encountered when using barcode scanners is an error "
"resulting from barcodes that cannot be read."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:27
msgid "This can occur due to any of the following reasons:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:29
msgid "The barcode is damaged."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:30
msgid ""
"The device cannot read the required barcode type (some scanners can only "
"read 2D barcodes)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:31
msgid ""
"The barcode being scanned is on a screen. Some scanners don't support this, "
"and the barcodes **must** be printed out to be scanned. This is most common "
"with 1D barcodes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:33
msgid ""
"The device has no battery, or is broken. To rule this out, follow the "
"troubleshooting instructions in the following sections."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:37
msgid "Odoo returns barcode error"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:39
msgid ""
"All types of barcode scanners have their own device \"language\", which "
"affects how they output barcode data to Odoo's *Barcode* app. Sometimes, "
"this can cause Odoo *Barcode* to return a barcode error after scanning. This"
" could be due to any of the following reasons:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:43
msgid ""
"The computer is configured with a different keyboard layout than the barcode"
" scanner. To rule this out, ensure that the device is configured with the "
"same keyboard layout."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:46
msgid ""
"For example, if the computer is configured to use an FR-BE keyboard, "
"configure the scanner to send FR-BE keystrokes. The same logic applies if "
"using a tablet instead of a computer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:49
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring keystrokes, refer to the :doc:`Barcode "
"scanner setup <hardware>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:51
msgid ""
"For mobile computer scanners (such as Zebra devices, for example), the "
"scanner might interpret the barcode differently than intended. To rule this "
"out, scan a test barcode to see how the scanner interprets the barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:58
msgid "Android scanners"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:60
msgid ""
"The most recent barcode scanner models using Android and Google Chrome "
"should work with Odoo. However, due to the variety of models and "
"configurations, it is recommended to first test a scanner's compatibility "
"with Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:64
msgid ""
"The Zebra product line is recommended; specifically, the **Zebra TC21 (WiFi-"
"only)**, and **Zebra TC26 (WiFi/cellular)**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Odoo Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:71
msgid "Barcode app does not give feedback"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:73
msgid ""
"By default, Android barcode scanners pre-process the barcode, then send a "
"full text. Since Odoo *Barcode* does not read this type of output, settings "
"for each type of scanner **must** be configured correctly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:77
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* expects that the scanner works like an analogue keyboard, and"
" so, only detects *key events*. Refer to the following sections for "
"configuration settings for the most popular devices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:81
msgid "Zebra TC21/TC26"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:83
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76
msgid ""
"When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are"
" set to prevent errors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78
msgid ""
"Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the "
":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light "
"blue barcode)` icon)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to "
"access the Zebra scanner's settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92
msgid ""
"Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output`"
" option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option "
"is :guilabel:`Enabled`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options "
"page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the "
":guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure "
"the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the "
"Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:106
msgid ""
"Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"Zebra scanner is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "MUNBYN Android devices"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:112
msgid ""
"When using MUNBYN Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are "
"set to prevent errors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:114
msgid ""
"From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the "
"resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Keyboard input`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:122
msgid ""
"The selected *Process mode* controls how data is processed after barcode "
"data has been read out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:124
msgid ""
"*Keyboard input* enters read-out data at the position of the cursor, the "
"same as input data on an analogue keyboard would."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid "Why is there no data output in the app after a successful scan?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:132
msgid ""
"When scanning a barcode, the scanner might beep, indicating a successful "
"scan, but there is no data output in the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid ""
"To fix this issue, adjust the output method to *keyboard analogue* in the "
"*Scanner* app on the device."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:138
msgid ""
"From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> "
"Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output "
"Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options "
"available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click "
":guilabel:`OK`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:147
msgid ""
"Go back to the app that needs to be scanned, and click on the input dialog "
"box first before scanning. Finally, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN"
" Android scanner is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Datalogic Android devices"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid ""
"When using Datalogic Android scanners, ensure the following configurations "
"are set to prevent errors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:157
msgid ""
"To view and configure all settings for the scanner, use the *Settings* app "
"on the Datalogic Android device. From the applications menu, select "
":menuselection:`Settings --> System --> Scanner Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:161
msgid ""
"From the resulting list of settings, select :guilabel:`Wedge`. From this "
"menu, under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, ensure that the "
":guilabel:`Enable keyboard wedge` feature is activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:165
msgid ""
"Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is "
"set to :guilabel:`Text injection`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to "
":guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated "
"into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:180
msgid ""
"Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"Datalogic Android scanner is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid "Screenless scanners"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:188
msgid ""
"Screenless scanners are barcode scanning devices that have no screens. These"
" include USB scanners and bluetooth scanners."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:192
msgid ""
"Odoo supports most USB and Bluetooth barcode scanners, as they all emulate a"
" keyboard. However, to verify that a scanner is compatible with a specific "
"keyboard layout (or can be configured to do so), refer to Odoo's `Inventory "
"& Barcode compatible hardware <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-"
"hardware>`_ documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "NETUM devices"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid ""
"By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French "
"keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Belgian FR key barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:207
msgid ""
"Once that code has been scanned, ensure the NETUM scanner has the correct "
"keyboard configuration, and is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ":doc:`../setup/hardware`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165
msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Barcode scanner setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7
msgid ""
"Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with "
"Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15
msgid "Scanner types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17
msgid ""
"Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type"
" of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types"
" of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and "
"use cases:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21
msgid ""
"**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for "
"businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line"
" in a grocery store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23
msgid ""
"**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a "
"cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo "
"is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle "
"operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26
msgid ""
"**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode "
"scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29
msgid ""
"If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard "
"layout of the computer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo "
"mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google "
"Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, "
"testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and "
"configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43
msgid ""
"When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations "
"are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "Toetsenbord layout"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49
msgid ""
"When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the "
"operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. "
"Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), "
"with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53
msgid ""
"To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard "
"wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60
msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60
msgid ""
"Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr "Automatisch harde return"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65
msgid ""
"Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental"
" double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include"
" a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)"
" after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the "
"barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70
msgid ""
"Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure "
"it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix"
" ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74
msgid "Zebra scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85
msgid ""
"It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work "
"properly in every circumstance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88
msgid ""
"Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new "
"profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the"
" :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107
msgid ""
"Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111
msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113
msgid ""
"When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure "
"barcodes can be scanned in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116
msgid ""
"Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select "
":guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120
msgid ""
"From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by "
":guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select "
":guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is "
"processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By "
"default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130
msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132
msgid ""
"After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell "
"scanner is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136
msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138
msgid ""
"When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure "
"barcodes can be scanned in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141
msgid ""
"Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the "
":menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)`"
" icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if "
"needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, "
"followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard "
"Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to "
":guilabel:`KeyEvent`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161
msgid ""
"After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab "
"scanner is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
msgid ""
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Products Barcodes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
"at creation on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
msgid ""
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
"*Print* menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade "
"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify "
"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously,"
" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the "
"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73
msgid ""
"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix."
" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, "
"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products "
"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a "
"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78
msgid ""
"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. "
"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also "
"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:84
msgid "Barcode Lookup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:86
msgid ""
"`Barcode Lookup <https://www.barcodelookup.com/>`_ allows you to scan (or "
"enter) products' barcodes (:abbr:`UPC (Universal Product Code)`, :abbr:`EAN "
"(European Article Number)`, or :abbr:`ISBN (International Standard Book "
"Number)`) to automatically create them in your Odoo database, complete with "
"product names, descriptions, images, categories, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:91
msgid ""
"To use Barcode Lookup to scan and create products in Barcode, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to "
"the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and enable :guilabel:`Stock Barcode "
"Database`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:96
msgid ""
"If your database is hosted on **Odoo.sh** or **on-premise**, you must also "
":ref:`configure an API key <barcodelookup/configuration>`. If your database "
"is hosted on **Odoo Online**, you can use Barcode Lookup without further "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:187
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "Voorraad"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management"
" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate "
"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5
msgid "Product management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53
msgid "Configure product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11
msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13
msgid ""
":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) <configure/uom>`: a standard quantity for "
"specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables "
"automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as "
"centimeters to feet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a "
"vendor.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products "
"together, regardless of whether they are the same or different."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two "
"hundred buttons on a shelf.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive "
"or sell them in specified quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28
msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31
msgid "Comparison"
msgstr "Vergelijking"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33
msgid ""
"This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and"
" packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40
msgid "Feature"
msgstr "Eigenschap"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41
msgid "Unit of measure"
msgstr "Maateenheid"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:303
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:159
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Verpakkingen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "Doel"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45
msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46
msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47
msgid ""
"Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs "
"of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48
msgid "Product uniformity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49
msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50
msgid "Allows mixed products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51
msgid "Same products only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52
msgid "Flexible"
msgstr "Flexibel"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53
msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54
msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55
msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56
msgid "Complexity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57
msgid "Simplest for unit conversions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58
msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59
msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60
msgid "Inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61
msgid ""
"Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined"
" in the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63
msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64
msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65
msgid "Smooth barcode operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78
msgid "Not available"
msgstr "Niet beschikbaar"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67
msgid ""
"Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even"
" if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire "
"Packages <inventory/product_management/move-entire-pack>` feature to update "
"the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71
msgid ""
"Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g."
" 1 pack = 12 units)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73
msgid "Product lookup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75
msgid ""
"Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the "
"Odoo database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76
msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77
msgid "Unique barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79
msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80
msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81
msgid "Reusability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87
msgid "Not applicable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83
msgid ""
"Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85
msgid "Disposable only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86
msgid "Container weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88
msgid ""
"Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of"
" a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90
msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30
msgid "Lot/serial number tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92
msgid ""
"Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case "
"<inventory/product_management/lots-uom>` for details)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94
msgid "Applies only to contained products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95
msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96
msgid "Custom routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98
msgid "Cannot be set"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99
msgid ""
"Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "Use cases"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104
msgid ""
"After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with "
"various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their "
"decision."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108
msgid "Pallets of items using packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110
msgid ""
"A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each "
"containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are "
"also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight "
"must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. "
"Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the "
"number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when "
"the pallet is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116
msgid ""
"After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable "
"solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it "
"as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines "
"operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key "
"distinctions include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121
msgid ""
"**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not"
" the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 "
"quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent "
"packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely "
"identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129
msgid "Capture product information using barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131
msgid ""
"An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage "
"location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134
msgid ""
"*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is "
"enabled <inventory/warehouses_storage/enable-package>`, scanning a package "
"barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138
msgid ""
"Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the "
"items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents "
"and facilitates operations, like inventory moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145
msgid "Track different units of measure in storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147
msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149
msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150
msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151
msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153
msgid ""
"*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to "
"kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per "
"product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate "
"|UoMs|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157
msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158
msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160
msgid ""
"Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as "
"subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this "
"workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages "
"can also be used to store items in bulk."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10
msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12
msgid ""
":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Shipping to customers <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`: "
"configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight "
"requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with"
" carrier shipping specifications."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16
msgid "Storing items in bulk."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by"
" enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features "
"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable"
" Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring "
"packages for :ref:`cluster pickings <inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-"
"pack>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25
msgid ""
"*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping "
"cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping"
" weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself "
"(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost "
"calculations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31
msgid ""
"While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can "
"be used in any workflow involving storable products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the "
":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50
msgid ""
"When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be "
"enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location"
" upon updating the package's location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply "
"to (may have to set it for multiple)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56
msgid ""
"On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62
msgid "Pack items"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64
msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66
msgid ""
"Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-operations>` icon on the product "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68
msgid ""
"Using the :ref:`Put in Pack <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>` "
"button to place everything in the transfer into a package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:280
msgid "Detailed operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76
msgid ""
"On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a"
" package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85
msgid ""
"To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an "
"existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package,"
" then select :guilabel:`Create...`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95
msgid ""
"Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the "
":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the "
":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100
msgid ""
":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106
msgid "Put in pack"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse"
" transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer "
"in that newly-created package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and"
" other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid ""
"In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was "
"clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it "
"in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and "
"weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for "
"shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133
msgid ""
":doc:`Shipping carriers "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a "
"blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). "
"The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, "
":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty "
"package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the "
":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a "
"scan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available "
"at all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163
msgid "Cluster packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165
msgid ""
"To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so "
"makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174
msgid ""
"Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing"
" so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship "
"to the customer <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster"
" pickings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after "
"measuring it on a scale."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is "
"available at all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190
msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for "
"moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages "
"used to ship products to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199
msgid ""
":doc:`Using cluster packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:202
msgid "View packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:204
msgid ""
"To view all packages go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`. By default, packages are shown in Kanban view, in their current "
"storage location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:208
msgid "Drag-and-drop packages to move them between internal locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Packages dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding "
"multiple units of a specific product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:10
msgid ""
"For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a "
"12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product "
"form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:15
msgid ""
"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode "
"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, "
"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the"
" packaging to the internal count of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:22
msgid ""
"To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, "
"enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33
msgid "Create packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:35
msgid ""
"Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the "
":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39
msgid "From product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:41
msgid ""
"Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:44
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the "
"table, fill out the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on "
"sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the "
"packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the"
" product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"sales orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:55
msgid ""
"Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by "
"clicking the |adjust| icon to the far-right of the column titles in the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired options from the "
"drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or "
"pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app <barcode/operations/intro>`. Leave "
"blank if not in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the "
"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all "
"companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:65
msgid ""
"To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` "
"to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Create 6-pack case for product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:74
msgid "From product packagings page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76
msgid ""
"To view all packagings that have been created, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. "
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete "
"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new "
"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:82
msgid ""
"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of "
"packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each "
"product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` "
"of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "List of different packagings for products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:91
msgid "Partial reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93
msgid ""
"After :ref:`completing the packaging setup "
"<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`, packagings can be reserved "
"in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging "
"flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment "
"of available items, while awaiting the rest."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:98
msgid ""
"To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, "
"or select the desired product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:101
msgid ""
"On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full "
"Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:105
msgid ""
"To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product "
"Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` "
"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:115
msgid ""
"To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the "
"following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117
msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:118
msgid "an order demands two packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119
msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units"
" are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:124
msgid ""
"Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-"
"two units are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:128
msgid "Apply packagings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130
msgid ""
"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the "
"packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is "
"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:135
msgid ""
"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack "
"packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:144
msgid "Routes for packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:146
msgid ""
"When receiving packagings, by default, they follow the warehouse's "
":doc:`configured reception route "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations>`. To **optionally** set up a "
"packaging-specific route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:151
msgid ""
"The *Product Packagings*, *Storage Locations*, and *Multi-Step Routes* "
"features (found by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`) **must** be activated, and saved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:156
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:159
msgid "Create route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:161
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click :guilabel:`New`, or select a route "
"that is **not** for a warehouse. Next, in the :guilabel:`Applicable on` "
"section, tick the :guilabel:`Packagings` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168
msgid "Create route for a packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168
msgid ""
"Route with \"Packagings\" selected, with \"Products\" and \"Warehouses\" not"
" selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173
msgid "Apply route on packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:175
msgid ""
"Then, to apply the route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Products`, and select the product that uses packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:178
msgid ""
"In the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section that contains :ref:`configured packagings "
"<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`, click the |adjust| icon. "
"Tick the :guilabel:`Routes` checkbox to make the column visible in the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:183
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the packaging-specific route. Repeat"
" these steps for all packaging intended to use the route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Set route on a packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:3
msgid "Product type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, goods and services are both set up as *products*. When setting up a"
" new product, there are several fields that should be carefully chosen, as "
"they determine how to invoice and track a business' goods or services."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure an existing product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Products`, and select the desired product from the list. "
"Alternatively, from the :guilabel:`Products` menu, click :guilabel:`New` to "
"create a new product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Product Type "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l6j0ZkP5mLM>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:21
msgid "For sale vs. purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:23
msgid ""
"Goods and services can be designated as those that can be bought, sold, or "
"both. On the product form, tick the :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox if a product "
"can be *sold* to a customer (e.g. finished goods). Tick :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" if the product can be *purchased* (e.g. raw materials)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:28
msgid ""
"If a resale clothing shop buys discounted denim jackets and sells them at a "
"higher cost to the end consumer, the `Jacket` product form might have *both*"
" the :guilabel:`Sales` and :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:32
msgid ""
"On the other hand, say the store occasionally sews new jackets using denim "
"and thread as raw materials. In the `Denim` and `Thread` product forms, only"
" :guilabel:`Purchase` should be ticked, whereas the `Handmade Jacket` "
"product form would only tick :guilabel:`Sales`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:37
msgid "Goods vs. services"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:39
msgid ""
"When configuring a product, a :guilabel:`Product Type` needs to be selected "
"on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of a product form. Each product "
"type impacts different operations in other Odoo applications, such as "
"**Sales** and **Purchase**, and should be chosen carefully."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Goods`: a tangible, material object (e.g. anything from a "
"hamburger to a house)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Service`: an intangible, immaterial offering (e.g., a repair, a "
"haircut, call center assistance)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Combo`: any mix of goods and services (e.g. a new car (*good*) "
"with an oil change included (*service*))"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:51
msgid ""
"Due to their immaterial nature, services are not trackable in Odoo's "
"**Inventory** application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:56
msgid "Configure goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:58
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Goods` as the :guilabel:`Product Type` automatically "
"triggers the appearance of a few fields and tabs in the product form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab: From here, :doc:`purchasing and manufacturing "
"routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` and product "
"logistics, such as product weight and customer lead time, can be specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Invoicing Policy <inventory/product_management/invoicing-policy>` "
"field: This field determines at what point in the sales process a customer "
"is invoiced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:68
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field **only** appears if the **Sales** app"
" is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:70
msgid ""
":ref:`Track Inventory <inventory/product_management/tracking-inventory>` "
"field: This checkbox determines whether Odoo tracks inventory for this "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:72
msgid ""
"Smart buttons: Some smart buttons appear above the form when "
":guilabel:`Goods` is selected; others show upon selecting a :guilabel:`Track"
" Inventory` method. For example, :guilabel:`On Hand` and "
":guilabel:`Forecasted` display when :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked. "
"In general, most smart buttons on a product form link to :ref:`inventory "
"operations <inventory/product_management/inventory-ops-by-product-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1
msgid "Designate a product as a good or service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:84
msgid "Invoicing policy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:86
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Invoicing policy` field only shows on the product form if a "
"product is for sale (in other words, if :guilabel:`Sales` is ticked, and the"
" **Sales** app is installed)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:89
msgid ""
"When configuring a product for sale, it is necessary to choose an "
":doc:`invoicing policy "
"<../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>`. When an invoicing "
"policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` is selected, customers are invoiced"
" once the sales order is confirmed. When :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is"
" selected, customers are invoiced once the delivery is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:98
msgid "Tracked vs. untracked goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field on the product form determines a lot "
"of Odoo's **Inventory** operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:103
msgid ""
"*Tracked* products are those for which stock and inventory are maintained. "
"Examples include finished goods and, often, the raw materials or components "
"needed to make them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:106
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked, a drop-down menu appears, "
"offering for inventory to be tracked one of three ways: :guilabel:`By Unique"
" Serial Number`, :guilabel:`By Lots`, or :guilabel:`By Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1
msgid "Configure a tracked good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:113
msgid ""
"*Untracked* products (sometimes referred to as *non-inventory* products) are"
" typically consumed in a short period of time, meaning that stock/inventory "
"does *not* need to be maintained. Non-inventory products are often "
"essential, but exact counts are unnecessary. Examples include: office "
"supplies, packaging materials, or items used in production that do not need "
"to be individually tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:119
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox if it is necessary to track a "
"product's stock at various locations, for inventory valuation, with lots "
"and/or serial numbers, or when using reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:124
msgid ""
":doc:`Tracking storable products using lot and serial numbers "
"<../product_tracking>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:129
msgid "Inventory operations by product type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:131
msgid ""
":ref:`Whether a good is tracked or untracked "
"<inventory/product_management/tracking-inventory>` affects common "
"**Inventory** operations, like transfers and reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:134
msgid ""
"The table below summarizes which operations (and smart buttons) are enabled "
"for tracked vs. untracked goods. Click highlighted chart items to navigate "
"to detailed sections and related documents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:142
msgid "Inventory operation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:143
msgid "Tracked"
msgstr "Gevolgd"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:144
msgid "Untracked"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:145
msgid ":ref:`Show on-hand quantity <inventory/product_management/on-hand>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:155
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:162
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:165
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:171
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:174
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:181
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:183
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:147
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:184
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nee"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:148
msgid ":ref:`Show forecasted quantity <inventory/product_management/on-hand>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:151
msgid ""
":ref:`Use reordering rules <inventory/product_management/replenishment>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:154
msgid ""
":ref:`Can be included in a purchase order <inventory/product_management/po>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:157
msgid ":ref:`Use putaway rules <inventory/product_management/putaway>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:160
msgid ""
":ref:`Can be manufactured, subcontracted, or used in another good's BoM "
"<inventory/product_management/manufacturing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:164
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory adjustments "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:167
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory valuation "
"<../inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:170
msgid ":ref:`Create transfer <inventory/product_management/transfer-store>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:173
msgid ":doc:`Use lot/serial number tracking <../product_tracking>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:176
msgid ""
":doc:`Can be placed in a kit "
"<../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:179
msgid ""
":ref:`Can be placed in a package <inventory/product_management/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:182
msgid ""
":ref:`Appears on inventory reports <inventory/product_management/report>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:192
msgid "On-hand and forecasted quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:194
msgid ""
"A tracked product's on-hand and forecasted quantities, based on incoming and"
" outgoing orders, are reflected on the product form with two smart buttons:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:197
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-cubes` :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity`: This represents the number of"
" units currently available in inventory. Click the button to view or add "
"stock levels for a tracked product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:199
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`Forecasted`: This represents the number of "
"units *expected* to be available in inventory after all orders are taken "
"into account. In other words, :math:`\\text{forecasted} = \\text{on hand "
"quantity} + \\text{incoming shipments} - \\text{outgoing shipments}`. Click "
"the button to view the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:204
msgid ""
"On the other hand, untracked products are regarded as *always* available. "
"Consequently, :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity` is not tracked, and there is no "
":guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:211
msgid "Putaway rules and storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:213
msgid "Both tracked and untracked goods can optimize storage using:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:215
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-random` :doc:`Putaway Rules "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway>`: This represents "
"putaway rules that apply to a good, such as where to store it when a new "
"shipment arrives."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:218
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-cubes` :doc:`Storage Capacities "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>`: This "
"represents any storage capacity limitations specified for this good. For "
"example, a warehouse may require that only ten (or less) sofas be stored "
"there at any given time, due to their large size."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:227
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr "Aanvullen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:230
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3
msgid "Reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:232
msgid ""
"Only tracked products can trigger :doc:`reordering rules "
"<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` to generate "
"purchase orders. Untracked goods *cannot* be managed using reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:236
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be configured directly on the product form via the "
":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(refresh)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:240
msgid ""
"If reordering rules already exist on a product, Odoo re-labels this button "
"to :guilabel:`Min / Max`, to show the minimum and maximum number of units "
"that must be in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:246
msgid "Create purchase orders"
msgstr "Inkooporders aanmaken"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:248
msgid ""
"Both tracked and untracked products can be included in a request for "
"quotation in the **Purchase** app. However, when receiving untracked "
"products, their on-hand quantity does not change upon validating the receipt"
" (`WH/IN`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:253
msgid "Replenish smart button"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:255
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Replenish` smart button allows all goods to be restocked "
"directly from the product form, according to the *Preferred Route*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:259
msgid ""
":doc:`Replenishment <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment>` `Odoo "
"Tutorials: Replenishment Methods for Manufacturing "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vtjeMGcG8aM>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:266
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:7
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Productie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:268
msgid ""
"Both tracked and untracked products can be manufactured, :doc:`subcontracted"
" <../../../manufacturing/subcontracting>`, or included in another product's "
":doc:`bill of materials (BoM) "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:274
msgid ""
"On the product form for a tracked or untracked good, there are several smart"
" buttons that may appear for manufacturing operations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:277
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-flask` :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: This shows the BoMs used to "
"make this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:278
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-level-up` :guilabel:`Used In`: This shows other goods that include"
" this product in their BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:284
msgid "Transfer goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:286
msgid ""
"*Transfers* are warehouse operations that involve the movement of goods. "
"Examples of transfers include :doc:`deliveries and receipts "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, as "
"well as :doc:`internal transfers "
"<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>` between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:292
msgid ""
"When creating a transfer for tracked products in the **Inventory** app, "
"transfers modify the on-hand quantity at each location. For example, "
"transferring five units from the internal location `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing"
" Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and increases it at "
"`WH/Packing Zone`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:297
msgid ""
"For untracked products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at "
"each storage location are not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:305
msgid ""
"Both tracked and untracked (non-inventory), products can be placed in "
":doc:`packages <package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:307
msgid ""
"However, for non-inventory products, the quantity is not tracked, and the "
"product is not listed in the package's :guilabel:`Contents` (which can be "
"accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`, and selecting the desired package)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314
msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314
msgid ""
"An untracked product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section "
"does not list it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:316
msgid ""
"Additionally, if the *Move Entire Packages* feature is enabled, moving a "
"package updates the location of the contained tracked products but not the "
"contained untracked products. To enable this feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, "
"select any operation, and tick the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:324
msgid "Inventory reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:326
msgid "**Only** tracked products appear on the following reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:329
msgid ""
"These reports are only available to users with :doc:`administrator access "
"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:332
msgid ""
":doc:`Stock report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/stock>`: This report "
"provides a comprehensive list of all on-hand, unreserved, incoming, and "
"outgoing tracked inventory. To access the report, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:335
msgid ""
":doc:`Location report  <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: This"
" report shows a breakdown of which tracked products are held at each "
"location (internal, external, or virtual). The report is only available with"
" the *Storage Location* feature activated (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`). To access it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" app --> Reporting --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:340
msgid ""
":doc:`Moves History report "
"<../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: This report summarizes "
"where and when this good has moved in/out of stock. To access the report, go"
" to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`. "
"Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`In / Out` smart "
"button on a product form to filter the report on that product's specific "
"moves history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:345
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Moves Analysis`: This report provides a pivot table view of "
"inventory transfers by operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:347
msgid ""
":ref:`Stock Valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
"report>`: A detailed record of the monetary value of all tracked inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr "Maateenheid"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
"imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big "
"pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` "
"setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32
msgid "Units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of "
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can "
"convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units "
"belong to the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43
msgid ""
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
"new units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product"
" in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on "
"the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` "
"field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` "
"field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than"
" the reference Unit of Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54
msgid ""
"If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally "
"recognized `code managed by GS1 <https://www.unspsc.org/>`_, that **must** "
"be purchased in order to use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the "
"new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a"
" box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid ""
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
" category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68
msgid ""
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form"
" page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
"The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's "
"inventory and internal transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75
msgid ""
"Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that "
"the product is purchased in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81
msgid "Unit conversion"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different "
":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of "
"Measure)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86
msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88
msgid ""
":ref:`Vendor orders <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`: purchase "
"|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse "
"documents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic replenishment <inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`: "
"generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips "
"below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93
msgid ""
":ref:`Sell products <inventory/product_replenishment/sell-in-uom>`: if a "
"different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted "
"to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100
msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo "
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If "
"needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106
msgid ""
"After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113
msgid ""
"When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its "
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in "
"boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows"
" the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121
msgid ""
"An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of "
"6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127
msgid ""
"Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit "
"of Measure\": `Units`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135
msgid ""
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The"
" purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`"
" field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143
msgid ""
"A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is"
" listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150
msgid ""
"Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart "
"button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted "
"Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, "
"click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the "
"purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160
msgid ""
"When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses "
"the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can "
"be manually edited on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163
msgid ""
"After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales "
"order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the "
"|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's "
"inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery "
"shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, "
"but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in"
" boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5
msgid "Inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15
msgid "Automatic inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid ""
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team manually "
"posts journal entries, based on the physical inventory of the company, and "
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, each product "
"category reflects this, with the :guilabel:`Costing Method` set to "
":guilabel:`Standard Price`, and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` (not "
"visible by default) set to :guilabel:`Manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "The Costing Method field is located on the Product Categories form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, perpetual (automatic) inventory valuation creates real-time "
"*journal entries* in the *Accounting* app whenever stock enters or leaves "
"the company's warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:24
msgid ""
"This document is focused on the proper setup of automatic inventory "
"valuation, which is an integrated valuation method that ensures journal "
"entries in the *Accounting* app match stock valuation updates in the "
"*Inventory* app. For an introduction of inventory valuation in Odoo, refer "
"to the :doc:`using_inventory_valuation` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:30
msgid ""
"Switching from manual to automatic inventory valuation may cause "
"discrepancies between stock valuation and accounting journals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
msgid ""
"One `successful strategy <https://www.odoo.com/r/Kvfg>`_ for switching to "
"automated valuation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
msgid ""
"Clear existing stock (possibly with an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
msgid "Change the inventory valuation method to *Automatic*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
msgid ""
"Return the existing stock, with the original monetary value (using an "
"inventory adjustment)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
msgid ""
"Once the existing stock is recovered, the Odoo *Accounting* app "
"automatically generates the journal entries to corresponding stock valuation"
" records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
msgid ""
"To properly set up automatic inventory valuation, follow these steps in "
"Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
msgid ""
":ref:`Install Accounting app and enable specific settings "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/accounting-setup>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
msgid ""
":ref:`Set Automatic inventory valuation on product categories "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/valuation-on-product-category>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
msgid ""
":ref:`Set costing method <inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57
msgid "Accounting setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
msgid ""
"To use automatic inventory valuation, install the *Accounting* app. Next, go"
" to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` section, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic "
"Accounting` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
msgid ""
"Enabling :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting` shows the previously invisible "
"*Inventory Valuation* field on a product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"Automatic Accounting feature in Stock Valuation section of Settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`Expense <inventory/warehouses_storage/expense-account>` "
"and :ref:`Stock input/output <inventory/warehouses_storage/stock-account>` "
"sections of documentation for details on configuring the accounting journals"
" shown."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79
msgid "Product category setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/accounting-setup>`, the next step is to set "
"the product category to use automatic inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select the desired product category. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, set the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Valuation` field to :guilabel:`Automated`. Repeat this step for every "
"product category intending to use automatic inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
msgid ""
"After enabling automatic accounting, each new stock move layer (SVL), that "
"is created during inventory valuation updates, generates a journal entry."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Valuation field on the product category, with its various stock "
"accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
msgid "Costing method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/accounting-setup>`, the *costing method* for "
"calculating and recording inventory costs is defined on the product category"
" in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the appropriate "
":guilabel:`Costing Method`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr "Kostprijs"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
msgid ""
"The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually "
"defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation."
" Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is "
"the cost defined on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
msgid "Operation"
msgstr "Bewerking"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr "Kostprijs per eenheid"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
msgid "Incoming Value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr "Voorraadwaarde"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:93
msgid "$10"
msgstr "$10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:88
msgid "$0"
msgstr "$0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:247
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248
msgid "8 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249
msgid "$80"
msgstr "$80"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:250
msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:181
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
msgid "4 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
msgid "$120"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:255
msgid "Deliver 10 products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:235
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
msgid "-10 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
msgid "$20"
msgstr "$20"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:242
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151
msgid "2 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
msgid "$40"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)"
msgstr "Gemiddelde kostprijs (AVCO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
msgid ""
"Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that "
"product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this "
"costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts "
"based on the purchase price of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
msgid "$12"
msgstr "$12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:253
msgid "4 * $16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
msgid "$144"
msgstr "$144"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:187
msgid "-10 * $12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188
msgid "$24"
msgstr "$24"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190
msgid "$9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
msgid "2 * $6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193
msgid "$36"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:267
msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269
msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with "
"the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-"
"hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:204
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the"
" inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. "
"Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
msgid ""
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in "
"the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory "
"Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is "
"then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the "
"inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr "First In First Out (FIFO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
msgid ""
"Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the "
"real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase "
"price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of "
"that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an "
"updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
msgid ""
"This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a "
"variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human "
"error."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256
msgid "$16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-8 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-2 * $16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
msgid "$32"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
msgid "$11"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
msgid "$44"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the "
"incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two "
"units were purchased for $16."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:279
msgid ""
"First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity "
"by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
msgid ""
"The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the"
" previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining "
"quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid ""
"When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = "
"$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290
msgid ""
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is "
"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any "
"adjustments here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
"changed manually, Odoo generates a corresponding record in the *Inventory "
"Valuation* report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
msgid ""
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
"categories."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308
msgid "Types of accounting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
msgid ""
"With automated inventory valuation set up, the generated journal entries "
"depend on the chosen accounting mode: *Continental* or *Anglo-Saxon*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314
msgid ""
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode`, and "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, look for `Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, "
"to see if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, *Continental* "
"accounting mode is in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324
msgid ""
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
"when products are sold or delivered. This means the cost of a good is only "
"recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:328
msgid ""
"So, for **manual** valuation method, set the *Expense Account* to *Stock "
"Valuation* for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation method, "
"set the *Expense Account* to an *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type (e.g."
" *Cost of Production*, *Cost of Goods Sold*, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
msgid ""
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
"product is received into stock. Because of this, the *Expense Account* can "
"be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, however, it is "
"more commonly set to an *Expenses* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`Expense <inventory/warehouses_storage/expense-account>` "
"and :ref:`Stock input/output <inventory/warehouses_storage/stock-account>` "
"sections for details on configuring each account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
msgid "Expense account"
msgstr "Kostenrekening"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
msgid ""
"To configure the *expense account*, which is used in both manual and "
"automatic inventory valuation, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties` "
"section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account "
"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
msgid ""
"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type "
"based on the information below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423
msgid "Anglo-Saxon"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
msgid "Automated"
msgstr "Geautomatiseerd"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:361
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the "
":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:365
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of "
"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:273
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Handmatig"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock "
"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by "
"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is "
":guilabel:`Current Assets`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:382
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:441
msgid "Continental"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:388
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:393
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or "
":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399
msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output"
" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product"
" Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. "
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. "
"These accounts are defined as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:410
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are "
"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:425
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer "
"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing "
"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:430
msgid ""
"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the "
"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose "
":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:438
msgid ""
"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current "
"Asset* account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:443
msgid ""
"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought"
" and sold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:448
msgid ""
"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim "
"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set"
" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output "
"accounts are assigned to the **same** account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:458
msgid "Inventory valuation reporting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:460
msgid ""
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Balance "
"Sheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item to unfold the drop-"
"down menu, and look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`, "
":guilabel:`Stock Interim (Received)`, and :guilabel:`Stock Interim "
"(Delivered)` lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:466
msgid ""
"At the top of the dashboard, click the :guilabel:`As of [date]` button to "
"display accounting records up to a specified date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:470
msgid ""
":ref:`Stock accounts and what they do <inventory/warehouses_storage/stock-"
"account>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:471
msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:477
msgid ""
"Access more specific information by clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` "
":guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon to the right of the desired journal. Select "
":guilabel:`General Ledger` to see a list of all of the journal entries, "
"where each line item's :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon can"
" be clicked to reveal the :guilabel:`View Journal Entry` option to open the "
"individualized journal entry."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:483
msgid ""
"Additionally, annotations to the :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by "
"choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, filling in the text box, and clicking "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "Show Stock Valuation journals in a list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Landed costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:10
msgid ""
"When shipping products to customers, the landed cost is the total price of a"
" product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *Landed Costs* feature is used to take additional costs into "
"account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost "
"of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:20
msgid ""
"To add landed costs to products, the *Landed Costs* feature must first be "
"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:24
msgid ""
"Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once the page refreshes, a new :guilabel:`Default Journal` field appears "
"below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Default Journal` drop-down menu to reveal a list of "
"accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries "
"related to landed costs should be recorded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:37
msgid "Create landed cost product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:39
msgid ""
"For charges that are consistently added as landed costs, a landed cost "
"product can be created in Odoo. This way, a landed cost product can be "
"quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be "
"manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:43
msgid ""
"To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:46
msgid ""
"Assign a name to the landed cost product in the :guilabel:`Product Name` "
"field (i.e. `International Shipping`). In the :guilabel:`Product Type` "
"field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the "
":guilabel:`Product Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:51
msgid ""
"Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to "
":guilabel:`Service`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:53
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and tick the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` in the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section. Once "
"ticked, a new :guilabel:`Default Split Method` field appears below it, "
"prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in "
"the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in"
" the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Current Cost`: splits the cost according to the cost of each "
"product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of "
"the landed cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the "
"products in the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the "
"products in the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line"
" as a landed cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:71
msgid ""
"To apply a landed cost on a vendor bill, products in the original |PO| "
"**must** belong to a *Product Category* with a *Costing Method* of either "
"|AVCO| or |FIFO|, and the valuation method can be :doc:`manual "
"<using_inventory_valuation>` or :doc:`automatic "
"<inventory_valuation_config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77
msgid "Create purchase order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New` to create a new request "
"for quotation (RfQ). In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add a vendor to order "
"products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the "
":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:83
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the order. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, "
"followed by :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:87
msgid "Create vendor bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be "
"created from the |PO| in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:92
msgid ""
"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click into the |PO| for "
"which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. "
"This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:96
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar "
"popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:99
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`,"
" and click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column to select "
"the previously-created landed cost product. Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-"
"upload` :guilabel:`(cloud with arrow)` icon to manually save and update the "
"draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:107
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column, the product ordered from the vendor "
"does **not** have its checkbox ticked, while the landed cost product's "
"checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other "
"costs displayed on the bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:111
msgid ""
"Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` "
"button appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:117
msgid "Add landed cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:122
msgid ""
"Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost "
"pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:125
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-"
"down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:132
msgid ""
"In addition to creating landed costs directly from a vendor bill, landed "
"cost records can *also* be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking"
" :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:136
msgid ""
"After setting the picking from the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, "
"click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the "
":guilabel:`Total:` cost)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:139
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the impact of the "
"landed costs. The :guilabel:`Original Value` column lists the original price"
" of the |PO|, the :guilabel:`Additional Landed Cost` column displays the "
"landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for "
"the total cost of the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:144
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the "
"accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:146
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear at the top of the"
" form. Click the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to open a "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation "
"listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:151
msgid ""
"For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the "
"product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:154
msgid ""
"To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:158
msgid ""
"Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed "
"in the *Accounting* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:161
msgid ""
"To locate these journal entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app "
"--> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number"
" (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:164
msgid ""
"Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and "
"other information about the entry."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:0
msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17
msgid ""
"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation "
"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by "
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation <inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26
msgid ""
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
"scenario below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure"
" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the "
"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`"
" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal"
" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`"
" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40
msgid ""
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the"
" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button "
"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was "
"affected by this purchase."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :doc:`consignment "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows "
"ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not"
" accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
msgid ""
"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all "
"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to"
" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
"report>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86
msgid "Inventory valuation report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88
msgid ""
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on "
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products "
"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and"
" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-"
"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified "
"date can be seen and selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107
msgid ""
"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-"
"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the "
"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114
msgid "Update product unit price"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:116
msgid ""
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
"to update the unit price of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:121
msgid ""
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or "
":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:129
msgid ""
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select "
":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by "
"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to "
"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ "
"(plus)` button on the right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:135
msgid ""
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be "
"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:140
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are"
" only visible after grouping entries by product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
"inflation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148
msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:150
msgid ""
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` "
"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory "
"valuation records are identified by checking values in the "
":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column "
"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` "
"for receipts)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:156
msgid ""
"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry "
"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change "
"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:161
msgid ""
"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon "
"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page "
"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`."
" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value "
"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:170
msgid ""
"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for "
"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:178
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:3
msgid "Valuation by lots/serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:5
msgid ""
"Track :doc:`inventory valuation <using_inventory_valuation>` by :doc:`lots "
"or serial numbers <../../product_management/product_tracking>` to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:8
msgid ""
":ref:`Compare and differentiate purchasing cost "
"<inventory/product_management/view-valuation>`, based on lot or serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:10
msgid ""
"Track the actual cost of manufactured products, based on the real cost of "
"each tracked component used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:12
msgid ""
"Depreciate specific lot or serial numbers when they :doc:`sit in stock for "
"too long <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/aging>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:16
msgid ""
"Please read this :doc:`introduction to inventory valuation "
"<inventory_valuation_config>` before setting up valuation by lot/serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:22
msgid ""
"To enable valuation by lots or serial numbers, begin by enabling the "
":doc:`Lots and Serial Numbers feature <../product_tracking>`. After that, go"
" to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the"
" desired product, or create a new product, by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:26
msgid ""
"On the product form, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, choose a product "
"category. Ensure the product category's :ref:`Costing Method "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>` is set to *First In First "
"Out (FIFO)* or *Average Cost (AVCO)*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:31
msgid ""
"To check the costing method set on the product category, hover over the "
":guilabel:`Category` field, and click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` "
":guilabel:`(Internal Link)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:35
msgid ":ref:`Costing methods <inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:37
msgid ""
"Next, activate the product to be tracked by lots or serial numbers by "
"ticking the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox. Then, click the adjacent "
"field that appears, and choose either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By "
"Unique Serial Number` from the resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:41
msgid ""
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Valuation by Lot/Serial number` checkbox "
"appear below it. Tick that checkbox, and the configuration to track "
"valuation by lot or serial numbers is complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47
msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47
msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:50
msgid "Valuation layers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:52
msgid ""
"To understand how valuation by lots and serial numbers works, consider these"
" scenarios:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:54
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase and sell products <inventory/product_management/valuation-"
"cost-example>`: cost is calculated based on the *product category's* costing"
" method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:56
msgid ""
":ref:`Create new lot/serial numbers <inventory/product_management/valuation-"
"cost-new>` using an inventory adjustment: value of the new lot/serial number"
" is assigned to the cost from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:59
msgid ""
"Inventory adjustment to update quantities for an :ref:`existing lot/serial "
"number <inventory/product_management/valuation-cost-existing>`: value is "
"assigned based on the most recent cost for that lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:63
msgid ""
"For both :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First In First Out)` "
"methods, the *Cost* field on the product form is calculated using this "
"formula:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:66
msgid ":math:`Avg~Cost = \\frac{Total~Value}{Total~Qty}`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:71
msgid "Purchase products"
msgstr "Inkoop producten"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:73
msgid ""
"Consider how purchasing products affect the inventory valuation, in the "
"table below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:81
msgid "Lot number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:82
msgid "Math"
msgstr "Wiskunde"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:83
msgid "Average cost on product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:84
msgid "Empty stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:85
msgid "0.00"
msgstr "0.00"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:89
msgid "Day 1: Receive one product at $10/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:95
msgid "1.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:91
msgid "LOT 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:92
msgid ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:94
msgid "Day 2: Receive another product at $20/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:96
msgid "LOT 2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:97
msgid ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:98
msgid "$15"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103
msgid "Show Cost on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103
msgid ""
"As a result, the product form displays an average cost of $15 in the "
"**Cost** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:108
msgid "Create new lot/serial number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:110
msgid ""
"Creating a new lot/serial number through an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` assigns the "
"same value as the cost on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:114
msgid ""
"To make an inventory adjustment, and assign a lot number, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:117
msgid ""
"In the new inventory adjustment line that appears, set the "
":guilabel:`Product`, create the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, set the "
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, and click :icon:`fa-floppy-o` "
":guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:121
msgid ""
"To view the valuation layer, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` per unit matches the "
"*Cost* on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:125
msgid ""
"Continuing the example in the table above, when the product cost is `$15`, "
"the valuation for a newly-created `LOT3` is also be `$15`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0
msgid "Show inventory adjustment valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:134
msgid "Existing lot/serial number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:136
msgid ""
"When adjusting the quantity of an existing lot/serial number, the value is "
"based on the most recent valuation layer for that specific lot/serial "
"number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:140
msgid ""
"Continuing the example in the table above, the value for `LOT 1` is `$10`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:142
msgid ""
"So, when the quantity is updated from `1.00` to `2.00`, the additional "
"quantity is also valued at `$10`, reflecting the latest valuation layer for "
"`LOT 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0
msgid "Show valuation of LOT 1 getting updated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:148
msgid ""
"The inventory adjustment (top line) is valued the same as LOT 1 (bottom "
"line)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:153
msgid "View valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:155
msgid ""
"To find the average cost of a specific lot/serial number, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and "
"select the desired record."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:158
msgid ""
"Both the :guilabel:`Cost` and :guilabel:`Average Cost` fields show a unit's "
"average cost. The :guilabel:`Total Value` reflects the total on-hand value "
"for that lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:162
msgid ""
"Ensure the costing method is set to *First In First Out (FIFO)* or *Average "
"Cost (AVCO)* to display the cost on this page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168
msgid "Show cost of the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168
msgid ""
"Lot form, displaying **Cost** field. The **Valuation** smart button is in "
"the top-right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:170
msgid ""
"Valuation layers of a lot/serial number can be viewed through the "
":ref:`valuation report <inventory/product_management/valuation-report>`, or "
"by clicking the lot/serial number's :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button. "
"These detailed, line-by-line records can help determine how each inventory "
"move of the specific lot/serial number affects its valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:178
msgid "Valuation report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:180
msgid ""
"Display the valuation of lots and serial numbers in the database by going to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:183
msgid ""
"On the resulting :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, click the search bar, "
"and in the :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Group By` section of the resulting "
"drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial number`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:188
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of a "
"collapsed lot number line to :ref:`manually modify the cost "
"<inventory/product_management/update-unit-price>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:191
msgid ""
"This is useful for adjusting individual lot prices when a purchase order or "
"bill includes multiple lots/serial numbers, as initial prices are identical "
"upon reception."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst-1
msgid "Show valuation report, by lots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:198
msgid "Valuation smart button"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:200
msgid ""
"To access a filtered part of the *Stock Valuation* report, specific to a lot"
" or serial number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`, and select the desired item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:203
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` page, click the :guilabel:`Valuation` "
"smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208
msgid "All stock moves relating to `LOT 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208
msgid "All stock moves that affect the valuation of `LOT 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6
msgid "Product tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products "
"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, "
"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and "
"inventory reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also "
"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16
msgid ""
"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" or products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:21
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26
msgid ""
"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*"
" feature must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29
msgid ""
"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38
msgid "When to use lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product"
" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls "
"or expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for "
"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life "
"cycles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55
msgid "When to use serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply "
"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services related to products they sell and deliver."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "List of serial numbers for product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, "
"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:379
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr "Traceerbaarheid"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, "
"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was "
"sent."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or "
"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80
msgid ""
"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed "
"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers "
"have been specifically assigned to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83
msgid ""
"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be "
"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For "
"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one "
"product per serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial "
"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that "
"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From "
"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart"
" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations "
"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Expiration dates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
"expired products to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
"buy and sell perishable products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:25
msgid ""
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, an "
"additional feature appears to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on "
"Delivery Slips`. Activating these features helps with end-to-end "
"traceability, making it easier to manage product recalls, identify batches "
"of faulty products, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
"features have been enabled in the **Inventory** app settings, expiration "
"information can be configured on individual products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
"for that particular item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:52
msgid ""
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
":guilabel:`Goods` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field, select either :guilabel:`By Unique "
"Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:66
msgid ""
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` section, there are four categories of expiration"
" information to configure for the product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** being dangerous yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
" particular serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:85
msgid ""
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
"manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:89
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:94
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96
msgid ""
"Generating expiration dates for *incoming* goods can be done directly on the"
" :guilabel:`Receipt`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Receipts`, then click on a line to open the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` record."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
" The receipt cannot be validated without an assigned lot or serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:109
msgid ""
"From here, click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon located on "
"the of the product line. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"pop-up will appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:112
msgid ""
"In the pop-up, the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` automatically populates, "
"based on the configuration on the product form. Click the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field on the appropriate line, then enter the "
"lot or serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
"the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` can be manually entered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:120
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Save` when finished to close the pop-up. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:125
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`; and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:131
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
"(MO) needs to be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:136
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and click :guilabel:`New`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:144
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:149
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:151
msgid ""
"The appropriate number of :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` automatically "
"populated in the field. Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon"
" to reveal additional information for those specific numbers. On that pop-"
"up, all expiration information that was previously configured for the "
"product is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Components pop-up with expiration information for specific lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:160
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:162
msgid ""
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
"create a sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:165
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` to create a new "
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:168
msgid ""
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:171
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
"date, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to confirm the date. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:176
msgid ""
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
"product form, then no alerts are created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:179
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:182
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:187
msgid ""
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
"Categories`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:133
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:197
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:199
msgid ""
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the search bar. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select "
"the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down menu. Doing so "
"breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and the "
"assigned lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211
msgid ""
"Customers can also view the expiration date alert in their customer portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:216
msgid "Expiration alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:218
msgid ""
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:220
msgid ""
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:224
msgid ""
"To view expiration date information in the list view, click the :icon:`oi-"
"settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust settings)` icon at the top of the list "
"of records, then tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:228
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` detail form, the :guilabel:`Dates` "
"lists all expiration information related to the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231
msgid ""
"If the expiration date for a lot/serial number has passed, the form displays"
" a red :guilabel:`Expiration Alert` at the top of the page to indicate that "
"the products in this lot are either expired or expiring soon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:235
msgid ""
"From here, click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the "
"breadcrumbs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:237
msgid ""
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
"are expired (or will expire soon), click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` page via the breadcrumbs. Remove all of the search filters from the"
" search bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:241
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247
msgid "Expiration notifications"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249
msgid ""
"Users can be notified when the expiration date for a product has passed. "
"This can help keep specific employees up to date on the status of items "
"under their purview."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:252
msgid ""
"To configure a notification, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Products`. Select a product configured with lot/serial numbers "
"and expiration date tracking. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, select a user in the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257
msgid ""
"When the expiation date passes for a lot/serial number for this product, a "
"notification is sent to the user in this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3
msgid "Lot numbers"
msgstr "Partijnummers"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10
msgid ""
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They "
"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored,"
" shipped, or manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common "
"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received "
"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for "
"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates <expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26
msgid ""
"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go"
" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox "
"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32
msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33
msgid ""
":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers "
"<barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42
msgid "Track by lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure "
"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a "
"product to configure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48
msgid ""
"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be "
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment"
" <reassign>` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65
msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67
msgid ""
"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` on the receipt form. When "
"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-"
"delivery>`, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75
msgid "On receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77
msgid ""
"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly"
" on receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_ a |PO| for products tracked "
"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that "
"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban "
"card, and choosing the desired receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an "
"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating "
"the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, "
"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106
msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109
msgid "Manual assignment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111
msgid ""
"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, "
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116
msgid ""
"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for "
"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125
msgid "Import lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import "
"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the "
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140
msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140
msgid ""
"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import "
"Lots** pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* "
"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace "
"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option"
" unticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200
msgid ""
":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers <inventory/product_management/lot-"
"traceability>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157
msgid "On delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159
msgid ""
"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen"
" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162
msgid ""
"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for "
"that specific |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`"
" kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order "
"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the "
"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is "
"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full "
":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock "
"in that particular lot)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179
msgid ""
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` directly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183
msgid ""
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also "
"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is "
"enough to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191
msgid ""
"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the "
":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. "
"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203
msgid "Lot management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205
msgid ""
"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208
msgid ""
"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down "
"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number"
" to :ref:`modify or add details <inventory/product_management/edit-lot>` "
"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created "
"<inventory/product_management/create-new-lot>` from this page, by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218
msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218
msgid ""
"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223
msgid "Modify lot"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225
msgid ""
"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a "
"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow "
"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line "
"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated "
"number to any desired one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233
msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the "
":guilabel:`Product`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number "
"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier "
"manufacturer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in"
" this text field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242
msgid ""
"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` "
"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing "
"stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the lot number form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250
msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253
msgid "Add property"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255
msgid ""
"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two "
"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page,"
" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below "
"the existing fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262
msgid ""
"Name and :doc:`configure the new field "
"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the "
"property value in the new field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266
msgid ""
"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry "
"wood`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273
msgid ""
":doc:`Configuring custom properties "
"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278
msgid "Reserve lot number for a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280
msgid ""
"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284
msgid ""
"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. "
"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers "
"on receipts <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field "
"on the lot form, and changing the generated number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293
msgid ""
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298
msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304
msgid ""
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the "
"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on"
" a receipt <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`, or when making an "
"inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310
msgid ""
"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer "
"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320
msgid ""
"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and "
"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot "
"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328
msgid ""
"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers "
"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing "
"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337
msgid ""
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
" warehouse receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343
msgid "Display lots on delivery slips"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345
msgid ""
"When selling products tracked with lots, it is possible to include the lot "
"numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to "
"customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or "
"repair request, or registering the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349
msgid ""
"To include lot numbers on delivery slips, open the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial "
"Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
"Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products "
"tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357
msgid ""
"To view lot numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and "
"select an order containing a product tracked using lots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361
msgid ""
"To view the lot numbers of products included in the order, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` button to the right of the tab. Ensure that the"
" :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a "
":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each "
"product included in the order are displayed in this column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326
msgid ""
"When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370
msgid ""
"At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` "
":guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :guilabel:`Print --> Delivery "
"Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using "
"the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their "
"respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid ""
"The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial"
" number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it"
" was stored, who it went to (and when)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:384
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:388
msgid ""
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
"assigned to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:391
msgid ""
"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to"
" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options,"
" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click "
"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"Number` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:397
msgid ""
"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing "
"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of "
"products with that assigned number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:405
msgid "Traceability report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:407
msgid ""
"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number "
"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:416
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3
msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5
msgid ""
"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, "
"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent "
"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory "
"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not "
"originally assigned lots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15
msgid ""
"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one "
"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the "
"quantities *with* the lot numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers <lots>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers <serial_numbers>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:23
msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:25
msgid ""
"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin "
"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select the intended product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:28
msgid ""
"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` "
"column, change the value to zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:32
msgid ""
"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on "
"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:40
msgid "Change traceability setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:42
msgid ""
"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option "
"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique "
"Serial Number`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:55
msgid "Restore on-hand quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:57
msgid ""
"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the "
"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired"
" product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:61
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had "
"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning "
"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-"
"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the "
":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` to its original value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:75
msgid ""
"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` "
"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the "
":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` "
"button on the far-right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:84
msgid ""
"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is "
"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0
msgid "Show the history entry."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Serial numbers"
msgstr "Serienummers"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
"Odoo, along with :doc:`lots <lots>`. A serial number is a unique identifier "
"assigned to a product to distinguish it from other products in a series. "
"Serial numbers can consist of several character types: they can contain "
"numbers, letters, other typographical characters, or any mix of these "
"character types."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:10
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers allows for the tracking of individual "
"products and their :doc:`expiration dates <expiration_dates>` and location "
"throughout the supply chain. For instance, serial numbers can help "
"manufacturers locate products to provide after-sales services or in the "
"event of a recall."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZP-"
"gMz2X5AY>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:23
msgid ""
"To track products using serial numbers, two settings need to be enabled: the"
" :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers traceability setting "
"<inventory/product_management/traceability-setting>`, and :ref:`serial "
"number usage by operation type <inventory/product_management/operation-type-"
"setting>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:30
msgid "Traceability setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Lots & Serial Numbers* traceability feature *must* be enabled first to "
"track products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
"section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember "
"to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44
msgid "By operation type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:46
msgid ""
"Next, specify whether the ability to create new or use existing serial "
"numbers should be turned on for particular operation types (such as shipping"
" or receiving goods). In other words, this setting allows for serial number "
"tracking on warehouse receipts and delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:51
msgid ""
"Enabling the *Create New* option for receipts allows new serial numbers to "
"be assigned as items are received. However, for delivery orders, it is often"
" disabled to prevent workers from accidentally assigning serial numbers that"
" do not exist in inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:55
msgid ""
"To enable the creation of new serial numbers on an operation, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:58
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation "
"type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's "
"configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on individual products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71
msgid ""
"Once the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers setting "
"<inventory/product_management/traceability-setting>` has been activated, "
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To track a "
"product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and"
" select the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the product form, make sure "
"the box next to :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is checked. Then, select "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the "
"changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and "
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:86
msgid "Assign serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:88
msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers can be assigned at several times and places:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:90
msgid ""
"When a product is :ref:`already in stock "
"<inventory/product_management/already-in-stock>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"Via the :ref:`Moves smart button <inventory/product_management/moves-"
"button>` on a receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:92
msgid ""
"Via the :ref:`Open: Stock move window <inventory/product_management/stock-"
"move>` on a receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93
msgid ""
":doc:`During a manufacturing order "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a "
"product tracked by lots/serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:96
msgid ""
"When :doc:`making an inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104
msgid ""
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
"assigned serial number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so "
"reveals a blank lot/serial number form. On this form, a new "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:110
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
"changing the generated number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:114
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118
msgid ""
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for "
"additional traceability), and to assign this specific lot/serial number "
"configuration to a specific company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. A "
"detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in"
" the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:125
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number field is a space for manufacturers"
" to input an additional unique number to allow for easier tracking. For "
"instance, SKU values may be used here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:129
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:134
msgid ""
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:138
msgid ""
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
"smart button to view the new serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144
msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can be assigned to both incoming and outgoing goods. The "
"receipt and delivery order forms mirror one another; the instructions below "
"can be followed to assign serial numbers in either form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150
msgid ""
"**Incoming goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **receipt**. "
"Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Receipts`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152
msgid ""
"**Outgoing goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **delivery "
"order**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" app --> Operations --> Deliveries`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:156
msgid ""
"Before assigning serial numbers on receipts or delivery orders, be sure that"
" the ability to :ref:`create new serial numbers by operations type "
"<inventory/product_management/operation-type-setting>` is enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:161
msgid "Lots/serial number field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:163
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` "
"field on a receipt or delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170
msgid ""
"To make the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field visible on a receipt or "
"delivery order, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(Adjust "
"Settings)` icon, and in the drop-down menu, tick the :guilabel:`Serial "
"Numbers` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0
msgid "Allow Serial Numbers field to show on a receipt or delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:177
msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182
msgid "Stock move pop-up window"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:184
msgid ""
"For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, "
"click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188
msgid "Add a line"
msgstr "Regel toevoegen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:190
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, manually enter serial "
"numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best "
"reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200
msgid "Generate Serials/Lots"
msgstr "Genereer serienummer-/partijnummers"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:202
msgid ""
"Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate "
"Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show generate serials pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which "
"contains a few fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210
msgid ""
":guilabel:`First SN`: Input the first serial number that should start the "
"sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be "
"followed to generate more serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to "
"generate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215
msgid ""
"The number of serials generated will be reflected in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field on a receipt or delivery order. Even if the "
"number of serial numbers generated exceeds the :guilabel:`Demand` value, "
"Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered"
" or received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox: Check this box to keep existing "
"serial numbers that may have been previously added. To replace existing "
"serial numbers in the list, leave the box unchecked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227
msgid ""
"After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The "
"newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` "
"window. By clicking :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the "
"delivery order or receipt update automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:233
msgid "Import Serials/Lots"
msgstr "Importeer serienummers/partijen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:235
msgid ""
"Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the"
" :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239
msgid ""
"If the import button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` box "
"is checked in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page "
"<inventory/product_management/operation-type-setting>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Serials` pop-up window. Enter each "
"serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text"
" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:245
msgid ""
"As when :ref:`generating serials <inventory/product_management/generate-"
"serials>`, check the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` box to keep existing "
"serial numbers, or leave it unchecked to overwrite them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:250
msgid ""
"To expedite this process, copy/paste serial numbers from an existing "
"spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show import serials pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:259
msgid ""
"For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has "
"already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262
msgid ""
"So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` "
"and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following "
"in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:271
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two "
"serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already"
" been assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0
msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:282
msgid ""
"Accessible from both receipt and delivery order forms, the *Detailed "
"Operations* page shows a detailed view of product movements, including "
"information about serial numbers, exact locations, expiration dates, etc. "
"This level of detail permits more precise tracking, for example, when "
"handling perishable or regulated goods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:287
msgid ""
"To access this page, first :ref:`select a warehouse receipt or delivery "
"order <inventory/product_management/incoming-outgoing-products>`. Then, "
"click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Moves` smart button at the top of "
"the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column, manually type (or select from "
"the drop-down menu) the desired serial numbers for each individual product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show the detailed Moves page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:297
msgid ""
"When finished, click the receipt/delivery order's breadcrumbs, and the "
"assigned serial numbers are automatically saved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301
msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303
msgid ""
"When selling products tracked using serial numbers, it is possible to "
"include the serial numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can"
" be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as "
"filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307
msgid ""
"To include serial numbers on delivery slips, open the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial "
"Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
"Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products "
"tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316
msgid ""
"To view serial numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to "
"the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, "
"and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320
msgid ""
"To view the serial numbers of products included in the order, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the right of the tab. Ensure that the "
":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a "
":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each "
"product included in the order are displayed in this column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329
msgid ""
"At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` "
":guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :menuselection:`Print --> Delivery "
"Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using "
"the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to "
"their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338
msgid "Traceability & reporting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:340
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the *Lots/Serial Numbers* dashboard"
" and traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: when and"
" where it originated, where it was stored, and who it was shipped to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:345
msgid "Lots/Serial Numbers dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:347
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:352
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "Rapportages"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:354
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, products with serial "
"numbers assigned to them are listed by default. Click the :icon:`fa-caret-"
"right` :guilabel:`(expand)` icon to show which serial numbers are assigned "
"to the chosen product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:358
msgid ""
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-"
"down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
" which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:363
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots. Each row can be "
"expanded to show all quantities of product assigned to that serial/lot "
"number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just "
"one product per serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:371
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual serial (or lot) number, "
"click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
":guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
"serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:377
msgid ":doc:`Reassign <reassign>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:379
msgid ""
"In addition to using the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, there "
"are several other reporting templates that display the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
" Number` field or the ability to filter by serial number. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting` to access:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:383
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations` report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:384
msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:385
msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5
msgid "Shipping and receiving"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6
msgid "Inbound and outbound flows"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
"routes-1018>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
"on shipped products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30
msgid "One-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38
msgid ""
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
"Out)` removal strategies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41
msgid ""
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
"perishable items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48
msgid "Two-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52
msgid ""
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
" the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
"being shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57
msgid ""
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60
msgid ""
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83
msgid ""
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
"until they are transferred into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69
msgid "Three-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
"inspection into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
"for shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77
msgid ""
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81
msgid ""
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
"before receiving items into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
"another truck."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid ""
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45
msgid ""
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
"for it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
"products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77
msgid ""
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
"*Output*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86
msgid ""
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
" not fit the needs of the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step "
"<receipts_delivery_one_step>` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, "
"and update the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42
msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35
msgid "Create a sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new quote, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, which "
"reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the "
"quotation form. Clicking it opens the picking order to move the ordered "
"product from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60
msgid "Process a picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
msgid ""
"The picking order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. To view"
" the picking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the"
" :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button, which reveals the picking order "
"generated from the previously confirmed sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Picking order operation showing source location and destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
msgid "Process a packing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:80
msgid ""
"After validating the picking, the packing order is ready to process. Click "
"back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pack` "
"task card on the dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button (in this case, :guilabel:`1 To "
"Process`). This reveals the packing order generated from the previously "
"confirmed sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86
msgid ""
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Packing order operation showing source location and destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98
msgid "Process a delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:100
msgid ""
"Once the packing order has been validated, the delivery order is ready to "
"process. Navigate back to the original sales order to process the delivery "
"by going to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and selecting the sales order "
"created previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
msgid ""
"Delivery orders can *also* be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" app --> Operations --> Deliveries`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:108
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are 3 transfers, "
"instead of one. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button shows the "
"three operations for this sales order: the picking, the packing, and the "
"delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:112
msgid ""
"Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click"
" :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
"the customer location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Dropshipping"
msgstr "Dropship"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:7
msgid ""
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:20
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
"enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"While it is not necessary to enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route in addition to"
" the :guilabel:`Dropship` route, enabling both provides the option of "
"dropshipping the product or purchasing it directly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:50
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"When a sales order is created for a dropshipped product, an associated "
"request for quotation (RfQ) is automatically generated to purchase the "
"product from the vendor. Sales orders can be viewed in the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. "
"Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales "
"order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
"purchase order, and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button in "
"the top-right corner of the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"The dropship receipt displays :guilabel:`Partners/Vendors` in the "
":guilabel:`Source Location` field, and :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` in the"
" :guilabel:`Destination Location` field. Upon delivery of the product to the"
" customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top-left of the "
"dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
"*consignment*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
"products they don't actually own."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid ""
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35
msgid ""
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid ""
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43
msgid ""
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
"must match."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
"option enabled on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61
msgid ""
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69
msgid ""
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, "
"the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
"button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84
msgid ""
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87
msgid ""
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
"and choose a report to view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91
msgid ""
"Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products "
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96
msgid "Product moves report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98
msgid ""
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
"finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115
msgid ""
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119
msgid "Stock on hand report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121
msgid ""
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
"addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the "
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3
msgid "Putaway rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5
msgid ""
"Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations "
"upon shipment arrival."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how"
" products move through specified warehouse locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10
msgid ""
"Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to "
"efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval "
"for future delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can "
"also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by "
"directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nCQMf6sj_w8>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36
msgid "Define putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the "
":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a "
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43
msgid ""
"Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or "
"package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where "
"the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Store to` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50
msgid ""
"For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*"
" of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside "
"`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55
msgid ""
"In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-"
"locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57
msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58
msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60
msgid ""
"Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field "
":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the "
":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63
msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70
msgid "Putaway rule priority"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72
msgid ""
"Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from "
"highest to lowest) until a match is found:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75
msgid "Package type and product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76
msgid "Package type and product category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79
msgid "Product category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84
msgid ""
"When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it "
"is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86
msgid ""
"`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when "
"receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected"
" to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88
msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90
msgid ""
"Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small"
" Refrigerator`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
msgid "One-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to "
"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received "
"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to "
"customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:28
msgid ""
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the "
"same amount of steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16
msgid ""
"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be "
"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + "
"ship)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22
msgid ""
"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select "
"a warehouse to edit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming "
"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 "
"step)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34
msgid ""
"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing"
" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37
msgid ""
"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse "
"form, the feature **must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
msgid ""
"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick "
"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` "
"feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:48
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "Goederen direct ontvangen (1 stap)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50
msgid ""
"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor "
"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a"
" purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79
msgid ""
"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:59
msgid ""
"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various "
"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and "
"select a product to add to the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:92
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the "
":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95
msgid ""
"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at "
"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt "
"(WH/IN) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:111
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249
msgid "Process receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82
msgid ""
"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into "
"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once "
"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
msgid ""
"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view"
" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "Goederen direct leveren (1 stap)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99
msgid ""
"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock"
" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a "
"sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156
msgid "Create sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158
msgid ""
"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161
msgid ""
"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various"
" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:115
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and "
"select a product to add to the sales order quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the "
":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
msgid ""
"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at "
"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery "
"(WH/OUT) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207
msgid "Process delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131
msgid ""
"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can "
"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Demand` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order "
"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:142
msgid ""
"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view"
" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229
msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10
msgid ""
"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out "
"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, "
"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might"
" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as "
"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and "
"shelves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:17
msgid ""
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are "
"transferred into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:21
msgid ""
"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their "
"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location"
" before being shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:24
msgid ""
"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), "
"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be "
"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + "
"pack + ship)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to "
"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* feature must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and "
"select a warehouse to edit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming "
"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, "
"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output "
"and then deliver (2 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:60
msgid ""
"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*"
" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and "
"`WH/Output`, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any "
"other necessary changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor "
"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to "
"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), "
"and a subsequent internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various "
"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:103
msgid ""
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** "
"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:107
msgid ""
"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that "
"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113
msgid ""
"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into "
"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once "
"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products"
" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126
msgid "Process internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128
msgid ""
"Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to "
"process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:133
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list "
"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated "
"with the previously validated receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move "
"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139
msgid ""
"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are "
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151
msgid ""
"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to "
"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer "
"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a "
"subsequent delivery order (DO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and "
"select a product to add to the sales order quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182
msgid "Process picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to"
" process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186
msgid ""
"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and "
"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of "
"all pickings to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193
msgid ""
"Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to "
"reveal the picking order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200
msgid ""
"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the"
" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209
msgid ""
"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to "
"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order "
"form reveals the newly created delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list "
"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the "
"previously validated picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222
msgid ""
"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field "
"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
"goods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
"quality area and into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do "
"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail "
"form for that specific warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive "
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change "
"(or update) the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr "Maak een inkooporder"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ "
"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
msgid "Process a receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once the purchase order (PO) is confirmed, a receipt (`WH/IN`) operation is "
"generated and ready to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"The receipt can be confirmed from the original purchase order form, or it "
"can be accessed by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and "
"locating the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all incoming receipts to"
" process. Click the receipt associated with the previous purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the receipt, and move the product to "
"the destination location, :guilabel:`WH/Input`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:80
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"Once the receipt has been validated, an internal transfer operation to move "
"the product to quality control is ready to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:85
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs to navigate back to "
"the dashboard, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:88
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all internal transfers "
"to process. Then, choose the internal transfer associated with the validated"
" receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move "
"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the internal transfer to move the product to quality control has been "
"validated, another internal transfer operation to move the product into "
"warehouse stock is ready to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:104
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`YourCompany: Internal Transfers` in the breadcrumbs to "
"reveal the list of all internal transfers to process. Then, select the new "
"internal transfer to move the product from `WH/Quality Control` to "
"`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:108
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move "
"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9
msgid ""
"Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from "
"two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses"
" to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to "
"fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the "
"following before proceeding:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a "
"sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, "
"packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20
msgid ""
"Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock"
" in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real "
"warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse"
" ID is the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25
msgid ""
"Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`three-step delivery "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
"The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the"
" virtual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
"Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or "
"packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36
msgid ""
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the "
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
" Routes` features **must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. "
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47
msgid "Create virtual parent location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49
msgid ""
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that "
"acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54
msgid ""
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the "
"warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and "
"other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
"Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
"Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. "
"Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "New warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouse configurations "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77
msgid ""
":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments "
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step/wh>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78
msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83
msgid "Create child warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85
msgid ""
"Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
"there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of "
"the virtual parent location warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding "
"instructions <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` to configure the physical stock "
"locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ""
"Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110
msgid ""
"While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this "
"point to :ref:`link the child warehouses <inventory/routes/link-to-vwh>` in "
"the next section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117
msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119
msgid ""
"To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location "
"configured in the :ref:`previous step <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123
msgid ""
"Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse "
":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location "
"(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126
msgid ""
"Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical "
"Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) "
"from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131
msgid ""
"To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent "
"Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. "
"`VWH/Stock`) **must**  have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to "
":guilabel:`Internal Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139
msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141
msgid ""
"Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills "
"orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is"
" insufficient stock in any one location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145
msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147
msgid ""
"Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to "
":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various "
"physical warehouses together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152
msgid ""
"Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was "
":ref:`previously created <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, from the "
":guilabel:`Locations` list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155
msgid ""
"On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, "
"set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the"
" product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171
msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173
msgid ""
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, "
"the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at "
"least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178
msgid ""
"The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the"
" quantities:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180
msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181
msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182
msgid ""
"Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse "
"`VWH`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184
msgid ""
"Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, "
"add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"two products stored in the two warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
"value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created "
"<inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*"
" tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse "
"delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list"
" the virtual warehouse location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200
msgid ""
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the "
":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are "
"tied to the virtual parent location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
"order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from "
"different warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on "
"the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216
msgid ""
"Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and "
"then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with "
"the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
"the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the"
" :ref:`previous section <inventory/routes/child-wh>` to ensure the correct "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227
msgid ""
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
"orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
"employee form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3
msgid "Storage categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules <putaway>`, as an "
"extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations "
"for products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8
msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature <inventory/routes/enable-storage-"
"categories>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11
msgid ""
":ref:`Define a storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` with "
"specific limitations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12
msgid ""
"Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations <inventory/routes/assign-"
"location>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13
msgid ""
"Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule "
"<inventory/routes/set-putaway-attribute>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`putaway`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20
msgid ""
"Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet "
"specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then "
"evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the "
"best one on the warehouse transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28
msgid ""
"To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, "
"ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"features are enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32
msgid ""
"Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1
msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41
msgid "Define storage category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43
msgid ""
"A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, "
"before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49
msgid ""
"On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the "
":guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52
msgid ""
"Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55
msgid ""
"Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a "
"maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred "
"kilograms)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58
msgid ""
"While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the "
"same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts "
"across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by "
"package <inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is "
"considered available to store a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
"location is empty."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
"the same product is already there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
"in this location at the same time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72
msgid ""
"When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage "
"locations the category has been assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76
msgid "Capacity by weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78
msgid ""
"On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max"
" Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage "
"category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83
msgid "Capacity by product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to "
"input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89
msgid ""
"Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right "
"Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in"
" the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100
msgid "Capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102
msgid ""
"For companies using :doc:`packages "
"<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure"
" real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, "
"bins, boxes, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111
msgid ""
"Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High "
"Frequency pallets` storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages "
"for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` "
"`Pallets` for a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Create a storage category on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124
msgid "Assign to location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to "
"the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created "
"category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131
msgid ""
"Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets "
"stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-"
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid ""
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141
msgid "Putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143
msgid ""
"With the :ref:`storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` and "
":ref:`location <inventory/routes/assign-location>` set up, create the "
":doc:`putaway rule <putaway>` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the "
":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the "
"storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to "
"locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned "
"to them <inventory/routes/assign-location>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160
msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162
msgid ""
"To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of "
"packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package "
"<inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168
msgid ""
"Then, :ref:`putaway rules <inventory/routes/putaway-rule>` are set, so that "
"any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` "
"and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171
msgid ""
"Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations,"
" when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios "
"happen:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:3
msgid "Routes and push/pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Routes* in Odoo control the movement of products between different "
"locations, whether internal or external, using push and pull rules. Once set"
" up, these rules help automate the logistics of product movement based on "
"specific conditions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Routes <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qkhDUezyZuc>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11
msgid ":doc:`Standard routes in Odoo <../daily_operations>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:14
msgid ""
"Routes are applicable on products, product categories, shipping methods, "
":ref:`packagings <inventory/product_management/route-on-packaging>`, and on "
"the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18
msgid "About routes and terminology"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:20
msgid ""
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:29
msgid ""
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
"respective locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:38
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective "
"boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be "
"delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48
msgid "Push rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:50
msgid ""
"Push rules are used to *supply products into a storage locations* as soon as"
" they arrive at a specific receiving location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:54
msgid ""
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
"already generated the product transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:57
msgid ""
"In a :doc:`one-step receipt route <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, which uses "
"one push rule, when a product arrives in the warehouse, a push rule can "
"automatically transfer it to the *Storage Location*. Different push rules "
"can be applied to different products, allowing for customized storage "
"locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66
msgid "Rule for a Receive in one step route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66
msgid "Push rule for the 'Receive in one step' route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:90
msgid ""
"For more information about configuring rules, skip to the :ref:`Configure "
"rules section <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72
msgid "Pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:74
msgid ""
"Pull rules trigger product moves on demand, such as a sales order or a "
":doc:`need to restock "
"<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:77
msgid ""
"Pull rules work backward from the demand location. For example, in a "
":ref:`two-step delivery <inventory/shipping_receiving/two-step-delivery>` "
"route, where items move from *Stock* to *Output* before being delivered to "
"the *Customer Location*, the pull rule first creates a transfer from "
"*Output* to the customer. If the product is not at *Output*, another pull "
"rule creates a transfer from *Stock* to *Output*. The warehouse workers then"
" process these transfers in the reverse order: picking, then shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88
msgid "Example pull rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88
msgid "Pull rules for the 'Deliver in two steps' route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98
msgid ""
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103
msgid ""
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105
msgid ""
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107
msgid ""
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125
msgid ""
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134
msgid ""
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:150
msgid ""
":ref:`Applicable on packagings <inventory/product_management/packaging-"
"route>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:156
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:165
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr "Aangepaste routes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:167
msgid ""
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
"places."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175
msgid ""
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:178
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:183
msgid ""
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
"from the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:191
msgid ""
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
"that route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:199
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:203
msgid ""
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
"quotation/sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210
msgid ""
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
"manually set on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:213
msgid ""
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227
msgid "Rules"
msgstr "Regels"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:229
msgid ""
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:237
msgid ""
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
":guilabel:`Action`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
"this need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:244
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
"destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:254
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
"zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:262
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:265
msgid ""
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
" of the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
"products to the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278
msgid "Example flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:280
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
" flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:283
msgid ""
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:286
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:289
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:292
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:300
msgid ""
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:308
msgid ""
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:316
msgid ""
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
"output zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:323
msgid ""
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
"required products from the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
" zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330
msgid ""
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
"items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:335
msgid ""
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5
msgid "Picking methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3
msgid "Batch picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, "
"reducing the number of times needed to navigate to a warehouse location. "
"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking "
"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the"
" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:12
msgid ""
"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, "
"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered "
"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase"
" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:16
msgid ""
"Batch picking is ideal for industries or warehouses that handle high order "
"volumes with a stable demand. This method increases efficiency by allowing "
"workers to pick items for multiple orders in one trip through the warehouse,"
" reducing travel time and boosting productivity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:23
msgid ""
"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster "
"Transfers` box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:30
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this "
"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration"
" > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:107
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in two steps "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:42
msgid "Create batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:44
msgid ""
"To manually group transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`, hover over the desired operation type from the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` menu (e.g. the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban card), click the "
":icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then select "
":guilabel:`Prepare Batch`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:230
msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field "
"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:234
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation "
"type under which the picking is categorized."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:62
msgid ""
"To learn more about the :guilabel:`Dock Location`, :guilabel:`Vehicle`, and "
":guilabel:`Vehicle Category` fields, see :doc:`dispatch management system "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:66
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to "
"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:69
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter "
"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:72
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:74
msgid ""
"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm"
" the batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:77
msgid ""
"A new batch transfer is assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel "
"Willis`, for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled"
" Date` is set to `August 11`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:83
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the "
":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because "
"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:87
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:97
msgid "Add batch from transfers list"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the "
":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any"
" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n"
"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected "
"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :icon:`fa-cog` "
":guilabel:`Actions` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the "
"resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:126
msgid ""
"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the "
"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:117
msgid ""
"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch "
"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:120
msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:135
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Description` field can be used to add additional information "
"to help workers identify the source of the batch, where to place the batch, "
"what shipping containers to use, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:126
msgid ""
"To create a batch to be processed at a later time, select the "
":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141
msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:134
msgid "Automatic batches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:136
msgid ""
"Batches can be automatically created and assigned based on several criteria."
" The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:140
msgid ""
"In a multi-steps delivery process, the picking operation can be grouped by "
"customer, while the shipping operation can be organized by carrier and "
"destination country."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:143
msgid ""
"To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type "
"(e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Then, select one or more"
" :guilabel:`Batch Grouping` criteria by ticking the appropriate checkbox. "
"Even if more than one grouping option is selected, only one batch is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:148
msgid ""
"Batches can be automatically generated based on the following criteria:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:150
msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Country`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Source Location`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154
msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping "
"criteria visible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:160
msgid "Process batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:162
msgid ""
"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
"--> Batch Transfers` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165
msgid ""
"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch "
"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under"
" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:170
msgid ""
"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` "
"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that "
"are currently *not* available in-stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:177
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the "
"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`"
" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed "
"Operations* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:185
msgid ""
"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187
msgid ""
"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity"
" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to"
" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the "
"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:193
msgid ""
"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantities in stock to fulfill the batch transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:197
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again "
"for available products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203
msgid "Create backorder"
msgstr "Maak backorder"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product "
"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208
msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:210
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new"
" batch transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:213
msgid ""
"When creating a new backorder, the transfers that have **not** been "
"validated in the batch will be removed from it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:216
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating "
"another batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:218
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch "
"transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3
msgid "Cluster picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10
msgid ""
"Cluster picking is an advanced picking method that combines the efficiency "
"of :ref:`batch picking <inventory/misc/batch_picking>` with immediate "
"sorting during the picking process. It is best suited for warehouses with "
"high order volumes where organization and speed are critical."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:14
msgid ""
"Unlike batch picking, which requires a separate sorting step after picking, "
"cluster picking sorts items directly into designated bins or containers for "
"each *sales order* (SO). This eliminates the need for post-picking "
"consolidation, making it ideal for operations prioritizing speed and "
"accuracy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:18
msgid ""
"Cluster picking is particularly effective in environments where immediate "
"organization is crucial, and orders contain a mix of items that need precise"
" sorting during, rather than after, the picking process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:22
msgid ""
"However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent "
"orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created"
" beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29
msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30
msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:31
msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:33
msgid ""
"Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:35
msgid ""
"To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three "
"empty packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:37
msgid ""
"Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the "
"picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated "
"for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and "
"loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:41
msgid ""
"With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to "
"the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for "
"shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50
msgid ""
"To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & "
"Cluster Transfers` options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:57
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this "
"settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:48
msgid ""
"*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they "
"can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:64
msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "Klik op :guilabel:`Opslaan` als je klaar bent."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:72
msgid "Packages setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74
msgid ""
"To configure the containers to be used during the picking process, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. Click the "
":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:78
msgid ""
"On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled "
"with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` "
"is automatically set to the creation date of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:82
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:85
msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:88
msgid ""
"A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy "
"identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using "
"their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to "
":guilabel:`Reusable Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Create new package form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:96
msgid "Create cluster batch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98
msgid ""
"To create a cluster, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app` and select "
"the operation type card, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` "
"(whichever is the first operation in the delivery flow)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:103
msgid ""
"Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or "
"three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:108
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to "
"add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the "
":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to "
"batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:115
msgid ""
"To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`, in a warehouse configured with "
"two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:119
msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120
msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:121
msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129
msgid ""
"Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add "
"to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch "
"transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:132
msgid "Then, add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:138
msgid ""
"To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the "
":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:147
msgid "Process batches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:149
msgid ""
"To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations"
" --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:152
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked "
"are grouped by location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Destination Package` to the package dedicated to that "
"particular order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157
msgid ""
"Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and "
"bananas :ref:`example <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>` by assigning"
" each picking to a dedicated package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:160
msgid ""
"At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in"
" all three pickings to one of the three reusable packages, `CLUSTER-PACK-1`,"
" `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:163
msgid ""
"Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3
msgid "Wave transfers"
msgstr "Wavepickings"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:7
msgid ""
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
"contains certain parts of different pickings. In Odoo, wave transfers are "
"batch transfers with an extra step: transfers are split before being grouped"
" in a batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:11
msgid ""
"Wave picking is ideal for warehouses that need to optimize the handling of "
"high order volumes while managing complex picking criteria. With wave "
"transfers, orders are grouped into waves based on factors like product "
"location, category, or scheduled shipping times. Each wave is assigned to a "
"different employee for the most efficient execution."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16
msgid ""
"Wave picking is particularly useful for operations where multiple sales "
"orders (SOs), or a single order, must be picked across different waves. This"
" approach enables flexible scheduling, allowing warehouses to align picking "
"activities with shipping deadlines, or resource availability."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21
msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and one orange"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:22
msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and one banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:23
msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, one orange, and two bananas"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:25
msgid ""
"Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C. A "
"warehouse employee is assigned to the wave, and is provided with the "
"following instructions:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:28
msgid ""
"Shelf A: Pick three apples. Place them into a central cart designated for "
"the wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:29
msgid "Shelf B: Pick two oranges. Add them to the same cart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30
msgid "Shelf C: Pick three bananas. Add them to the cart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32
msgid ""
"The employee then takes the cart to the sorting/packing station. Items are "
"then sorted and packed into individual orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:38
msgid ""
"To enable wave picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick "
"the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to enable the "
"setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"options, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on "
"this settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54
msgid "Create a wave"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56
msgid ""
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
"operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. Find the desired "
"Kanban card, then click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical "
"ellipsis)` icon to open the options menu. Under :guilabel:`New`, click "
":guilabel:`Prepare Wave`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66
msgid "Create a new wave"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:68
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Prepare Wave` pop-up, stock moves lines are grouped by "
"source location. Select the checkboxes for the product lines that should be "
"added. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:75
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
"product, location, carrier, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:79
msgid "Add products to an existing wave"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:81
msgid ""
"To add products to an existing wave, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the appropriate wave from the "
"list to open it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:84
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`."
" Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, search for the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:88
msgid "Process a wave"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:90
msgid ""
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the "
"appropriate wave from the list to open it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:93
msgid ""
"To assign the wave to a specific employee, click the :guilabel:`Responsible`"
" field and select the appropriate name from the drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:96
msgid ""
"To designate a :ref:`Dock location <inventory/shipping_receiving/docks>`, "
"select an option from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Docks Location` "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :doc:`dispatch management system "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` feature in Odoo is "
"used to plan and build shipments. Assigning batches to loading docks ensures"
" the right products are pack into the appropriate trucks for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:104
msgid ""
"Select a :guilabel:`Vehicle` from the drop-down. Making a selection in this "
"field automatically updates the :guilabel:`Vehicle Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:107
msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Description` for this wave, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:110
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Description` field is automatically generated for "
":ref:`automatic waves <inventory/shipping_receiving/auto-waves>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:116
msgid "Automatic waves"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:118
msgid ""
"Waves can be automatically created and assigned based on different criteria."
" The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level, "
"which enables the creation of waves with distinct grouping criteria for each"
" operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:122
msgid ""
"To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type "
"(e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Under the "
":guilabel:`Batch & Wave Transfers` heading, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic "
"Batches` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:127
msgid ""
"Then, select one or more :guilabel:`Wave Grouping` criteria by ticking the "
"appropriate checkbox. Even if more than one grouping option is selected, "
"only one wave is created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:130
msgid "Automatic waves can be created based on the following criteria:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: Split transfers by product, then group transfers that "
"have the same product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:133
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Category`: Split transfers by product category, then "
"group transfers that have the same product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product "
"category selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6
msgid "Removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:8
msgid ""
"For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** "
"products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for "
"perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest "
"expiration date helps minimize food spoilage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:12
msgid ""
"The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies "
"available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the "
"picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically "
"select how products are selected for orders:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`FIFO <removal_strategies/fifo>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:22
msgid ":doc:`LIFO <removal_strategies/lifo>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:23
msgid ":doc:`FEFO <removal_strategies/fefo>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`Closest Location <removal_strategies/closest_location>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:25
msgid ":doc:`Least Packages <removal_strategies/least_packages>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:26
msgid "Based on"
msgstr "Gebaseerd op"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`Incoming date <inventory/warehouses_storage/arrival_date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:29
msgid ":ref:`Removal date <inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:30
msgid ":ref:`Location sequence <inventory/warehouses_storage/sequence>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31
msgid ":ref:`Package quantity <inventory/warehouses_storage/pkg-qty>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:32
msgid "Selection order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33
msgid "First in"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:34
msgid "Last in"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:35
msgid ":ref:`First to expire <inventory/warehouses_storage/exp-date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:36
msgid "Alphanumeric name of location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:37
msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:39
msgid ""
"For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to "
"each individual documentation page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:47
msgid ""
"Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or "
"Locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:53
msgid ""
"Configure removal strategies on the location by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting "
"the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from "
"the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:58
msgid ""
"To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` "
"and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62
msgid ""
"These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a"
" location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
"selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy "
"from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:69
msgid ""
"When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and"
" product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force "
"Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is "
"applied as top priority."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94
msgid "Required features"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:76
msgid ""
"While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional "
"features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down "
"menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:81
msgid ""
"Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, "
"refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on"
" requirements and usage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:89
msgid "FIFO"
msgstr "FIFO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90
msgid "LIFO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:91
msgid "FEFO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:92
msgid "Closest Location"
msgstr "Dichtstbijzijnde locatie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:93
msgid "Least Packages"
msgstr "Minste verpakkingen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:95
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:96
msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers"
msgstr "Partijen & serienummers"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97
msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:98
msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:104
msgid "Lots and serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:106
msgid ""
"Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track "
"information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under"
" the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots "
"& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:115
msgid ""
"Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by "
"navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product "
"form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial "
"Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121
msgid ""
"After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using "
"an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` or during "
":ref:`product reception <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:126
msgid "Locations and routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:128
msgid ""
"**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for "
"setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these "
"features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy"
" since it is only applied at the location level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:132
msgid ""
"To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable"
" the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"features."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable the locations and route features."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97
msgid "Expiration date"
msgstr "Vervaldatum"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:145
msgid ""
"Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best "
"before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:149
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & "
"Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:161
msgid ""
"The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required "
"for the least packages removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:164
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable the packages feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:172
msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/configure/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:173
msgid ":doc:`2-step delivery <daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:174
msgid ":doc:`3-step delivery <daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3
msgid "Closest location removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5
msgid ""
"For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on "
"the alphanumeric order of storage location titles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8
msgid ""
"The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long"
" journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16
msgid ""
"To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider "
"the following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19
msgid ""
"A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf "
"A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1
msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26
msgid ""
"The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are "
"easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and "
"`Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic "
"order, based on ease of access."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31
msgid ""
"To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and "
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up removal strategy <inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40
msgid "Location names"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42
msgid ""
"To configure location names, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select"
" an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and "
"then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity"
" to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the "
":ref:`parent location <inventory/location-hierarchy>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50
msgid ""
"To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of"
" the alphabetically named storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57
msgid ""
"In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest "
"to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for "
"shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three "
"locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62
msgid ""
"To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, "
"'WH/Stock'."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37
msgid "Workflow"
msgstr "Workflow"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67
msgid ""
"To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the "
"following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is"
" stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71
msgid ""
"Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74
msgid ""
"To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product"
" form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0
msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81
msgid ""
"Create a :ref:`delivery order <inventory/delivery/one-step>` for eighteen "
"units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales "
"app` and creating a new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84
msgid ""
"After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery "
"order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87
msgid ""
"For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the "
":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so "
"opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the "
"reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, "
"`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then "
"selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1
msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3
msgid "FEFO removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for "
"removal based on their assigned removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14
msgid "Removal date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, "
"which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration "
"date*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19
msgid ""
"The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, "
"ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` "
"or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the "
":guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
"features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31
msgid ""
"The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the "
"product was received to the number of days specified in the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34
msgid ""
"The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of "
"days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38
msgid ""
":doc:`Expiration dates "
"<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following "
":guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1
msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51
msgid ""
"A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the "
"expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By "
"extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57
msgid ""
"To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product "
"form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60
msgid ""
"Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and "
"select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal "
"Date`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n"
"smart button from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures "
"that products with the nearest removal date are picked first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74
msgid ""
"To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following "
"example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing"
" twelve eggs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77
msgid ""
"The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's "
":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First"
" Out (FEFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up force removal strategy <inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-"
"config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25
msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking <inventory/warehouses_storage/lots-setup>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/5324/share>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35
msgid "LOT1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36
msgid "LOT2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37
msgid "LOT3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38
msgid "On-hand stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:231
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98
msgid "April 4"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99
msgid "April 10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100
msgid "April 15"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101
msgid ":ref:`Removal date <inventory/warehouses_storage/exp-date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102
msgid "February 26"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103
msgid "March 4"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104
msgid "March 9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and create a new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December "
"29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, "
"using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113
msgid ""
"To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` "
"icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120
msgid ""
"Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with "
"the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is "
"selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1
msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3
msgid "FIFO removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the "
"earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products"
" that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock "
"retention of specific styles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14
msgid ""
"Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive"
" on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that "
"have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are "
"selected first for picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0
msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24
msgid ""
":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details <inventory/warehouses_storage/lots-"
"setup>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29
msgid "Arrival date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31
msgid ""
"To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34
msgid ""
"Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a"
" product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial "
"numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the "
"lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39
msgid ""
"Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on"
" December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0
msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49
msgid ""
"To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, "
"consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52
msgid ""
"The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In,"
" First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55
msgid ""
"The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62
msgid ""
"The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of "
"white shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:228
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42
msgid ":ref:`Created on <inventory/warehouses_storage/arrival_date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77
msgid "March 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78
msgid "April 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79
msgid "May 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order "
"<inventory/delivery/one-step>` for six white shirts by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with"
" the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO "
"(First In, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87
msgid ""
"To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` "
"icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from "
"`LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3
msgid "Least packages removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the "
"fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock "
"without needing to open multiple boxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/5477/share>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12
msgid ""
"To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following "
"example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk "
"packages of `100 kg`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15
msgid ""
"To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the "
"least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened "
"package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21
msgid ""
"A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some "
"orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24
msgid ""
"When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is "
"selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25
msgid ""
"When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 "
"kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in "
"two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32
msgid ""
"Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is "
"used to fulfill an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :ref:`Packages feature <inventory/warehouses_storage/pack-setup>` "
"**must** be enabled to use this strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38
msgid ""
"Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The "
"product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, "
"is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one "
"remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's "
":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44
msgid ""
":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47
msgid ""
"To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and "
"click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0
msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54
msgid ""
"Create a :ref:`delivery order <inventory/delivery/one-step>` for eighty "
"kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a"
" new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58
msgid ""
"On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount "
"automatically picked, according to the removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61
msgid ""
"For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the "
":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so "
"opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the "
"reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the "
"quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` "
"is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst-1
msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3
msgid "LIFO removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** "
"products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8
msgid ""
"Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, "
"First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that "
"has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that "
"entered the warehouse's inventory)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16
msgid ""
"In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is"
" banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete "
"products being delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19
msgid ""
"Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is "
"tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product "
"form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product "
"category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26
msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date <inventory/warehouses_storage/arrival_date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28
msgid ""
"The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various"
" lot number details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43
msgid "June 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44
msgid "June 3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45
msgid "June 6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order "
"<inventory/delivery/one-step>` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so "
"reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54
msgid ""
"To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` "
"icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder"
" blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6
msgid "Reservation methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:8
msgid ""
"Companies that sell and deliver goods to customers need to make sure they "
"always have stock on-hand, so when new sales orders are confirmed, they can "
"deliver products on time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be handled using *reservation methods*. Reservation "
"methods control how products included in a delivery order (DO) should be "
"reserved for delivery, ensuring they are reserved at the correct times, for "
"the correct orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:15
msgid ""
"There are three different reservation methods in Odoo: *At Confirmation*, "
"*Manually*, and *Before scheduled date*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:20
msgid "At Confirmation"
msgstr "Bij bevestiging"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:22
msgid ""
"Reserves products **only** when a sales order is confirmed, **and** if stock"
" is already available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:25
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Handmatig"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once a quote is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked "
"manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:30
msgid "Before scheduled date"
msgstr "Voor geplande datum"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:32
msgid ""
"A specific number of days can be selected; this is the maximum number of "
"days **before** a scheduled delivery date that products should be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:38
msgid ""
"Reservation methods are set on individual operations types. To configure "
"reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired operation type. Or, create a"
" new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:42
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the "
":guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be "
"used for this type of operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:50
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Before scheduled date` reservation method is selected, a "
"new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this"
" field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before "
"when starred` can be changed from the default `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:38
msgid ""
"Changing the :guilabel:`days before` value changes the maximum number of "
"days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:58
msgid ""
"Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum "
"number of days before a scheduled date that starred (favorited) transfers "
"for products should be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:0
msgid ""
"Reserve before scheduled date fields with before scheduled date method "
"chosen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:66
msgid "Required applications"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:68
msgid ""
"The two required applications that **must** be :ref:`installed "
"<general/install>` to use reservation methods are the *Sales* and "
"*Inventory* apps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:72
msgid ""
"In addition to delivery orders, reservation methods can also be used for "
"*manufacturing orders*, *resupply subcontractor* orders, orders for "
"*repairs*, and *internal transfers*, if desired. To enable this, configure "
"the additional settings:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:76
msgid ""
"**For manufacturing orders:** Install the *Manufacturing* application by "
"going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Manufacturing*"
" app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:79
msgid ""
"**For resupply subcontractor:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, enable :guilabel:`Subcontracting`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:82
msgid ""
"**For repairs:** Install the *Repairs* application by going to the "
":menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Repairs* app, and clicking "
":guilabel:`Install`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:84
msgid ""
"**For internal transfers:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, "
"enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:88
msgid ""
"Once these apps are installed, no additional features need to be enabled "
"from the settings for reservation methods to work. They will be available by"
" default on certain operations types, and can be viewed and changed by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations"
" Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:33
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on "
"an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** "
"available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1
msgid ""
"Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the "
"Inventory app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:102
msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:103
msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:104
msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:3
msgid "At confirmation reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *at confirmation* reservation method reserves products **only** when a "
"sales order (SO) is confirmed, **and** if enough stock of the products "
"included in the |SO| is already available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:16
msgid ":doc:`About reservation methods <../reservation_methods>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:18
msgid ""
"To set the reservation method to *at confirmation*, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then,"
" select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new"
" one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:22
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab on the operation type form, locate the "
":guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`At "
"Confirmation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To see the *at confirmation* reservation method in action, create a new |SO|"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:42
msgid ""
"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a "
"product to add to the quotation from the drop-down menu. Finally, in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to "
"sell."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:46
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:41
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the "
"product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip, which reveals the "
":guilabel:`Reserved` number of units for this order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:57
msgid ""
"If there is **not** sufficient quantity of stock for the product included in"
" the |SO|, the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon is red, instead of green."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:49
msgid ""
"Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the "
":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals "
"the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:56
msgid "Forecasted Report"
msgstr "Prognoserapport"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:58
msgid ""
"To see all the factors that affect product reservation, click the "
":guilabel:`View Forecast` internal link arrow to view the "
":guilabel:`Forecasted Report` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` displays forecast information about the "
"product(s) included in the sales order; namely, any live receipts of the "
"product, and any active sales orders, which are listed in the "
":guilabel:`Used By` column. See how each order is fulfilled in the "
":guilabel:`Replenishment` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:66
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top "
"of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` "
"quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:74
msgid ""
"If one order should be prioritized over another order, click the "
":guilabel:`Unreserve` button on the corresponding order line in the "
":guilabel:`Replenishment` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:77
msgid ""
"To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the "
"top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked "
"properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads "
"`Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and "
":guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read "
"`100.00`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation "
"reservation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:108
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:152
msgid ":doc:`Manual reservation <manually>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:139
msgid ":doc:`Before scheduled date reservation <before_scheduled_date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:3
msgid "Before scheduled date reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *Before scheduled date* reservation method allows users to select a "
"specific number of days that act as the maximum number of days **before** a "
"scheduled delivery date, when products included in a sales order (SO) should"
" be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:19
msgid ""
"To set the reservation method to *Before scheduled date*, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then,"
" select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new"
" one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` "
"field, and select :guilabel:`Before scheduled date`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears"
" below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and "
":guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:41
msgid ""
"Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum "
"number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved if "
"the transfers are starred (favorited)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here, the :guilabel:`days before` value is set to `2` days before, and the "
":guilabel:`days before when starred` value is set to `3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:48
msgid ""
"This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date"
" for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for "
"starred (favorited) transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:55
msgid ""
"This is the configuration applied for the following workflow found below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:58
msgid "Edit product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:60
msgid ""
"Before the *Before scheduled date* reservation method can be used, ensure "
"that a *customer lead time* is added to products that plan to be sold with "
"this method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:63
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Products`, and select the desired product to configure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the "
":guilabel:`Logistics` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Customer "
"Lead Time` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:69
msgid "For this example workflow, change it to `5` days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:71
msgid ""
"This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days"
" after the creation date of the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:81
msgid ""
"To see the *Before scheduled date* reservation method in action, create a "
"new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:84
msgid ""
"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, then, in the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a "
"product from the drop-down menu that has a configured *customer lead time*, "
"to add to the quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:88
msgid ""
"Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of "
"the product to sell."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:90
msgid "For this sample workflow, set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to `10`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:94
msgid ""
"Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to "
"reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals "
"the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method "
"is set to *Before scheduled date*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads "
"`0 Units`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:99
msgid ""
"However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the"
" quantity is available, but the scheduled date, for this example workflow, "
"is five days from the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:102
msgid ""
"Since reservation is not until two days before the scheduled delivery, it "
"will not reserve the products until then."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:60
msgid ""
"Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the "
":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Reserved`, and reveals the"
" available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, unless there is a set replenishment or a live receipt, it also"
" reads :guilabel:`No future availability`, in red text."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:119
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to see the delivery order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:121
msgid ""
"On the delivery order form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product "
"Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of "
"green. This is because there is sufficient stock on-hand for this order, but"
" no quantity has been reserved yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:125
msgid ""
"Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product "
"Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation "
"date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days "
"from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:133
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the "
"numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column"
" do not match (in this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, "
"while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:137
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0` because the products aren't "
"reserved until two days *before* their delivery date. Odoo automatically "
"reserves the products once the scheduled date arrives, at which point the "
":guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns will match."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:142
msgid ""
"If the products in the |SO| should be reserved *sooner* than the scheduled "
"reservation date, the reservation can be manually overridden. To manually "
"reserve the products sooner than scheduled, click :guilabel:`Check "
"Availability` at the top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:146
msgid ""
"This turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` "
"field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to "
"match the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:138
msgid ":doc:`At confirmation reservation <at_confirmation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:3
msgid "Manual reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:9
msgid ""
"Unlike the *At Confirmation* reservation method, the *Manually* reservation "
"method does **not** reserve products automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:12
msgid ""
"Instead, once a sales order (SO) is confirmed, product availability **must**"
" be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved "
"manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:21
msgid ""
"To set the reservation method to *Manually*, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then,"
" select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to be configured, or create a"
" new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:25
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` "
"field, and select :guilabel:`Manually`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:39
msgid ""
"To see the *Manually* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:48
msgid ""
"Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to "
"reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals "
"the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method "
"is set to *Manually*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:53
msgid ""
"However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the"
" quantity is available, but must be manually reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once the |SO| is confirmed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, "
"and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card on the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:73
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live "
"orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this "
"status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been "
"reserved yet, or are not in stock at all."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:81
msgid ""
"To see the |SO| created previously, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button"
" on the card (in this case, `8 Waiting`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:84
msgid ""
"Locate the delivery order (DO) tied to the |SO| that was previously created,"
" and click the line to view it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product"
" Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of "
"green. This is because there is sufficient stock on hand for this order, but"
" no quantity has been reserved yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the "
"numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column"
" do *not* match."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:94
msgid ""
"In this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:101
msgid ""
"To manually reserve the specified quantity of the product for this order, "
"click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the form. "
"Doing so turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product "
"Availability` field green, and changes the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:106
msgid ""
"This is because there is sufficient quantity in stock to reserve for the "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:111
msgid ""
"Multiple orders with a *Waiting* status can be manually reserved at the same"
" time, and set to *Ready* status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:114
msgid ""
"To do that, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, which reveals the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page. The :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page"
" is also accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Overview`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:118
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`(#) "
"Waiting` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:121
msgid ""
"Then, tick the checkboxes to the left of each desired order, or tick the "
"checkbox in the header row, to the far-left, to select all orders on the "
"page at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:124
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:126
msgid ""
"If the products included in every selected order have enough stock on-hand, "
"this reserves the products, and moves the order into :guilabel:`Ready` "
"status. Upon receiving a :guilabel:`Ready` status, the order disappears from"
" the :guilabel:`Waiting` list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:130
msgid ""
"If there is *not* enough stock on-hand, the order retains its current "
"status, and remains on the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:0
msgid "List of orders in waiting status and check availability button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5
msgid "Delivery methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:7
msgid ""
"When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of "
"calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping "
"carts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:10
msgid ""
"When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`, shipping prices are calculated based on "
"the carrier's pricing information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:14
msgid ""
":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup <inventory/shipping/third_party>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/delivery-prices-613?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:21
msgid ""
"To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* "
"module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` "
"application from the main Odoo dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:24
msgid ""
"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in "
"the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` "
"module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33
msgid "Add shipping"
msgstr "Verzending toevoegen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35
msgid ""
"Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery "
"products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the "
"desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens "
"the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights "
"(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). "
"Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` "
"to add the shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:47
msgid ""
"The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total "
"product weights defined on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:54
msgid ""
"`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is "
"added to sales order `S00088`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:265
msgid "Delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping "
"carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method "
"on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify"
" the :guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3
msgid "Bpost integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5
msgid ""
"Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to "
"clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8
msgid "Create a Bpost account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9
msgid ""
"Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-"
"account>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-method>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12
msgid ""
"Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on "
"package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost "
"business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:10
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:10
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23
msgid "Account setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the `Bpost website "
"<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_ to create, or log into, the "
"company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the "
"company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29
msgid ""
"Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for "
"shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual "
"business relationship between the company and Bpost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33
msgid ""
"Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Z4wZ>`_ accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35
msgid ""
"After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, "
"then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account "
"ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50
msgid "Shipping method configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52
msgid ""
"With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in "
"Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-"
"down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the "
"bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61
msgid ""
"For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party "
"carrier <third_party_shipper>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65
msgid ""
"To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels <labels>` through Odoo, ensure the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and "
"Create Shipment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's "
"unique :ref:`account ID <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from "
"the Bpost website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from the Bpost website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or "
":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` "
"shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` "
"enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel "
"Return Instructions` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80
msgid ""
"For `domestic delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/uOVM>`_, the options are: "
":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Bus`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83
msgid ""
"For `international delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/s6G>`_, the options are:"
" :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international "
"deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, "
":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or "
":guilabel:`OTHER`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an "
"international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: "
":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or "
":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95
msgid ""
"For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the "
":guilabel:`Options` section:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as "
"possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` "
"selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print "
"a return label upon validating the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "Show Bpost shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr "U zal nu zien dat de verzending geannuleerd is."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr "U kan nu de leverancier wijzigen indien u dit wenst."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:163
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:164
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "DHL integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"DHL is one of the shipping carriers for which a *shipping connector* is "
"available in Odoo's **Inventory** app. By enabling the shipping connector in"
" the app's settings, and configuring at least one *shipping method*, the "
"process of :doc:`calculating shipping rates <../setup_configuration>` and "
":doc:`generating shipping labels <labels>` is greatly simplified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid ""
"While a variety of shipping connectors are available for different carriers,"
" this documentation details the configuration settings specific to "
"integrating DHL. For instructions on configuring the integration settings "
"common to all shippers, see the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers "
"<third_party_shipper>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Enable DHL shipping connector"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before creating a DHL shipping method, it is necessary to enable the "
"carrier's shipping connector. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the "
"checkbox next to :guilabel:`DHL Express Connector`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:25
msgid ""
"Once the connector has been enabled, a :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`DHL"
" Shipping Methods` link appears below. Click the link to open a page showing"
" all shipping methods configured for DHL."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:29
msgid "Configure DHL shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:31
msgid ""
"After enabling the shipping connector for DHL, shipping methods can be "
"configured for the carrier. Once configured, a shipping method can be added "
"as a line item to sales orders (SOs), which allows for automatic computation"
" of shipping rates, and generation of shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a new DHL shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` "
"section, select the :guilabel:`DHL Shipping Methods` link below the "
":guilabel:`DHL Express Connector` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"It is also possible to see existing shipping methods for every carrier, by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:43
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank shipping method form. If a shipping "
"method has already been created, it can be selected from this screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst-1
msgid "The form for a DHL shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:60
msgid "General information"
msgstr "Algemene informatie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:53
msgid ""
"Begin configuring the shipping method by entering its title in the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`DHL` "
"option. After doing so, a new :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab appears at "
"the bottom of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:59
msgid ""
"All other fields in this section are identical on the shipping method forms "
"for each shipping carrier. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party "
"shippers <third_party_shipper>` for instructions on how to properly "
"configure them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:64
msgid "DHL Configuration"
msgstr "DHL configuratie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab on the shipping method form is used to"
" connect the user's DHL account to Odoo, and configure the shipping method's"
" details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:70
msgid "DHL SiteID, password, and account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:72
msgid ""
"A DHL SiteID, password, and account number are used to link a DHL account "
"with third-party services, like Odoo's **Inventory** app. The SiteID and "
"password are different credentials than the ones used to log in to a DHL "
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:76
msgid ""
"To obtain a DHL SiteID, password, and account number, it is necessary to "
"register on the `DHL API Developer Portal "
"<https://developer.dhl.com/user/register>`_, by filling out the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:80
msgid ":guilabel:`First name`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:81
msgid ":guilabel:`Last name`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Email address`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Username`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:84
msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:85
msgid ":guilabel:`Country`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:87
msgid ""
"After filling out all of the fields, tick the :guilabel:`I have read and "
"accept the terms of use and the privacy policy` checkbox, and click "
":guilabel:`Send` to register."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:90
msgid ""
"After registering, a confirmation email is sent to verify the application. "
"Click the link inside the email to activate the developer portal account, "
"and set a password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:93
msgid ""
"This email also includes the account number for the developer portal "
"account. Enter the number in the :guilabel:`DHL Account Number` field on the"
" shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:96
msgid ""
"Once the developer portal account has been confirmed, log in to the portal "
"using the username and password. Click on the user avatar in the top-right "
"corner of the screen to open the user dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:99
msgid ""
"On the dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`Apps` tab, and select an app. In "
"the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, click the :guilabel:`Show key` button "
"below the :guilabel:`API Key` and :guilabel:`API Secret` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:103
msgid ""
"Return to the shipping method form in the Odoo database. Enter the *DHL API "
"Key* in the :guilabel:`DHL SiteID` field, and the *API Secret* in the "
":guilabel:`DHL Password` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:123
msgid "Shipping details"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:109
msgid ""
"The rest of the fields in the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab are used to "
"configure the shipping method itself:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:112
msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: the region in which the shipping method is used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`DHL Product`: the shipping service purchased from DHL (e.g. "
"Express Worldwide)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`DHL Package Type`: the type of DHL package used for delivery "
"(e.g. DHL Box)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: the unit of measure used to display package"
" weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Dimension Unit`: the unit of measure used to display "
"package size."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:117
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: the file format used to generate shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:118
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Template`: the paper size used to print shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:121
msgid ""
"Before selecting service options for a shipping method, make sure those "
"services are actually available for the DHL account. Available services "
"depend on the contract negotiated with DHL."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:125
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opties"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:127
msgid ""
"Additional settings are available in the :guilabel:`Options` section at the "
"bottom of the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Enable this option to automatically "
"generate a return label after validating a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dutiable Material`: Enable this option if the shipping method is "
"liable to customs or other duties."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:3
msgid "Dispatch management system"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *dispatch management system* feature in Odoo is used to plan and build "
"shipments. Key features include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:8
msgid ""
"**Load building**: Group products for specific carriers, assign those "
":doc:`batches <../picking_methods/batch>` to loading docks, and manage "
"vehicle assignments based on fleet capacity. This ensures the right products"
" are packed into the appropriate trucks for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:11
msgid ""
":doc:`Fleet management <../../../../hr/fleet>`: Track and manage the "
"capacity of in-house delivery vehicles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:17
msgid ""
"To use the dispatch management system, the following setup must be "
"completed:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:19
msgid ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the **Fleet** application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:20
msgid ""
"Configure vehicle :ref:`capacity (volume and weight) "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/vehicle-capacity>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:22
msgid "Enter vehicle :doc:`car model(s) <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:23
msgid ""
"Enable :ref:`necessary features <inventory/shipping_receiving/inventory-"
"features>` in the **Inventory** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:25
msgid ""
"Set up :ref:`vehicles as delivery methods "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-method-for-carrier>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:27
msgid "Create :ref:`dock locations <inventory/shipping_receiving/docks>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:32
msgid "Vehicle capacity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:34
msgid ""
"To configure the vehicle capacity, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> "
"Configuration --> Categories`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:37
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new category, or click into an existing"
" category to modify it. In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter the type of "
"vehicle (e.g., `Pick-up truck`, `Van`, or `Cargo truck`). Then, enter the "
"vehicle capacity in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` (in kilograms) and "
":guilabel:`Max Volume` (in cubic meters) fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid "Vehicle categories with defined weight and volume."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:47
msgid ""
"The units of measurement for vehicle capacity are assigned at the global "
"level in the **Settings** app, in the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0
msgid "Show units of measure settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:54
msgid ":ref:`Vehicle category <fleet/categories>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:58
msgid "Car model"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:60
msgid ""
"Configuring a vehicle's car model is required when adding vehicles in Odoo. "
"Ensure the correct *Category* is selected for a car model. Doing so "
"automatically applies weight and volume capacities to all vehicles of that "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:64
msgid ""
"To configure, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> "
"Models`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:66
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Models` list, select an existing model, or click "
":guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner to create a new model. Then, set the "
"relevant :guilabel:`Category` field to the relevant vehicle category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:71
msgid ":doc:`Create car model <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:77
msgid "Inventory settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"and enable the required features for dispatch management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:82
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & "
"Cluster Transfers` checkbox to prepare batches of orders for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:85
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, tick the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` "
"and :guilabel:`Dispatch Management System` checkboxes. Doing so allows "
"specific vehicles to be :ref:`set as carriers "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-method-for-carrier>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:89
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`"
" checkbox to assign specific locations in the warehouse as loading zones for"
" delivery trucks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:92
msgid ""
"Then, once all the configurations are complete, be sure to click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid "Delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Next, assign each delivery vehicle as a *Carrier* by configuring a delivery "
"method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:101
msgid ""
"To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Select an existing delivery method, or "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:105
msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery method <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` form, enter a name for the delivery "
"method. It is recommended to use identifying information, such as the "
"vehicle description and license plate number (e.g. `Truck 123-ABCD`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:111
msgid ""
"Since the delivery methods are managed internally, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` to either :guilabel:`Fixed Price` or :guilabel:`Based "
"on Rules`. For more information about how shipping prices are calculated, "
"refer to the :doc:`Delivery method <../setup_configuration>` article."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:115
msgid ""
"Next, set a :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, which is the product that shows up"
" as the customer's :ref:`delivery charge <inventory/shipping/sales-order>` "
"on the sales order or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:118
msgid ""
"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Availability` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, or :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` to "
"limit the range of local delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124
msgid "Delivery method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124
msgid ""
"Example delivery method, with the :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` set to San "
"Francisco's zip code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:129
msgid "Dock locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:131
msgid ""
"Each loading dock must have a dedicated location. To create or configure "
"dock locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:134
msgid ""
"Click the desired location, which opens the :guilabel:`Location` form. In "
"the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, tick the :guilabel:`Is a "
"Dock Location` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140
msgid "Location configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140
msgid ""
"Location configuration page with :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox "
"ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:143
msgid "Build loads"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:145
msgid ""
"Once setup is complete, :ref:`assign orders to a carrier "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-carrier>` and :ref:`group them into "
"batches <inventory/shipping_receiving/create-batch>`. Then, :ref:`configure "
"the batch form <inventory/shipping_receiving/batch-form>`, as needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:150
msgid ""
"To group products, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
"--> Deliveries`, which reveals a list of outgoing deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:154
msgid ""
"Since this article is about a specific use case, explore details about each "
"picking method in their dedicated articles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:157
msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`Wave picking <../picking_methods/wave>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:165
msgid "Carrier assignment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:167
msgid ""
"Reveal the *Carrier* column, if it is not visible by default, by clicking "
"the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings)` icon in the top-right "
"corner, and ticking the :guilabel:`Carrier` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:172
msgid ""
"Other useful columns to enable can be :guilabel:`Zip` code, "
":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`, and :guilabel:`Shipping Volume`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:175
msgid ""
"Select the delivery orders for the batch by ticking the checkboxes on the "
"left. Next, click into the line's :guilabel:`Carrier` fields. In the "
"resulting drop-down menu, choose the desired vehicle's :ref:`delivery method"
" <inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-method-for-carrier>`. A "
":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, indicating the number of "
"orders being added to the batch. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the carrier "
"is updated for all the selected records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184
msgid "Set carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184
msgid ""
"The delivery method `Truck 1-MER-001` is set as the :guilabel:`Carrier` for "
"two delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:189
msgid "Create batch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:191
msgid ""
"With the carrier set, begin adding orders to a batch or wave transfer by "
"ticking the checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:194
msgid ""
"If a delivery order is already assigned to a batch transfer, assigning a "
"batch transfer here does **not** update it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:197
msgid ""
"Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click either "
":guilabel:`Add to batch` or :guilabel:`Add to wave`. In the pop-up window, "
"ensure :guilabel:`Add to` is set to :guilabel:`a new [batch/wave] transfer`,"
" then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204
msgid "Example wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204
msgid "Delivery orders are selected to be grouped into a wave transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:207
msgid "Alternative batch creation method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:209
msgid ""
"Another place to create batches is by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card,"
" click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(three dots)` icon. In the "
"resulting drop-down menu, click :guilabel:`Prepare batch`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:214
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Transport Management` drop-down menu contains other tools for"
" fleet management:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:216
msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Batches`: open list of batches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:217
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dock Dispatching`: open weekly calendar view of scheduled batch "
"operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:218
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Batches by Route`: Kanban view of batches grouped by fulfillment "
"route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:219
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Calendar`: open hourly calendar view of scheduled operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:220
msgid ":guilabel:`Statistics`: open pivot table of the batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show prepare batch option from the Transport Management drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:228
msgid "Batch form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:232
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave blank if "
"*any* worker can fulfill this picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:238
msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Location`: select the loading location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle, which will auto-fill "
":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`: show if the order exceeds the :ref:`vehicle's "
"capacity limits <inventory/shipping_receiving/vehicle-capacity>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:244
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Volume` bar is grayed out because the capacity has been "
"reached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0
msgid "Show batch form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:250
msgid "Prepare delivery route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:252
msgid ""
"To help the driver prepare, click the :guilabel:`Map` button at the top of "
"the batch or wave form to view delivery destinations on a map. Selecting an "
"individual delivery order pinpoints its location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:256
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Map` button is only visible for transfers with the "
":guilabel:`In progress` status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid "Show map in Odoo, with information of the delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:261
msgid ""
"Additionally, use the :guilabel:`View in Google Maps` button to generate a "
"route from the warehouse to the delivery points."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid "Show Google Map route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:3
msgid "FedEx integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:5
msgid ""
"Integrating a FedEx account with Odoo's **Inventory** app makes it possible "
"to :doc:`calculate shipping rates <../setup_configuration>`, and "
":doc:`generate shipping labels <labels>` within Odoo. This is accomplished "
"by enabling the FedEx *shipping connector*, then configuring at least one "
"*shipping method*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:11
msgid ""
"This documentation contains configuration details specific to FedEx "
"integration. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers "
"<third_party_shipper>` for general shipper integration instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:16
msgid "Enable shipping connector"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:18
msgid ""
"To enable the shipping connector for FedEx, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down "
"to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:22
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. After doing so, a "
":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping Methods` button appears "
"below :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1
msgid "The FedEx Shipping Methods button below the FedEx Connector."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:30
msgid "Configure shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the FedEx shipping connector is enabled, it is necessary to configure "
"at least one shipping method. After doing so, the shipping method can be "
"included in sales orders (SOs), and used to compute shipping costs, and "
"print shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:36
msgid ""
"To enable a shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and click the :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping "
"Methods` button below the :guilabel:`FedEx Connector` checkbox. Doing so "
"opens a page that shows all existing FedEx shipping methods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:41
msgid ""
"To see all shipping methods for every shipper with a connector enabled, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:44
msgid ""
"Select a shipping method to open its form. Alternatively, click "
":guilabel:`New` to open a blank form, and configure a new shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1
msgid "The form for a FedEx shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:52
msgid ""
"Enabling the FedEx shipping connector automatically creates two default "
"shipping methods: :guilabel:`FedEx US` and :guilabel:`FedEx International`. "
"Each of these methods are pre-configured with test credentials, allowing "
"them to be used for testing purposes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:56
msgid ""
"Before the shipping method can be used to create actual shipments, the test "
"credentials must be replaced with credentials from a valid FedEx account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:62
msgid ""
"At the very top of a shipping method form are fields used to configure the "
"way the method operates in Odoo. In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select "
":guilabel:`FedEx` from the drop-down menu, if it is not already selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:66
msgid ""
"The rest of the fields in this section are general to all shipping "
"providers. For details on how to fill them out, see the documentation on "
":doc:`third-party shippers <third_party_shipper>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:70
msgid "Fedex Configuration tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:72
msgid ""
"The options in the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of a FedEx shipping "
"method form are used to connect the method to a FedEx account, and configure"
" the shipping details associated with the method (drop-off type, package "
"type, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:76
msgid ""
"A FedEx business account is required to obtain the information needed to "
"fill out the fields in this tab. To create a new account, navigate to "
"FedEx's `Open Account <https://www.fedex.com/en-us/open-account.html>`_ "
"page, click on :guilabel:`Create Account`, and follow the instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:82
msgid "Developer Key and Meter Number fields"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:84
msgid ""
"A *developer key* is used to integrate a FedEx account with an external "
"service, like the Odoo **Inventory** app. A *meter number* is a unique ID "
"number used by FedEx to identify negotiated shipping rates for each account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:88
msgid ""
"To get a developer key and meter number, begin by navigating to FedEx's "
"`Developer Resource Center <https://www.fedex.com/en-us/developer/web-"
"services.html>`_. Then, click on the :guilabel:`FedEx Web Services` drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Get Test Key` to start the process of getting a developer "
"key and meter number which can be used to configure a shipping method for "
"testing purposes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:95
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Get Production Key` to start the process of getting a "
"developer key and meter number, which can be used to configure a shipping "
"method that generates real shipments with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:98
msgid ""
"After clicking either option, follow the instructions until the "
":guilabel:`Confirmation` screen is reached. This screen displays the "
"developer key and meter number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the developer key and meter number are determined, enter them in the "
":guilabel:`Developer Key` and :guilabel:`Meter Number` fields on the "
":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:106
msgid "Password and Account Number fields"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:108
msgid ""
"A *password* is used, along with a username, to log into a FedEx account. An"
" *account number* is the unique number assigned to each FedEx account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:111
msgid ""
"To find a FedEx account number, log in to a FedEx account at "
"https://www.fedex.com. Click on the account holder's name in the top-right "
"corner of the screen, and select :menuselection:`My Profile` from the drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:115
msgid ""
"On the profile page, click :guilabel:`Account Management` on the left side "
"of the screen. The account number is displayed on this screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the password and account number are determined, enter them in the "
":guilabel:`Password` and :guilabel:`Account Number` fields on the "
":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:125
msgid ""
"The main section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab includes a "
"number of additional fields used provide information about the shipping "
"method:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Fedex Service Type`: The FedEx service used to ship a package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Fedex Drop-Off Type`: The method for getting a package into "
"FedEx's possession."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Fedex Package Type`: The type of package used for the shipping "
"method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure used to weigh packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Length Unit`: The unit of measure used to determine the "
"dimensions of packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Label Type`: The type of shipping label used for packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: The file format used by Odoo to generate shipping "
"labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Commercial Invoice Type`: The dimensions and type of the paper "
"used to print invoices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:138
msgid ""
"The options that should be selected on the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` "
"tab of a shipping method depend on the negotiated shipping services of the "
"associated FedEx account. To confirm the available services for a FedEx "
"account, visit the *Account Management* page after logging in to the FedEx "
"website, or speak with a customer service representative."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:144
msgid "Options section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:146
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Options` section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab "
"provides a few additional options to further configure the shipping method:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Saturday Delivery`: Tick the checkbox to allow packages shipped "
"with the delivery method to be delivered on Saturdays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Tick the checkbox to automatically "
"generate a return label upon validation of a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Use the drop-down menu to select whether duty "
"charges should be paid by the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:157
msgid "Activate shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:159
msgid ""
"By default, shipping methods in Odoo are created within a *test "
"environment*. This means they can only be used for testing purposes, and are"
" unable to generate actual shipping orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:162
msgid ""
"To activate a shipping method in a *production environment*, click the "
":icon:`fa-stop` :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button at the top of the "
"shipping method form. After doing so, the smart buttons changes to read "
":icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:166
msgid ""
"With the production environment enabled, validating a delivery order using "
"the shipping method generates an actual shipping label with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:169
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment` smart button to"
" return the shipping method to a test environment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:173
msgid ""
"**Do not** enable the production environment for a shipping method before it"
" is ready to be used for actual shipping orders. Doing so may lead to the "
"creation of unwanted charges with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "Shipping cost invoicing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges "
"based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10
msgid ""
"Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale "
"order. <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery "
"<inventory/shipping/invoice-shipping>`, reflecting the actual expenses "
"incurred by the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19
msgid ""
"To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "Add shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and "
"click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide "
"details about the shipping provider, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method "
"(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, "
"if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:27
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific "
"company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply "
"the method to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. "
"Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to "
"apply the method to all web pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/invoice-on-so>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free "
"shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57
msgid "Invoice cost on sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59
msgid ""
"To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-"
"right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended "
"carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price "
"based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the "
"items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order "
"Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost "
"calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create "
"invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost "
"that was added earlier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft "
"invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the "
":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108
msgid "Invoice real shipping costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110
msgid ""
"To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps"
" :ref:`above <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>` to create an invoice with a "
"delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114
msgid ""
"Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the "
"real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3
msgid "Change shipping label size"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
"to fit the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a"
" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx "
"International* will be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Different shipping methods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Select a label type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60
msgid "Example labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62
msgid ""
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3
msgid "Print shipping labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:8
msgid ""
"Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate "
"shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking "
"numbers, and barcodes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatically print shipping carrier labels "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/carrier-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:18
msgid ""
"To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install "
"the third-party shipping connector "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate "
"the :ref:`delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to "
":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. "
"Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and :ref:`product "
"weights <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:36
msgid "Labels for multi-step"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38
msgid ""
"For companies using :doc:`two "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step "
"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be "
"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do "
"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations "
"Types`, and choose the desired operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the "
":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the "
"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48
msgid ""
"For :doc:`two-step delivery "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are "
"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping "
"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the "
":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve "
"this flexibility."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0
msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:58
msgid "Print tracking labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:60
msgid ""
"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By "
"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the "
"chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:64
msgid ""
"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing "
"labels for multi-step delivery <inventory/shipping_receiving/picking-"
"config>` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking "
"or packing operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:68
msgid ""
"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales "
"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/add-shipping-quote>` to the order. Then, "
"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-"
"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:74
msgid ""
"If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery "
"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the "
"third-party carrier <inventory/shipping_receiving/validate-print-label>` in "
"the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:82
msgid "Add shipping on quotation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:84
msgid ""
"To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in "
":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking "
":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:92
msgid ""
"In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order "
"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of "
"products in the order <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`. "
"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to "
"estimate the cost of shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:97
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the "
"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101
msgid ""
"If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the "
":ref:`warehouse's address <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>` and :ref:`weight of products in the order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` are properly configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as "
"the :ref:`configured delivery product "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-product>`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to access the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:115
msgid ""
"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, "
"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0
msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:126
msgid "Validate delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:128
msgid ""
"On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to"
" ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:132
msgid ""
"If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:135
msgid ""
"After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to"
" get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping "
"label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:139
msgid ""
"Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery "
"Orders` card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:142
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the "
"shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:146
msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:153
msgid ""
"For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label "
"appears in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160
msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3
msgid "Multi-package shipments"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped "
"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large "
"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged "
"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides "
"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create "
"multiple delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* "
"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24
msgid "Ship items in multiple packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26
msgid ""
"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a"
" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same "
"item, or both."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in "
"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37
msgid ""
"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the "
"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column "
"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41
msgid ""
"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number "
"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less"
" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a "
"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column."
" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and "
"close the pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51
msgid ""
"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first "
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of"
" the selected items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58
msgid ""
"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the "
"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` "
"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue "
"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62
msgid ""
"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66
msgid ""
"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button "
"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for"
" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the "
"items included in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0
msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76
msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78
msgid ""
"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need "
"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create"
" a backorder for the items being shipped later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81
msgid ""
"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will "
"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above "
"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they"
" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the "
":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86
msgid ""
"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being "
"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will"
" be shipped later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original "
"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX"
" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to "
"view the backorder delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on"
" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder "
"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking "
":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the "
":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in "
"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116
msgid ""
"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another "
"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to "
"create the first backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:3
msgid "Add a new delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of calculating the cost of "
"shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping carts. The shipping cost "
"can then be added to a sales order as a delivery product, and the shipping "
"details can be added to the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:15
msgid ""
"To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:19
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` option is not available from the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is "
"enabled by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:22
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:23
msgid ""
"Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0
msgid "The Delivery Methods feature enabled in the settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:31
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` page, add a method by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping"
" provider, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an **eCommerce** page. "
"Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to "
"apply the method to all web pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:38
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like "
"FedEx, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`. Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu. For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as "
":ref:`fixed price <inventory/shipping/fixed>` or :ref:`based on rules "
"<inventory/shipping/rules>` options, refer to their respective sections "
"below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: If the shipping method should apply to a specific "
"company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply "
"the method to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Routes`: select the applicable routes to define different "
"delivery methods, such as standard or express shipping, based on varying "
"lead times. For more information, jump to the :ref:`Set routes on shipping "
"method <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-route>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/sales-order>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tracking Link`: This option adds a link to the portal so the "
"customer can track their delivery. When a custom carrier is added in a "
"delivery order, the tracking button is enabled, and the link directs to the "
"tracking portal with that URL."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:59
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery "
"method based on the order's content or destination:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is "
"available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available "
"for orders below this limit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available "
"for orders below this limit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one "
"product in the order has one of these tags."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product"
" in the order has one of these tags."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:72
msgid ""
"For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the "
"sections below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:77
msgid "Fixed price"
msgstr "Vaste prijs"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:79
msgid ""
"To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Then,"
" click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this "
"option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is "
"where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:85
msgid ""
"To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified "
"amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in "
"the amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:89
msgid ""
"To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends "
"over `$100`, fill in the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:92
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:93
msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:94
msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:96
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0
msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:104
msgid "Based on rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:106
msgid ""
"To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. "
"Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional "
"margin` to include additional shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:111
msgid "Create pricing rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:113
msgid ""
"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. "
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the "
":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or "
"quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or "
":guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:121
msgid ""
"To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, "
"set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0
msgid ""
"Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:127
msgid ""
"To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the **eCommerce** website, "
"in the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination "
"Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, "
"and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations "
"apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:132
msgid "Calculate delivery cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:134
msgid ""
"Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that "
"satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the "
":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:138
msgid ""
"Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:142
msgid "With the two following rules set up:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:144
msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:145
msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:147
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is "
"`$9.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:152
msgid ""
"When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + "
"9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * "
"50) + 9)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:158
msgid "Route on shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:160
msgid ""
"Optionally, set different warehouse delivery processes for a shipping method"
" by configuring different :doc:`routes <../daily_operations/use_routes>` for"
" it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:164
msgid ""
"Configuring multiple routes per shipping method is helpful for adjusting "
"warehouse delivery processes based on:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:167
msgid ""
"speed (e.g., use :doc:`one-step delivery "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>` for express shipping, or "
":doc:`two-step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` for "
"standard shipping)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:170
msgid ""
"international shipping (e.g. use :doc:`three-step delivery "
"<../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` to prepare documents for "
"customs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:172
msgid ""
"in-store pickup or home delivery: ship from the central warehouse, or pick "
"from the store's stock, depending on customer selection."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:175
msgid ""
"To set up routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Routes`. Click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:178
msgid ""
"On the route form, in the :guilabel:`Applicable On` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184
msgid "Routes form with the Shipping Methods checkbox selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184
msgid "Routes form with the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` checkbox ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:186
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery "
"Methods`, and select the desired shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:189
msgid ""
"On the shipping method form, in the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the "
"available fulfillment routes from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:193
msgid ""
"If the desired route is not selectable, check that the *Shipping Methods* "
"option is enabled in the route's *Applicable On* section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst-1
msgid "Show set routes on shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:3
msgid "Printable delivery PDFs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:5
msgid ""
"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, "
"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:8
msgid ""
"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*"
" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:11
msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip <inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-slip>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:12
msgid ":ref:`Return slip <inventory/shipping_receiving/return-slip>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Product labels of items in the order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/product-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:14
msgid ""
":ref:`Lot and serial number labels <inventory/shipping_receiving/lot-sn-"
"labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:15
msgid ":ref:`Carrier labels <inventory/shipping_receiving/carrier-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Export documents <inventory/shipping_receiving/export-doc>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`Package content <inventory/shipping_receiving/package-content>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:18
msgid ":ref:`Package label <inventory/shipping_receiving/package-label>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:22
msgid ""
"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired "
"operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:25
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available "
"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those "
"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation "
"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the "
"related section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:37
msgid "Delivery slip"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:39
msgid ""
"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed "
"inside (or attached to) the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:43
msgid ":doc:`Tracking label <../setup_configuration/labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:45
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab "
"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired "
"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:49
msgid ""
"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference "
"number, and the total order weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Example delivery slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:59
msgid "Return slip"
msgstr "Retourbon"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:61
msgid ""
"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages."
" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item "
"details and customer information. It can also include specific return "
"instructions for the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:65
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab "
"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired "
"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:69
msgid ""
"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes "
"for both the order and the return operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Example return slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:79
msgid "Product labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:81
msgid ""
"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential "
"information, such as product name, barcode, and price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:84
msgid ""
"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` "
"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:140
msgid ""
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where"
" each product label can be printed as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price,"
" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:99
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, "
"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:108
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and "
"twelve columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Example 4 x 12."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:117
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. "
"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:119
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language "
"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers "
"to automatically print labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra "
"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:125
msgid ""
"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:131
msgid "Lot/SN Labels"
msgstr "Serie/Partijnummer labels"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:133
msgid ""
"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential "
"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:136
msgid ""
"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's "
"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations"
" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN "
"Labels` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:143
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial "
"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and "
"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:153
msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:155
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of "
"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits "
"four rows and twelve columns per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:157
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra "
"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and "
"barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:159
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of "
"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product "
"name, lot/serial number, and barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:165
msgid "Carrier labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:167
msgid ""
"To automatically print a *carrier label* with the recipient address, "
"tracking number, and carrier details for specific third-party shipping "
"carriers, complete the following setup:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:170
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Carrier Labels` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type "
"settings <inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:257
msgid ""
":doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` to Odoo's"
" *IoT* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:173
msgid ""
":ref:`Assign the carrier label to the printer "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-printer>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:174
msgid ""
"Configure the shipping method's :ref:`label type "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/label-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:179
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:261
msgid "Assign printer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:181
msgid ""
"Refer to the :doc:`Connect a printer "
"<../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` documentation for details on "
"connecting a printer to Odoo's *IoT* app. Upon completion, assign the "
"carrier label to the printer, by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> "
"Devices`, and selecting the desired printer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Show a list of IoT devices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:190
msgid ""
"In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab"
" to configure the types of documents the printer automatically prints. Click"
" :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-up window. "
"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type `Shipping`, and select "
":guilabel:`Shipping Labels`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:196
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report is for :ref:`export documents "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/export-doc>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Show carrier label report added to the *Printer Reports*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:203
msgid ""
"After adding the :guilabel:`Shipping Labels` report in the "
":guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Report Type` matches "
"the IoT-connected printer's type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:206
msgid ""
"For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`PDF`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:207
msgid ""
"For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`Text`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:212
msgid "Shipping carrier label type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:214
msgid ""
"Next, complete the setup for the :doc:`third-party shipping connector "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. After that, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and "
"select the desired shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:218
msgid ""
"On the shipping method configuration form, in the :guilabel:`[carrier name] "
"Configuration` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Label Format` matches the "
":ref:`report type assigned earlier <inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-"
"printer>`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:222
msgid ""
"For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`PDF`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:223
msgid ""
"For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`ZPL2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show the *Label Type* field on FedEx's shipping method configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:230
msgid "Example carrier label"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:232
msgid ""
"After validating the operation, the carrier label is generated in the "
"chatter, and printed using the IoT-connected printer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Show an example carrier label for FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:241
msgid ""
"Carrier label for FedEx, containing the recipient address, tracking number, "
"barcode, and other shipping information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:245
msgid ":doc:`Print carrier labels <../setup_configuration/labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:250
msgid "Export document"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:252
msgid ""
"An *export document*, required by customs to ship packages from one country "
"to another, can be automatically printed in Odoo by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:255
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Export Documents` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type "
"settings <inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:258
msgid "Assign the export document to the printer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:263
msgid ""
"Similar to the :ref:`printer assignment instructions for carrier labels "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-printer>`, after connecting a "
"compatible printer to the Odoo *IoT* app, go to :menuselection:`IoT app --> "
"Devices`, and select the desired printer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:267
msgid ""
"In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` "
"tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-"
"up window that appears, add the :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report to "
"assign the export document to the printer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:277
msgid "Export document for a shipment from the USA to Belgium."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:282
msgid "Package content"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:284
msgid ""
"A *package content* PDF includes the package's barcode, packed date, along "
"with a list of contained products and quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:287
msgid ""
"To print this form automatically, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type. "
"Then, go to the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, and tick the :guilabel:`Package "
"Contents` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:292
msgid ""
"If the option is not available, enable the :doc:`Packages "
"<../../product_management/configure/package>` feature, by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, ticking the "
":guilabel:`Packages` checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:297
msgid ""
"After enabling the feature in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, validating the "
"operation prints a PDF of the package contents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid ""
"Package contents form showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:306
msgid "Package contents showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:311
msgid "Package label"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:313
msgid ""
"A *package label* that shows the package's barcode and pack date can be "
"configured to print upon clicking the *Put in Pack* button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:317
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available **only** when the "
":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>` feature is "
"enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:321
msgid ""
"After it is enabled, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available on all "
"inventory operations (e.g. receipt, pickings, internal transfers, delivery "
"orders, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:324
msgid ""
"To automatically print the package label when the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` "
"button is clicked, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Operation Types`. Select the desired operation type, and tick the "
":guilabel:`Package Label` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab. Labels "
"can be printed in :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`ZPL` file formats, as "
"defined in the :guilabel:`Print label as` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "PDF of package barcode and package date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Sendcloud integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
"**required**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:183
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:165
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87
msgid ""
"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-module>` and :ref:`link "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` the Sendcloud shipping"
" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-shipping-info>`, so Sendcloud can "
"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is "
"cancelled within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "Shipping information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
msgid ""
"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information "
"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected "
":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping "
"address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189
msgid ""
"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page."
" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along "
"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193
msgid ""
"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified "
":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. "
"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` of this article for "
"detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match "
"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-config>` in the Sendcloud "
"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the "
":ref:`warehouse configuration section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` of the third-party "
"shipping documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204
msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
msgid "Shipping rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223
msgid ""
"Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels "
"tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be "
"created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase "
"insurance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228
msgid ""
"Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>`, and are only used to "
"improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232
msgid ""
"To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended "
"`Sendcloud` shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the "
":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules"
" apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239
msgid ""
"From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, "
":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Use Shipping Rules field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246
msgid ""
"Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create "
"New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine"
" when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the "
"condition."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253
msgid ""
"`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-"
"shipping-rules>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271
msgid "Personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273
msgid ""
"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first "
"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers "
"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download "
"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the"
" CSV file template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285
msgid ""
"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click "
":guilabel:`Save these prices`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/5163547066004>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315
msgid ""
"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported "
"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Starshipit shipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration "
"of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can "
"create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific "
"couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined "
"conditions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11
msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12
msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers <third_party_shipper>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15
msgid "Setup in Starshipit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18
msgid "Create an account and activate couriers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform <https://starshipit.com/>`_ to "
"configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25
msgid "Pickup address configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the "
":guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35
msgid "Couriers configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's "
"support center <https://support.starshipit.com/hc/en-us/>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49
msgid "Checkout rates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51
msgid ""
"To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs "
"are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59
msgid "Starshipit API key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61
msgid ""
"Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders "
"based on specific conditions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click "
":guilabel:`Add a new rule`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66
msgid ""
"While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68
msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69
msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70
msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79
msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81
msgid ""
"In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in "
"the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming "
"Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93
msgid "Install"
msgstr "Installeren"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95
msgid ""
"After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database."
" To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the "
":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to "
"install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` "
"section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110
msgid ""
"After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the "
":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. "
"Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118
msgid ""
"Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that "
"will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127
msgid ""
"The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit."
" For more information about the other fields, refer to "
":doc:`../setup_configuration`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application "
"Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/star-api>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained"
" from the same place as the :ref:`API key "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/star-api>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped "
"from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and "
":ref:`generating shipping labels <inventory/shipping_receiving/star-label>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the "
"weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143
msgid ""
"To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in"
" :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149
msgid ""
"To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select "
"a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the "
":guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up "
"window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired "
"shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156
msgid ""
"The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159
msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170
msgid ""
"Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be"
" charged."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after creation"
" — this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping "
"provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless"
" the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180
msgid ""
"Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186
msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in"
" the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194
msgid ""
"Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click"
" :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, "
"labeled as the *delivery product*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199
msgid ""
"Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo "
"*Sales* and *eCommerce* applications."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202
msgid ""
"Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are "
"automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206
msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214
msgid ""
"Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products "
"plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping "
"option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218
msgid ""
"Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220
msgid ""
"Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email "
"address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are "
"set upon sending a shipping order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224
msgid "Returns"
msgstr "Retouren"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233
msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227
msgid "Australia Post eParcel"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228
msgid "TNT"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229
msgid "Couriers Please"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230
msgid "Aramex"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231
msgid "StarTrack"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232
msgid "DHL Express"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233
msgid "NZ Post Domestic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235
msgid ""
"This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the "
"intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the "
":guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240
msgid "Cancellations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242
msgid ""
"If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived "
"in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier "
"itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the "
"cancellation manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "Third-party shipping carriers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10
msgid ""
"Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to "
"verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically "
"calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or"
" delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring "
"shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-troubles>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23
msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid "Carrier"
msgstr "Vervoerder"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30
msgid "Region availability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31
msgid ":doc:`FedEx <fedex>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36
msgid "All"
msgstr "Alle"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid ":doc:`DHL Express <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37
msgid "US Postal Service"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr "Verenigde Staten van Amerika"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40
msgid "Some European countries (see details below)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`Bpost <bpost>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "België"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid "Easypost"
msgstr "Easypost"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44
msgid "North America"
msgstr "Noord-Amerika"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45
msgid "Shiprocket"
msgstr "Shiprocket"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid "India"
msgstr "India"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`Starshipit <starshipit_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48
msgid "Australia and New Zealand"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51
msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53
msgid ""
"Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, "
"Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** "
"any European country."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
"To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow "
"these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Install the shipping connector <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-"
"connector>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"delivery-method>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63
msgid ""
":ref:`Activate production environment "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure warehouse <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65
msgid ""
":ref:`Specify weight of products <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"weight>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70
msgid "Install shipping connector"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72
msgid ""
"To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:74
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party "
"shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping "
"connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with"
" operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, "
"refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules <general/install>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92
msgid ""
"To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin "
"by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`, and select the desired delivery method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97
msgid ""
"The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same "
":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic "
"shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100
msgid ""
"Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as "
":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104
msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107
msgid ""
"Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the "
"*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the "
"desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart "
"button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, "
"including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:118
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that"
" is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable "
"website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to "
"all web pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery "
"service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration "
"Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` "
"fields become available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an "
":ref:`estimated shipment cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-so>`"
" on an |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:128
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name "
"that is added to the |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated "
"cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real"
" cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping "
"costs <invoicing>` document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to"
" the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, "
"packaging materials, exchange rates, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders "
"surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding "
":guilabel:`Amount` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:142
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the "
"shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in"
" transit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149
msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149
msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:151
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields "
"(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party"
" shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For "
"more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the "
"following documents:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160
msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:165
msgid "Production environment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167
msgid ""
"With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test "
"Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:171
msgid ""
"Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** "
"shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their "
"carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers "
"for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the "
"delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185
msgid ""
"Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and "
":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select "
"the desired warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:189
msgid ""
"On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:196
msgid ""
"Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are "
"correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show company address and phone number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:206
msgid "Product weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:208
msgid ""
"For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"selecting the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:211
msgid ""
"Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the "
":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221
msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:223
msgid ""
"Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or "
"delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:225
msgid ""
"After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` in Odoo, create or"
" navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders "
"--> Quotations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:232
msgid "Sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:234
msgid ""
"To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of "
"shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of "
"shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243
msgid ""
"In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the"
" intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The "
":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:247
msgid ""
"the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is "
"not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` in the order is used)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:249
msgid ""
"the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and the customer's "
"address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254
msgid ""
"After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` "
"field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` "
"pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the "
"|SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:260
msgid ""
":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery <invoicing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267
msgid ""
"For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the "
"shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, "
"and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as "
":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to"
" the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set "
"to :ref:`production mode <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:279
msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels <labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:288
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Problemen oplossen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290
msgid ""
"Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some "
"checks to try when things are not working as expected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293
msgid ""
"Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` (e.g., address and "
"phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the "
"shipping provider's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:296
msgid ""
"Verify that the :ref:`package type <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-"
"type>` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure "
"the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:299
msgid ""
"When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the "
"provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to "
":ref:`production environment <inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:303
msgid ""
"Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify"
" the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the "
"*debug logs*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:307
msgid ""
"When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says "
"the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the "
"package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's "
"side."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:312
msgid "Debug log"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:314
msgid ""
"Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that,"
" go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping"
" method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate "
":guilabel:`Debug Requests`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323
msgid ""
"With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector "
"is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the "
":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer "
"mode <developer-mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical"
" --> Database Structure section --> Logging`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:329
msgid ""
"Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>` button is clicked on "
":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the "
"shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:338
msgid ""
"Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the "
"correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP "
"response*, verify that the same information is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "UPS integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"UPS is a shipping carrier service that integrates with Odoo to coordinate "
"shipping to all regions. Once integrated, users can create shipping methods "
"that estimate shipping costs and :doc:`generate labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:12
msgid "To set up the UPS shipping connector in Odoo, complete these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:14
msgid ""
"Create a UPS account to get :ref:`account number "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:16
msgid ""
"Create UPS developer account to get :ref:`client credentials "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-client-id>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:18
msgid "Set up shipping method in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:21
msgid ""
"When configuring a shipping method to use UPS, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Provider` is set to :guilabel:`UPS`, **NOT** :guilabel:`UPS "
"Legacy`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:24
msgid ""
"If shipping methods currently exist with the :guilabel:`Provider` set to "
":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive them, and create new shipping methods using "
":guilabel:`UPS`, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:28
msgid "UPS account setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"To get started, go to the `UPS website <https://www.ups.com>`_ and click the"
" :guilabel:`Log In` button in the top-right corner to log in or create a UPS"
" account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:33
msgid ""
"After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select"
" :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home "
"screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment Options` page, two accounts must be "
"configured: an Odoo shipment account and a payment card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:44
msgid "Shipping account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:46
msgid ""
"To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the"
" :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the next screen, labeled :guilabel:`Open a Shipping Account`, complete "
"the forms to configure the shipping account type (e.g. :guilabel:`Business`)"
" and if any regulated items will be shipped. Then finish the remaining three"
" steps in the wizard to :guilabel:`Add Addresses`, :guilabel:`Verify "
"Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being "
"optional."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:58
msgid ""
"When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to "
"finish setting up the shipping account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:68
msgid "Get account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:70
msgid ""
"With the shipping account set up, the UPS :guilabel:`Account Number` becomes"
" available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts "
"and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:79
msgid "Payment card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:81
msgid ""
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payments` page and select the "
":guilabel:`Add Payment Card` option from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment "
"Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card "
"information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:90
msgid "UPS developer account setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:92
msgid ""
"Next, log into the `UPS developer account <http://developer.ups.com/>`_ to "
"generate the developer key. To begin, click the profile icon in the top-"
"right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid ""
"Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture "
"icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:101
msgid "Add app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:103
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Apps` button to begin filling out the form. "
"In the :guilabel:`I need API credentials because \\*` field, select "
":guilabel:`I want to integrate UPS technology into my business`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:107
msgid ""
"Under the next label, :guilabel:`Choose an account to associate with these "
"credentials. \\*`, select :guilabel:`Add existing account` from the drop-"
"down menu in the corresponding field, and then select the :ref:`account "
"number <inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>` linked to the UPS "
"account created in the previous step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:116
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Next`, and proceed to the :guilabel:`Add App` form, and "
"fill out the fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:118
msgid ":guilabel:`App Name`: Type the name to identify the app by."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:119
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Callback URL`: Type the URL of the Odoo database, in the format: "
"`https://databaseName.odoo.com`. Do **not** include `www` in the URL."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add Products` section on the right, search for and click "
"the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add the following products to the app:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:125
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Authorization (O Auth)`: Used to generate the authorization token"
" to request information from the UPS API."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Address Validation`: Validates addresses at the street level in "
"the United States and Puerto Rico."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Locator`: Enables search for UPS shipping locations based on type"
" and available services."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Paperless Documents`: Enables the upload of document images to "
"link to shipments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping`: Enables UPS shipping services, such as preparing "
"packages for shipment, managing returns, and cancelling scheduled shipments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:134
msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Compare delivery services and shipping rates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:136
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` and accept UPS's terms and conditions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:139
msgid "`UPS API Catalog <https://developer.ups.com/catalog?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:148
msgid "Client ID and Client Secret"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:150
msgid ""
"With the new app created, in the :menuselection:`Profile --> My Apps --> "
"App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view "
"the UPS credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:157
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and "
":guilabel:`Client Secret` key."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:167
msgid ""
"With the credentials obtained, configure the UPS shipping method in Odoo by "
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:170
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:173
msgid ""
"For existing UPS shipping methods whose :guilabel:`Provider` is "
":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive it and create a new shipping method using "
":guilabel:`UPS`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:176
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`UPS`. Doing so reveals "
"the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, where various fields must be entered."
" For details instructions on configuring the other fields on the shipping "
"method, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier "
"<third_party_shipper>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:181
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:183
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Account Number`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`account number "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>` from the UPS portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:185
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Client ID`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client ID "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-client-id>` from the UPS developer "
"website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:187
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Client Secret`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client Secret "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-client-id>` key from the UPS developer "
"website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:189
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Service Type`: Select from the drop-down menu the type of "
"shipping service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Package Type`: (*required*) Select from the drop-down menu "
"the :doc:`package type <../../product_management/configure/package>` that is"
" supported for the shipping service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:192
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure for the package weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:193
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Size Unit`: The unit of measure for the package "
"dimensions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:194
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: "
":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:201
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Options` section, the following features are available:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:203
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill My Account`: Charge the user's UPS account for shipping in "
"the *eCommerce* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:204
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Collect on Delivery`: Collect payment from customers for shipping"
" after the shipment is delivered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:206
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Print the return label for the order "
"after the delivery order is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:208
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Select whether duties or other fees are charged "
"to the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient` of the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:3
msgid "Zebra label configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, labels printed in the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) file format "
"are designed to fit a four-by-six inch label. To resize (or reformat) text "
"to fit a variety of |ZPL| label sizes, :ref:`navigate to the ZPL label view "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>`, and alter the |ZPL| code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:13
msgid ""
"When customizing code in Odoo, please note that upgrading the database to "
"newer versions may break custom |ZPL| code. **Customers are responsible for "
"maintaining their custom code**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:16
msgid ""
"Refer to the following sections for explanations, and example code, for "
"frequently requested Zebra label customizations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:19
msgid ":ref:`Adjust margins <inventory/shipping_receiving/margin>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:20
msgid ":ref:`Enlarge/minimize barcodes <inventory/shipping_receiving/resize>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Rotate elements <inventory/shipping_receiving/rotate>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:26
msgid "Navigate to ZPL label view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:28
msgid ""
"To begin customizing a Zebra label in Odoo, turn on :ref:`developer mode "
"<developer-mode>`, and on the main Odoo dashboard, type `Reports`. From the "
"search results that appear in the resulting pop-up window, choose "
":guilabel:`Settings / Technical / Reporting / Reports` to open the "
":guilabel:`Reports` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:34
msgid ""
"To manually navigate to the :guilabel:`Reports` page, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Reporting: Reports`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1
msgid "Show global search result for \"Reports\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:41
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Reports` page, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type "
"`ZPL`, and hit :kbd:`Enter`. Upon doing so, Odoo presents a list of "
"available Zebra labels in Odoo. Select the desired Zebra label from the list"
" to modify it on a separate page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:46
msgid "Printable ZPL labels in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:48
msgid ":ref:`lot/serial number <inventory/shipping_receiving/lot-sn-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:49
msgid "operation type"
msgstr "bewerkingssoort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:50
msgid "package barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:51
msgid ":ref:`product label <inventory/shipping_receiving/product-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:52
msgid "product packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:53
msgid "finished product (Odoo *Manufacturing* app required)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:55
msgid ""
"Next, click the :icon:`fa-code` :guilabel:`Qweb Views` smart button, and "
"choose the desired label :doc:`view "
"<../../../../../developer/reference/user_interface/view_records>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62
msgid "Show Qweb smart button on the Lot and Serial Number (ZPL) report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62
msgid ""
"**Lot and Serial Number (ZPL)** report, highlighting the Qweb smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the resulting view form, go to the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab to view "
"the |ZPL| code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:67
msgid ""
"To ensure the customization is **not** overwritten during an update, click "
"the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon on the view page. Then, select the"
" :guilabel:`View Metadata` option from the resulting drop-down menu, in "
"order to open the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window. Then, ensure the "
":guilabel:`No Update` field is set to :guilabel:`true (change)`. Click "
":guilabel:`Ok` to exit the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1
msgid "Architecture tab in the view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:80
msgid "Adjust margin"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:82
msgid ""
"Text gets cut off from standard |ZPL| labels printed in Odoo when the line "
"exceeds fifty-five characters. To fit long product names, or lot numbers, on"
" a single line, adjust the margin."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:85
msgid ""
"To begin, navigate to the :ref:`ZPL code of the label "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>` in the :guilabel:`Architecture` "
"tab. In the |ZPL| code for product labels, look for the `^FT` command, which"
" specifies where to start placing the text, or graphic element, on the "
"label. The two numbers immediately following `^FT` define the x-coordinate "
"and y-coordinate in dots (:dfn:`similar to pixels for printers`) from the "
"left and top margins."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:92
msgid ""
"When customizing lot/serial number labels, look for the `^FO` command, "
"instead of `^FT`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:96
msgid ""
"The following is an example where the product's name gets cut off with "
"Odoo's default |ZPL| formatting. In the **Fixed** tab, the x-coordinate of "
"the starting position of the label is changed from `^FT100,80` to `^FT0,80`,"
" to fit the entire name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:203
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standaard"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label with the product name cut off."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:225
msgid "**Code**:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:219
msgid "Modified"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example barcode label with the product name margin adjusted to the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:135
msgid "Resize barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:137
msgid ""
"To adjust the size of the barcode to scale, begin by navigating to the "
":ref:`ZPL code of the label <inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>` in the "
":guilabel:`Architecture` tab. Look for the `^FO` command (typically in the "
"third line), which is the starting point of the margin for the barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:141
msgid ""
"The `^BY` command configures barcode size, and takes three numbers: bar "
"width, width of wide bars relative to narrow bars, and bar height. By "
"default, |ZPL| code in Odoo uses `^BY3`, setting the bar width to three "
"dots, a typical size that is easy for barcode scanners to read."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:146
msgid "To shrink the barcode to scale, `^BY3` is reduced to `^BY2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode size reduced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:185
msgid "Rotate elements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:187
msgid ""
"To rotate elements in |ZPL|, begin by navigating to the :ref:`ZPL code of "
"the label <inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>` in the "
":guilabel:`Architecture` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:190
msgid ""
"The `^BC` command's first parameter (:dfn:`information that affects the "
"behavior of the command`) defines the rotation of an item, which can be:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:193
msgid "`N`: display normally"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:194
msgid "`R`: rotate 90 degrees"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:195
msgid "`I`: rotate 180 degrees"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:196
msgid "`B`: rotate 270 degrees"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:199
msgid "To rotate the barcode, `^BCN` is changed to `^BCB`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode rotated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses and storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6
msgid "Inventory management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses "
"<inventory_management/warehouses>` handle the broader organization and "
"distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations"
" <inventory_management/use_locations>` provide a more detailed breakdown "
"within each warehouse for efficient item management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13
msgid ""
"This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts "
"necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of "
"how things work, refer to individual documentation pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMvudZVLuUo>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:33
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "Magazijnen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouses <inventory_management/warehouses>` represent a physical "
"place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26
msgid ""
"Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` "
"in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, "
"within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses "
"<replenishment/resupply_warehouses>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3
msgid "Locations"
msgstr "Locaties"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33
msgid ""
":doc:`Locations <inventory_management/use_locations>` refer to specific "
"areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-"
"divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can "
"create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize "
"inventory more precisely."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47
msgid "Location types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49
msgid ""
"*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and "
"what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only "
"internal locations are displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53
msgid ""
"To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from "
"vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. "
"For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all "
"internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, "
"and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64
msgid ""
"View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move "
"them there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items"
" stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation "
"<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here "
"are no longer in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or"
" create stock, accounting for discrepancies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75
msgid ""
"In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, "
"used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, "
"which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80
msgid ""
"`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in "
"`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, "
"five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory "
"Adjustment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0
msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and "
":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse "
"operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as "
":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1
msgid "List of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102
msgid "**Red**: internal locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "**Blue**: view locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and "
"customer locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107
msgid "View locations in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the "
"hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish "
"between internal and external locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112
msgid ""
"*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without "
"changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur "
"when products move from internal to external locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119
msgid ""
"When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in "
"either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they "
"are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit "
"Location` type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123
msgid ""
"This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating "
"that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of "
"the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)"
" together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129
msgid ""
"*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it "
"is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items "
"that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:8
msgid ""
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
"warehouse. Discrepancy between counts can be due to damage, human error, "
"theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to "
"reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the "
"database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:15
msgid "Inventory Adjustments page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:17
msgid ""
"To view the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page lists all products that are "
"currently in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26
msgid ""
"Only products with a quantity greater than zero are listed on the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. To view product lines with zero "
"current quantity, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
"Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30
msgid "For each product line, the following information is listed:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product"
" is stored. This column is **only** visible if :doc:`Storage Locations "
"<use_locations>` are enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:34
msgid ":guilabel:`Favorite`: identifies products that have been favorited."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory "
"adjustment line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the "
"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination "
"of both."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:40
msgid ""
"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more "
"than one serial number, or lot number, assigned to it, each uniquely-"
"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own "
"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: the date on which the goods with this serial "
"number are due to expire."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`Last Count Date`: the last time the quantity was updated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:48
msgid ":guilabel:`Package`: the package containing the quantity listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded"
" in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. "
"Unless otherwise specified (e.g., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or "
":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is "
":guilabel:`Units`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory "
"count. This field is left blank by default but can be changed, depending on "
"if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is "
"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not"
" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the "
"current year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can"
" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the "
"count in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:65
msgid ""
"Additional columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the"
" :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right of "
"the form's top row, and reveal any desired column by ticking the checkbox "
"next to that option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72
msgid "Create an inventory adjustment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74
msgid ""
"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so creates a new, blank "
"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:78
msgid ""
"|Ia| can also be created from the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` on an "
"individual product record. To open the report, navigate to a product record "
"and click the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart button. Then, at the top of the "
"page, click :guilabel:`Update Quantity`, then :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0
msgid ""
"The Update Quantities button on a Forecast report in the Inventory app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:86
msgid ""
"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is"
" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial "
"number needs to be chosen from the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:92
msgid ""
"The inventory adjustment line can also be used to create or record lots and "
"serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94
msgid ""
"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the "
"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:97
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via "
"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and "
"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific "
"inventory adjustment for traceability purposes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:103
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click "
"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the"
" top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the"
" quantities match, and have not been changed at all, no value appears in the"
" :guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:115
msgid ""
"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not "
"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has "
"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:122
msgid "Apply adjusted count"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:124
msgid ""
"|Ia| can be completed in several ways. The first way is to click the "
":guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the page. The "
"second way is to tick the checkbox on the far left of the line. Doing so "
"reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is an "
":guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:130
msgid ""
"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the "
"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reason` field is "
"pre-populated with today's date, the date the adjustment is being made on, "
"but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:134
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137
msgid ""
"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move "
"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for "
"traceability."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144
msgid "Relocate products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146
msgid ""
"|Ia| can also be used to relocate products to different storage locations, "
"or to different packages. To relocate a product, tick the checkbox at the "
"far left of the line for the desired product. At the top of the page, click "
"the :guilabel:`Relocate` button. Doing so opens a pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "The Relocate products pop-up on the Inventory Adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154
msgid "On the resulting pop-up, enter the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156
msgid ":guilabel:`To Location`: the new location for the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:157
msgid ":guilabel:`To Package`: the new package for the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158
msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for relocation`: the reason for the move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:161
msgid ""
"Product relocations **only** work on internal locations. Products **cannot**"
" be moved between companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164
msgid ""
"Only users with *Administrator* rights can perform product relocations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:167
msgid "Set to zero"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:169
msgid ""
"|Ia| can also be used to clear inventory counts by setting the quantity to "
"zero. To do this, tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the "
"desired product. At the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` "
":guilabel:`Actions` button to open a drop-down menu. Click :guilabel:`Set to"
" 0`. Once this is complete, :ref:`apply <inventory/apply-adjustment>` the "
"adjusted count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:175
msgid "Count products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177
msgid ""
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical "
"Inventory` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
"product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181
msgid ""
"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. "
"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the :icon:`fa-"
"bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon at the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185
msgid ""
"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over "
"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an "
"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the "
"product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193
msgid ""
"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value "
"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of "
"clicking the :icon:`fa-bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon, record the real value"
" in the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197
msgid ""
"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the "
"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being "
"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of "
"`0.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201
msgid ""
"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-"
"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the "
"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211
msgid ""
"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
"moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Actions` menu appears when one or more products' checkboxes "
"are selected. The :guilabel:`Actions` menu includes the option to "
":guilabel:`Set to quantity on hand`, which sets the selected products' "
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity` to the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, and "
":guilabel:`Set to 0`, which sets the selected products' :guilabel:`Counted "
"Quantity` to zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Inventory Adjustments Actions menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:314
msgid ""
"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. "
"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, "
"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database "
"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an "
"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233
msgid "Revert an inventory adjustment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235
msgid ""
"To revert the changes made in an inventory adjustment, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Moves History`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:238
msgid ""
"Tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the desired product. At "
"the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`Actions` button to"
" open a drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Revert Inventory Adjustment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:243
msgid ""
"After an inventory adjustment is reverted, the line is not removed from the "
":guilabel:`Moves History` report. Instead, an additional line is added, this"
" time with the word `[reverted]` added to the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0
msgid "The reference fields on the Moves History report in the Inventory app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:251
msgid "Change inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:253
msgid ""
"By default, the *scheduled date* for |ia| are always scheduled for the 31st "
"of December of the current year. However, for some companies, it is crucial "
"that they have an accurate inventory count at all times. In such cases, the "
"default scheduled date can be modified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:257
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, "
"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
" setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:264
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, enter a number from `1-31`, depending on "
"the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:267
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:270
msgid ""
"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:273
msgid "Plan big inventory counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:275
msgid ""
"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently "
"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->"
" Physical Inventory`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:278
msgid ""
"Then, select the desired products to be counted by ticking the checkbox on "
"the far left of each product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:282
msgid ""
"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, tick the checkbox"
" at the top of the table, in the header row next to the :guilabel:`Location`"
" label. This selects **all** product lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Request a count pop-up on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:289
msgid ""
"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a"
" Count` button at the top of the page. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Request"
" a Count` pop-up window, where the following information can be filled:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:293
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:294
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:295
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
" be accounted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:296
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank,"
" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each "
"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select "
":guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:301
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Leave Empty` option forces the employee conducting the audit "
"to manually type in the number they counted, while the :guilabel:`Set "
"Current Value` option only requires the employee to *verify* the counted "
"quantity and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:305
msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:311
msgid ""
"In the Odoo **Barcode** app, users can only view inventory counts that are "
"assigned to *them*, and are scheduled for *today* or *earlier*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:321
msgid "Adjustment history"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:323
msgid ""
"Details regarding inventory adjustment can be viewed by clicking the "
":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:326
msgid ""
"The user who performed the count is listed in parenthesis in the "
":guilabel:`Reference` field, while the user who applied the count is listed "
"in the :guilabel:`Done By`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "The history record for an inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:333
msgid "Inventory audit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:335
msgid ""
"An inventory audit can be accessed from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment`"
" page. This audit includes an inventory record both before and after a count"
" is completed, to track what changed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:338
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, tick the checkbox at the top-"
"left of the page to select all of the lines. Then click the "
":guilabel:`Request a Count` button. On the pop-up, set :guilabel:`Count` to "
":guilabel:`Set Current Value`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:342
msgid ""
"After returning to the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, select all of "
"the lines again. Click :menuselection:`Print --> Count Sheet`. The "
":guilabel:`Count Sheet` exports in PDF form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:346
msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3
msgid "Cycle counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage "
"Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and "
"click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once the *Storage Locations* feature is enabled, and there are multiple "
"locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be "
"changed for specific locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` by "
"default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, "
"change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next "
"scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options "
"(accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right "
"of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations "
"and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68
msgid ""
"To select a specific location, and view all products within that location, "
"click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu. Doing so sorts products "
"into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, "
"and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ "
"(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`"
" to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88
msgid ""
"In the first field, click the value and select :guilabel:`Location` from the"
" list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the "
"third field, type in the name of the location being searched for."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0
msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:101
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also"
" be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` "
":guilabel:`December`, by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:114
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120
msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124
msgid ":doc:`use_locations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:3
msgid "Product catalog"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:10
msgid ""
"The product *catalog* is a feature integrated with any Odoo app that allows "
"users to add products or components to an order. This includes the "
"**Inventory**, **Manufacturing**, **Sales**, **Purchase**, and **Repairs** "
"apps, among others."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:14
msgid ""
"The product catalog can be accessed from the first tab of a quotation, "
"request for quotation (RfQ), order, or bill of materials (BoM) form, and "
"opens in a new page when selected. The catalog displays products and "
"components in a user-friendly, POS-style format, from which they can be "
"selected and added to forms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:19
msgid ""
"The product catalog simplifies the creation of new sales orders (SOs), "
"purchase orders (POs), manufacturing orders (MOs), bill of materials (BoMs),"
" and more, by providing a visual interface through which products and "
"components can be quickly selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:24
msgid "Use product catalog"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:26
msgid ""
"To use the product catalog, begin by creating or opening a quotation, |RfQ|,"
" order, or |BoM| to which products or components can be added. For example, "
"create a new sales quotation by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app`, "
"and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:30
msgid ""
"On the form (quotation, |RfQ|, order, |BoM|), make sure the first tab on the"
" bottom is selected. Depending on the form being configured, this tab may be"
" titled *Order Lines*, *Components*, *Products*, or *Parts*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:34
msgid ""
"On the first blank line of the tab, click the :guilabel:`Catalog` link to "
"open the catalog in a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "The \"Catalog\" button on the \"Order Lines\" tab of a sales quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:41
msgid ""
"The product catalog displays a card for each product added to Odoo. Each "
"card displays a few key details about the corresponding product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:44
msgid "Product photo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:45
msgid "Product title"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:46
msgid ""
"Price or cost of the product, depending on whether it is bought, sold, or "
"used as a component"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:48
msgid "Reference code (e.g. *DESK0005*)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:49
msgid "On-hand quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:50
msgid "Variant attributes (e.g. *Color: White*)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "A product card in the product catalog."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:56
msgid ""
"Products can be filtered using the search bar at the top of the page, or the"
" sidebar on the left side of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:59
msgid ""
"To filter by product type, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down "
"arrow)` button on the right side of the search bar to open the search menu. "
"In the :guilabel:`Filters` section, select the :guilabel:`Services` filter "
"to only show service products, or the :guilabel:`Products` filter to only "
"show physical products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:64
msgid ""
"When creating or configuring a quotation or |SO|, specifically, an "
":guilabel:`In the Order` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Filters` section "
"of the search bar. Select this filter to only show products that have "
"already been added to the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the sidebar on the left side of the page, select an option in the "
":icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`PRODUCT CATEGORY` section to filter by product"
" category, or an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`ATTRIBUTES` "
"section to filter by variant attribute."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "The filter sidebar in the product catalog."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:76
msgid ""
"To add a product, click on the product's card, or click the :icon:`fa-"
"shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` button in the bottom-right corner of the "
"card. Doing so adds one unit of the product, which is displayed in a field "
"in the bottom-left corner of the card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once a product has been added, clicking the product card continues to add "
"units of the product in increments of one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:83
msgid ""
"To adjust the quantity of the product added, click the :icon:`fa-minus` "
":guilabel:`(minus)` button to reduce the quantity by one, or the :icon:`fa-"
"plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` button to increase it by one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:87
msgid ""
"Alternatively, a specific quantity can be entered by selecting the field "
"between the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` and :icon:`fa-plus` "
":guilabel:`(plus)` buttons, and typing in the desired quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:91
msgid ""
"To remove a product from the order or |BoM| entirely, either click the "
":icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`Remove` button in the bottom-right corner of the"
" product card, or click the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` button "
"until the quantity has been reduced to zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "A product card for a product that has been added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the desired quantity of each product has been added, return to the form"
" by clicking the :guilabel:`Back to [X]` button at the top of the screen. "
"This button differs depending on the type of form being configured "
"(quotation, |BoM|, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:104
msgid ""
"Products appear in the product catalog, and can be added to orders, even if "
"there are zero units of the product on hand. As a result, it is important to"
" confirm the quantity of a product being added to an order is actually "
"available, or inventory inconsistencies may arise."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3
msgid "Scrap inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8
msgid ""
"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be "
"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not "
"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be"
" scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or "
"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15
msgid ""
"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by "
"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a "
"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a "
"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide "
"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23
msgid ""
"For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about "
"the different types of :ref:`location types "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27
msgid "Scrap from stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the "
"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be "
"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:40
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product "
"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the "
"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of "
"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their "
"respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45
msgid ""
"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the "
"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:48
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this "
"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being "
"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once "
"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of "
"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61
msgid ""
"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the "
":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:65
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart"
" button, at the top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:68
msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0
msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75
msgid "Scrap from an existing operation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:77
msgid ""
"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as "
"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered "
"into, or removed from, stock for an operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81
msgid ""
"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, "
"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. "
"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89
msgid ""
"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing "
"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select "
":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a "
":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:99
msgid ""
"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`"
" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. "
"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number,"
" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that"
" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be "
"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being "
"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:110
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart "
"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to "
"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, "
"room, aisle, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10
msgid ""
"To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage "
"Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15
msgid ""
"Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with "
":doc:`Multi-Step Routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how "
"products move between locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Show Storage Locations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24
msgid "Create new location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26
msgid ""
"After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "List of internal locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be "
"configured as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35
msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location "
"exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the "
":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a "
"specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41
msgid ""
"In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location "
"name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the "
"path showing where this spot is within the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46
msgid "Additional Information section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48
msgid ""
"In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location "
"fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor"
" Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, "
":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, "
":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the "
"location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location "
"Types section <inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage "
"Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for "
"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to "
"be returned to this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to "
":ref:`identify actions <barcode/setup/location>` at this location when "
"scanned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox "
"to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, "
"*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly "
"supplied to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:75
msgid ""
"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` "
"section as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. "
"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to "
"replenish at this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if "
"necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:94
msgid ""
"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at "
"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` "
"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy "
"<../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies>` for how items should be "
"removed from this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:104
msgid "Cyclic Counting section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106
msgid ""
"To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By "
"default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:109
msgid ""
"For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty "
"days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the "
":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation <cycle_counts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last "
"inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts "
"are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date"
" of the next inventory count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117
msgid ""
"With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the "
":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the "
":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:125
msgid "Logistics section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:127
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally "
"select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of"
" how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First "
"In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, "
":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:136
msgid "Current stock at location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:138
msgid ""
"To view the current stock at a single location, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select "
"the desired location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:141
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all "
"products at the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:145
msgid ""
"A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` "
"desks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an "
"address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, "
"or physical store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8
msgid ""
"Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. "
"Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15
msgid ""
"To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18
msgid ""
"Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the "
"following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the "
"warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default "
"warehouse in Odoo is `WH`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is "
"recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" "
"(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To "
"change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover "
"over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right "
"arrow)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;"
" this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company "
"of a customer or vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name "
"<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies"
" in the European Union."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and "
"dropship them to subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials "
"stored in *this* specific warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items "
"to be manufactured in this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one"
" <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three"
" steps <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased "
"products to be delivered to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the "
"database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses "
"<count_products>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Example warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15
msgid ""
"In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the"
" *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* "
"(MPS)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18
msgid ""
"Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a "
"purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice "
"depending on the business process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42
msgid "Replenishment strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47
msgid ""
"Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock "
"level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales "
"requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, "
"Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish "
"stock to the maximum level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52
msgid ""
"When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When "
"using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed"
" guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report <replenishment/report>` "
"and :doc:`reordering rules <replenishment/reordering_rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56
msgid "Key points include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: "
"Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum "
"level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: "
"Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing "
"adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`: A "
"strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74
msgid "Make to order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76
msgid ""
"An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only "
"after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when "
"products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage"
" capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such "
"cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81
msgid ""
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84
msgid ""
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88
msgid ""
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91
msgid ""
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Master production schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products "
"and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed "
"manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order"
" or produce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104
msgid ""
"This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The "
":abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used "
"alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual "
"replenishment method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:11
msgid ""
"Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer "
"expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead "
"time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing "
"orders, deliveries, and receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:16
msgid "Lead time types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:18
msgid ""
"Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of "
"the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times "
"in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:24
msgid ""
":ref:`Customer lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/customer-lt>`: "
"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is"
" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the "
"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as "
"*delivery lead time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:29
msgid ""
":ref:`Sales security lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/sales-security-"
"lt>`: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of "
"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing "
"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment "
"process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:34
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/purchase-lt>`: number"
" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of "
"products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at"
" the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:39
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase security lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/purchase-"
"security-lt>`: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` "
"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders "
"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products "
"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment "
"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:45
msgid ""
":ref:`Days to Purchase <inventory/warehouses_storage/days-to-purchase>`: "
"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and "
"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified "
"number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:49
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/manuf-lt>`: "
"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date "
"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in "
"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished"
" good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:54
msgid ""
":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/prepare-manufacturing-order>`: number of days "
"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the "
"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click "
"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in "
"the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:60
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/manuf-"
"security-lt>`: moves the scheduled date of the |MO| forward by a specified "
"number of days. When used in conjunction with :ref:`replenish to order "
"<inventory/management/products/strategies>`, the security lead time makes "
"the need appear earlier on the replenishment report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:68
msgid "Sales lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:70
msgid ""
"Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to "
"automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales "
"Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* "
"setting for shipments from the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:74
msgid ""
"Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the "
"expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, "
"which would impact other warehouse operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:78
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is "
"confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and"
" the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead "
"time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:85
msgid ""
"The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected "
"delivery dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88
msgid "Customer lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:90
msgid ""
"Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the "
"products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> "
"Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` "
"field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery "
"order from start to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:96
msgid ""
"Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by "
"navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type"
" `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:106
msgid "Sales security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:108
msgid ""
"*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and "
"click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:114
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is "
"a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than "
"the scheduled date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:118
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes "
"the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. "
"In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th,"
" but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the "
"delivery order would be April 5th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:129
msgid ""
"For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the "
"lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a "
"quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:133
msgid ""
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are "
"ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:137
msgid ""
":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order "
"at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:145
msgid ""
"In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the "
"products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date "
"is April 2nd."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:148
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as "
"possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On "
"the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures"
" the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155
msgid "Purchase lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:157
msgid ""
"Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers "
"can help simplify the procurement process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed"
" in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead "
"times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to "
"determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:165
msgid ""
"This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order "
"to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:172
msgid ":doc:`PO scheduling with reordering rules <reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:175
msgid "Vendor lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:177
msgid ""
"To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor"
" location, begin by navigating to a product form through "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:180
msgid ""
"Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
"tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, "
":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186
msgid ""
"Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The "
"default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the "
"list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:190
msgid ""
"On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead "
"Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:196
msgid ""
"By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is "
"automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` "
"confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse "
"employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the "
"expected timeframe."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:202
msgid ""
"On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product "
"configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the "
":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from "
"the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:216
msgid "Purchase security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:218
msgid ""
"*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:221
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:224
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier "
"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:228
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, "
"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that "
"case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a "
"two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be "
"April 8th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239
msgid "Days to purchase lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241
msgid ""
"To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the "
":guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for "
"the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248
msgid "Manufacturing lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250
msgid ""
"Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable "
"materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of "
"materials (BoMs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253
msgid ""
"The |MO| deadline, which is the deadline to begin the manufacturing process "
"to complete the product by the scheduled delivery date, can be determined by"
" configuring the manufacturing lead times and manufacturing security lead "
"times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead "
"times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:261
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:263
msgid ""
"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill "
"of materials (BoM) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:265
msgid ""
"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:268
msgid ""
"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value"
" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar"
" days needed to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:275
msgid ""
"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times "
"of the components are added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278
msgid ""
"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can "
"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281
msgid ""
"Establish a |MO| deadline, based on the *expected delivery date*, indicated "
"in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:284
msgid ""
"The |MO| deadline, which is the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the "
"|MO|, is calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the "
"manufacturing lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287
msgid ""
"This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the "
"delivery date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:289
msgid ""
"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days."
" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center "
"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work "
"center simultaneously`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:294
msgid ""
":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:295
msgid ":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules <reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:298
msgid ""
"A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest "
"date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment "
"date is August 1st."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:305
msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:307
msgid ""
"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by"
" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:311
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days"
" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to "
"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and "
"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture "
"semi-finished products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:317
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare"
" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the "
"components listed on the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:320
msgid ""
"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also "
"added to this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:324
msgid ""
"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, "
"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to "
"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331
msgid "Manufacturing security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333
msgid ""
"*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the"
" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security "
"Lead Time`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:337
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the "
"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344
msgid ""
"A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and "
"manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled "
"Date` on the |MO| reflects the latest date to begin the manufacturing order."
" In this example, the planned date on the |MO| is August 5th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:350
msgid "Global example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352
msgid ""
"See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together"
" to ensure timely order fulfillment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:355
msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356
msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:357
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:358
msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:359
msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:361
msgid ""
"The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, "
"and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. "
"Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the "
"necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, "
"September 20th:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:368
msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:370
msgid ""
"**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in "
"time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:373
msgid ""
"**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it "
"was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date "
"earlier by 1 day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:376
msgid ""
"**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by "
"subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing "
"security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September "
"19th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:380
msgid ""
"**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form "
"indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as "
"September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by "
"a day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:384
msgid ""
"Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, "
"setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including "
"buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:13
msgid ""
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time "
"it is required to fulfill a sales order (SO), or when it is needed as a "
"component in a manufacturing order (MO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:17
msgid ""
"For products that are purchased from a vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ)"
" is created to replenish the product, while an |MO| is created for products "
"that are manufactured. The creation of an |RFQ| or |MO| occurs every time an"
" |SO| or |MO| that requires the product is confirmed, regardless of the "
"current stock level of the product being ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:23
msgid ""
"In order to use the |MTO| route, the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature "
"must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:27
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32
msgid "Unarchive MTO route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:34
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:38
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the "
":icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the"
" search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:46
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page "
"shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` "
":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down "
"menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55
msgid ""
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the search bar. The "
":guilabel:`Routes` page now shows all unarchived routes, including "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is selectable on the *Inventory*"
" tab of each product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60
msgid "Configure product for MTO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:62
msgid ""
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section, along with the :guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Manufacture` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture "
"it)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:79
msgid ""
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill |SOs|, enable the "
":guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so makes"
" the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other tabs below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the "
":guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87
msgid ""
"Specifying a vendor is essential for this workflow, because Odoo cannot "
"generate an |RFQ| without knowing who the product is purchased from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90
msgid ""
"If the product is manufactured, make sure it has a bill of materials (BOM) "
"configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`New` on the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:95
msgid ""
"For a full overview of |BOM| creation, see the documentation on :doc:`bills "
"of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99
msgid "Replenish using MTO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:101
msgid ""
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
" created for it every time an |SO| or |MO| including the product is "
"confirmed. The type of order created depends on the second route selected in"
" addition to |MTO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:105
msgid ""
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a |PO| is created "
"upon confirmation of an |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:109
msgid ""
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
"always created upon confirmation of an |SO| or |MO|. This is the case, even "
"if there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|, without"
" buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:113
msgid ""
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with the *Buy* or *Manufacture* "
"routes, the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`New`, "
"which opens a blank quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:117
msgid ""
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
" product configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`, and the quotation is turned into an |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:121
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears at the top of the page. "
"Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:124
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
"|PO|. A purple :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears above the "
"|PO|. Once the products are received, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to "
"open the receipt order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to enter the products"
" into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:129
msgid ""
"Return to the |SO| by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and "
"selecting the|SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:132
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the order"
" to open the delivery order. Once the products have been shipped to the "
"customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137
msgid ""
"For information on workflows that include the |MTO| route, see the following"
" documentation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139
msgid ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:140
msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:141
msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for "
"quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is "
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
"route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30
msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32
msgid ""
":ref:`Reordering rules setup <inventory/warehouses_storage/configure-rr>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136
msgid ":ref:`Trigger <inventory/product_management/trigger>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:137
msgid ":ref:`Preferred route <inventory/warehouses_storage/route>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36
msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38
msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:141
msgid ":ref:`Visibility days <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44
msgid "Reordering rules setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46
msgid ""
"To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48
msgid ""
":ref:`Product type configuration <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-product-"
"type>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49
msgid ":ref:`Replenishment method <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-method>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:50
msgid ":ref:`Create rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:55
msgid "Product type configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:57
msgid ""
"A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then"
" select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:61
msgid ""
"On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Goods`, and make sure the "
":guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked. This is necessary for Odoo "
"to track the product's stock levels and trigger reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Product Type and Track Inventory configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71
msgid "Replenishment method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73
msgid ""
"Next, configure the replenishment method (e.g., buy or manufacture) by going"
" to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from the "
":guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76
msgid ""
"If the product is purchased, :ref:`install <general/install>` the "
"**Purchase** app, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox is "
"enabled under the product name. In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, add at "
"least one vendor to the :doc:`vendor pricelist "
"<../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`. Odoo uses the vendor at the top of "
"the list to generate |RFQs| when reordering rules are triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:81
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's :guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the "
":guilabel:`Buy` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84
msgid ":doc:`Buy route <../../../purchase/manage_deals/rfq>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85
msgid ":doc:`Vendor pricelist <../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:87
msgid ""
"If the product is manufactured, :ref:`install <general/install>` the "
"**Manufacturing** app, and in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's "
":guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the :guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90
msgid ""
"Next, ensure at least one :doc:`bill of materials "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` (BoM) is displayed "
"in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product "
"form. This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for "
"products with a |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:95
msgid ""
"If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, click the :guilabel:`Bill"
" of Materials` smart button, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new "
"|BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99
msgid ""
":doc:`Manufacture route "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:106
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Operations --> Replenishment`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and fill out "
"the following fields for the new reordering rule line item:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:110
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:111
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted without the "
"rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this number, a "
"replenishment order for the product is created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max`: The maximum quantity at which the stock is replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific "
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
"products are replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
"smart button on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130
msgid ""
"To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and "
":guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and "
"future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134
msgid ""
"For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering"
" rule fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:138
msgid ":ref:`Vendor <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-vendor>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:139
msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-bom-field>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:140
msgid ""
":ref:`Procurement group <inventory/warehouses_storage/procurement-grp>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:144
msgid ""
"The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by "
"selecting the |adjust| in the far-right corner and selecting the desired "
"column from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:150
msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:152
msgid ""
"The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product "
"that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that"
" product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156
msgid ""
"The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* "
"route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon "
"confirmation of an |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:159
msgid ""
"The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order*"
" route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be "
"replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:163
msgid ""
"The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product "
"replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be"
" used as needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166
msgid ""
"Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the "
"*Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button"
" at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a "
"replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170
msgid ""
"See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) <mto>` documentation for a full "
"overview of the MTO route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172
msgid ""
"To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Products --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175
msgid ""
"At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering "
"Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to"
" begin configuring a new reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:179
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the "
"location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this "
"location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:182
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to "
"replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a "
"vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, "
"leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a "
"value of `1.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:191
msgid ""
"With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| "
"causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the "
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used "
"to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the "
":guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:197
msgid ""
"A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the "
"*Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:200
msgid ""
"An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the "
"forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, "
"which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:204
msgid ""
"Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the"
" picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, "
"but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be "
"used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:212
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "Activeren"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214
msgid ""
"A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While "
"both function the same way, the difference between the two types of "
"reordering rules is how the rule is launched:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217
msgid ""
":ref:`Auto <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: A purchase or "
"manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls"
" below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the "
":guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:220
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: The "
":doc:`Replenishment report <report>` lists products needing replenishment, "
"showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can "
"review forecasts before clicking *Order*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:224
msgid ""
"To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Operations --> Replenishment`. Then, click the |adjust|, located to the"
" far-right of the column titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or "
":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different"
" types of reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:234
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "Auto"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236
msgid ""
"*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or "
"manufacturing orders when either:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239
msgid ""
"The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240
msgid ""
"A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the "
"product below the minimum."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:243
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To "
"view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders "
"--> Requests for Quotation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:246
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated."
" To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:249
msgid ""
"When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253
msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:255
msgid ""
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` is enabled, and select "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click"
" the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:260
msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263
msgid ""
"The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger "
"when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of "
"`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering "
"rule is **not** triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275
msgid ""
"*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the "
":doc:`replenishment dashboard <report>` when the forecasted quantity falls "
"below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, "
"because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the "
"forecasted quantity is not enough."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281
msgid ""
"The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers "
"sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It "
"displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the "
":guilabel:`To Reorder` filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:286
msgid ""
"When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the "
":guilabel:`Order` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order with "
"the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the Order button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:295
msgid "Route"
msgstr "Route"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:297
msgid ""
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods "
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it "
"is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, "
"indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:302
msgid ""
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
"rule. This is the replenishment method (e.g., buying or manufacturing) that "
"the rule defaults to, if multiple are available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306
msgid ""
"To specify a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:309
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden. To reveal it, select the"
" |adjust| to the far-right of the column titles, and ticking "
":guilabel:`Route` from the drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:312
msgid ""
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down "
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
"preferred route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:319
msgid ""
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the *Buy* route, "
"then *Manufacture*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323
msgid "Advanced uses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:325
msgid ""
"Pairing :guilabel:`Route` with one of the following fields on the "
"replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. "
"Consider the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:330
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Route` is :guilabel:`Buy`, "
"setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple vendors on the "
"vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is automatically "
"populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the creation of a "
"purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:337
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Route` is set to "
":guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying "
"the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders "
"are created with this |BoM| in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:343
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs|"
" that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. "
"It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:348
msgid ""
"Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart "
"buttons to appear when using the :doc:`MTO route <mto>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Showing smart button to PO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:354
msgid ""
"Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:356
msgid "In the context of reordering rules:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:358
msgid ""
"Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is "
"why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360
msgid ""
"To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific "
"demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:363
msgid ""
"Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined "
"into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times "
"for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by "
"consolidating demands into fewer orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367
msgid ""
"Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on "
"the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under "
"the same demand, based on the defined route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372
msgid ""
"How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Route* fields on the"
" replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five different products"
" in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, Azure Interior, and "
"ensure other demands for these products are handled separately?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:379
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for "
"all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:381
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is "
"created for the same supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:383
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:384
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Order` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the five "
"products tied to `SO35`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid ""
"After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement "
"Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future "
"demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different "
"|RFQs| (the usual behavior)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:394
msgid "Just-in-time logic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:396
msgid ""
"*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders "
"precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted "
"date <inventory/warehouses_storage/forecasted-date>`, which determines when "
"replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product "
"if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing"
" the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor "
"lead times <inventory/warehouses_storage/purchase-lt>` and :ref:`purchasing "
"delays <inventory/warehouses_storage/purchase-security-lt>` for purchases, "
"or :ref:`manufacturing lead times <inventory/warehouses_storage/manuf-lt>` "
"for production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:408
msgid ""
"For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date "
"in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just "
"in time for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:411
msgid "Important considerations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:413
msgid ""
"**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead"
" times <lead_times>` for more flexibility."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:415
msgid ""
"While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, "
"**reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery "
"dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are "
"immediately triggered when needed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:422
msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:424
msgid ""
"To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the "
":icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering "
"rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the "
":guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:428
msgid ""
"The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo."
" It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's "
"replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current "
"date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can "
"receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is "
"calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:438
msgid ""
"A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:440
msgid ""
"Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and "
"the days to purchase is 2 days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442
msgid "Today's date is November 26."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:443
msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:445
msgid ""
"A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days "
"from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in "
"the **To Order** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448
msgid ""
"However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet"
" appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they "
"fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely"
" when needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:455
msgid ""
"The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's "
"necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:458
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:460
msgid ""
"If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted "
"date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:462
msgid ""
"If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, "
"replenishment can wait."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464
msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:466
msgid ""
"By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes "
"stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements "
"are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without "
"the stress!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:471
msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:473
msgid ""
"|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in"
" the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476
msgid ""
"They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by "
"clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the "
"replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted "
"quantity**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:485
msgid ""
"Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to"
" December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities "
"are zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:491
msgid ""
"Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` "
"units is `5.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:496
msgid "Visibility days"
msgstr "Zichtbaarheidsdagen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:498
msgid ""
"*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities "
"should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted "
"stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering "
"rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional "
"future demand by the specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:503
msgid ""
"This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future "
"needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger "
"orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:506
msgid ""
"To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days "
"in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> "
"Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:510
msgid ""
"Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the |adjust| "
"to the far right and choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, "
"enter the desired visibility days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:514
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks "
"the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on "
"the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:518
msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:520
msgid ""
"A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a"
" shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs "
"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs>` and tariffs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:524
msgid ""
"November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:525
msgid ""
"|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing "
"$100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:526
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"19, costing an additional $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:528
msgid ""
"|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"25, costing another $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:531
msgid ""
"Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Show forecasted date visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:536
msgid ""
"Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" "
"20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:539
msgid ""
"It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by "
"consolidating orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:540
msgid ""
"|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the "
"other two orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Visibility days visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:546
msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:548
msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:550
msgid ""
"**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days "
"later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:551
msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:552
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the "
"order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment "
"notification until then."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:555
msgid ""
"This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing "
"it to balance replenishment costs more effectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses "
":doc:`manual reordering rules <reordering_rules>`, lead times, and upcoming "
"demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12
msgid ""
"Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the"
" user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage "
"suggestions for replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15
msgid ""
"This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand "
"without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18
msgid ""
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21
msgid ""
"The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed "
"below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create "
"reordering rules section <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and "
"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` "
":guilabel:`Order Once`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30
msgid ""
"Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates "
"the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the "
"replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34
msgid ""
"Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the "
"vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can"
" reduce shipment costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst-1
msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41
msgid ""
"Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44
msgid "Replenishment information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46
msgid ""
"In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-"
"circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment "
"Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted "
"date*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50
msgid ""
"For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to"
" the :ref:`Just in time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:7
msgid ""
"When a business operates multiple locations, such as warehouses, retail "
"shops, or manufacturing facilities, resupplying stock from a central "
"warehouse is sometimes necessary. Odoo uses a *Route* configuration that "
"enables locations to replenish from a central distribution center, "
"automatically generating *inter-warehouse transfers*. Odoo "
":guilabel:`Inventory` manages these transfers to keep stores in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
msgid ""
"This guide explains how to conduct inter-warehouse transfers using two "
"replenishment strategies:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:15
msgid ":ref:`Make to order (MTO) <inventory/warehouses_storage/MTO>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Reordering rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/reordering-rule>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`Difference between MTO and reordering rules <../replenishment>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. "
"First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage "
"Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:35
msgid ""
"Configure the settings for the central warehouse and connecting storage "
"locations by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"Each central warehouse and other locations *must* have its own warehouse. "
"For example, each shop is considered a local warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:42
msgid ""
"Select an existing warehouse, or create a new one to be resupplied from the "
"central warehouse, by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, give the warehouse a "
"name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`, which will appear on that warehouse's "
"transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the "
":guilabel:`Resupply From` field. Check the box next to the central "
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Now, Odoo knows "
"which warehouses can resupply this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:52
msgid ""
"The central warehouse that will supply the shops is called `Central "
"warehouse`. The :guilabel:`Resupply From` field is set to this warehouse on "
"the shop's warehouse configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:64
msgid "Set route on a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:66
msgid ""
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
"transferred between warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select "
"the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:70
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the new route appears as :guilabel:`X: "
"Supply Product from Y` in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, where 'X' is the "
"store's warehouse that receives products, and 'Y' is the warehouse that "
"sends products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:74
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` checkbox, which is intended to"
" be used with the |MTO| route or a reordering rule to replenish stock by "
"moving the product from one warehouse to another. Proceed to the dedicated "
"sections below to continue the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:81
msgid "MTO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:83
msgid ""
"To replenish products using the make-to-order method, go to the product form"
" and ensure the :ref:`MTO route is unarchived "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/unarchive-mto>`, so it appears in the "
":guilabel:`Routes` section of the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:87
msgid ""
"With the resupply and |MTO| routes ticked, jump to the section titled: "
":ref:`Replenish from another warehouse "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/resupply-workflow>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:91
msgid ""
"The product, sold at the warehouse, `Store`, is resupplied from the central "
"warehouse, named `YourCompany`. To replenish the product using |MTO|, the "
"following routes are selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:94
msgid ":guilabel:`Store: Supply Product from YourCompany`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ""
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:104
msgid "Reordering rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:106
msgid ""
"To replenish products using reordering rules, first ensure the :guilabel:`X:"
" Supply Product from Y` route is selected in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab "
"of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:109
msgid ""
"Then, create a reordering rule to automate replenishment by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:112
msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`, and set:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the stock location of the retail store. For example, "
"`SHOP/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Route`: :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` to trigger automatic "
"stock transfers when inventory falls below the set threshold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:120
msgid ":doc:`reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:123
msgid ""
"A :ref:`0/0 reordering rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/zero-zero>` to "
"replenish the shop's warehouse is created, with the :guilabel:`Location` set"
" to `SHOP/Stock`, and the :guilabel:`Route` set to :guilabel:`Store: "
"Resupply from YourCompany`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Show reordering rule configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:134
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:136
msgid ""
"After completing the setup, trigger replenishment using one of several "
"methods, such as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:138
msgid ""
"Navigate to the product form of the product that is resupplied from another "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:140
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top-left of the product page. "
"In the pop-up window, set the warehouse to the retail shop, (e.g. `Store`), "
"and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Replenish pop-up window on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:147
msgid ""
"Create a quotation, and in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` to the retail shop (e.g. `Store`), when selling the "
"product makes the on-hand quantity of the product go below the minimum set "
"on the reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Create a quote at the store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:155
msgid ""
"Once triggered, Odoo creates two transfers: One is a *delivery order* from "
"the central, supplying warehouse, which contains all the necessary products "
"to the store, and the second is a *receipt* at the shop, from the main "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:159
msgid ""
"While in transit, the product is located at `Physical Locations/Inter-"
"warehouse transit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:162
msgid ""
"A sales order for the product at the shop is created. To replenish the "
"product at the shop and ship it from there, Odoo generates a delivery order "
"from the central warehouse's stock, `WH/Stock` to the shop's warehouse "
"`SHOP/Stock`. While the products are traveling between warehouses, they are "
"in `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:167
msgid ""
"The final delivery order is from the shop to the customer's delivery "
"address, and is not pertinent to the workflow in this guide."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Show shipments from warehouse to store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3
msgid "Stock valuation dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7
msgid ""
"When a company has physical assets, such as inventory, they often want to "
"know approximately how much has been spent on these goods, or how much they "
"are worth at the moment. This process of assigning a monetary value to "
"account for inventory is known as *stock valuation*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:11
msgid ""
"This value is often reported for accounting purposes. For instance, an "
"insurance company may want to know the value of goods stored in a warehouse,"
" in the event of a flood or fire."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:14
msgid ""
":doc:`Stock valuation "
"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` "
"typically utilizes one of two accounting systems:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Perpetual**: The inventory is constantly (perpetually) being updated, and "
"the value is constantly changing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:19
msgid ""
"**Periodic**: The inventory value is checked on an occasional (periodic) "
"basis, and the value is set at this occasional time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:22
msgid ""
"Using :ref:`tracked inventory <inventory/product_management/tracking-"
"inventory>` in Odoo necessitates a *perpetual* inventory accounting system "
"because of the need to know when and where inventory exists, and how much of"
" it is available or forecasted. There are a few common :ref:`stock valuation"
" methods <inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>` used in Odoo: "
"*standard price*, *average cost* (AVCO), and *first in, first out* (FIFO) "
"accounting. It is important to know that the valuation method chosen for a "
"product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation "
"reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31
msgid "Open the dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Stock Valuation* dashboard displays the financial value of all "
"tracked inventory, according to each product's stock valuation method. This "
"report can provide insights into potential issues in the supply chain, such "
"as sunken purchase costs or delays in profitability. To access the "
"dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:39
msgid ""
"The :menuselection:`Reporting`` menu in **Inventory** is only accessible to "
"users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:42
msgid ""
"This dashboard has three different views, or inventory reports — :ref:`list "
"view <inventory/warehouses_storage/valuation-report>` (i.e. the default "
"stock valuation report), :ref:`pivot view "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/aging-report>` (i.e. the stock aging report), "
"and :ref:`graph view <inventory/warehouses_storage/graph-view>`. Each view "
"can be customized with different fields to break down inventory valuation by"
" product, operation type, date, or company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48
msgid ""
"All three views can be filtered by various fields. To apply filters, click "
"into the search bar at the top of the report, or click the drop-down arrow "
"next to it. For example, selecting the filter :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty` "
"will show only products that are currently in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:55
msgid "List view: stock valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:57
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays in *list "
"view*, represented by the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. This"
" report shows a detailed record of stock movements and their valuations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:199
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Configureren"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:64
msgid "The following columns are displayed by default:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Date`: the date and time when the :ref:`stock move "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/svl>` was created. The valuation report is "
"sorted by this field by default, emphasizing the importance of time when "
"valuing inventory. To sort the report by a different column, simply click on"
" the column title."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Reference`: the reference document associated with this stock "
"move (e.g., a warehouse receipt, a delivery order, or a manual inventory "
"adjustment)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that is being moved and valued."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units by which this product's stock has "
"increased or decreased in this particular stock move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Value`: the value of the product's stock in this particular"
" stock move, calculated by multiplying the :guilabel:`Quantity` and "
":guilabel:`Unit Value`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79
msgid ""
"If a :guilabel:`Reference` document includes several goods, there will be a "
"separate line item generated on the report for each good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:82
msgid ""
"There are additional fields that can be added to this view to provide more "
"insight into the stock's valuation. To add fields, click the :icon:`oi-"
"settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and select the desired fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the uniquely identifying lot or serial number"
" for this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: for businesses that operate with multiple companies, "
"this field displays the company by which this stock move took place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`: the number of units remaining for this "
"valuation of the product, after demand has been accounted for (even from "
"other stock moves). This field can be especially helpful for :abbr:`FIFO "
"(First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` accounting, as it "
"conveys which units of stock came into a warehouse first and the value of "
"said stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit Value`: the cost of one unit of the product for the company "
"(**not** the price to consumers)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:95
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: a description of the reason for this stock "
"valuation (typically, a stock move has occurred). By default, this field is "
"set as the concatenation of the :guilabel:`Reference` and "
":guilabel:`Product` fields. However, the field may also display other "
"important messages for this line item, such as a note stating that the line "
"item is an adjustment due to a change in the product's inventory valuation "
"method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:100
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Remaining Value`: the value of this product's current stock "
"levels for this particular stock move, after demand has been accounted for. "
"Along with :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`, this field can be especially "
"helpful for :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
"Cost)` accounting, as they convey which stock came into a warehouse first "
"and the value of said stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:107
msgid ""
"Some of these settings may not appear unless first enabled in Odoo's "
"**:doc:`Settings <../../../general>`** application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1
msgid "Stock valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:116
msgid "Stock valuation layers (SVLs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:118
msgid ""
"Each line item in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report represents a record"
" in Odoo's system known as a *stock valuation layer (SVL)*. :abbr:`SVLs "
"(stock move layers)` are generated when products move in a way that impacts "
"their stock valuation. Specifically, the stock moves that generate "
":abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)` are warehouse receipts, deliveries, "
"dropshipping orders, and dropshipping returns. These stock moves must first "
"be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the "
":abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125
msgid ""
"If a product's inventory valuation method changes on the product form, new "
"line items are generated on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report to "
"reflect the resulting :abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)`. For example, if the "
"valuation method changes from *standard price* to either :abbr:`AVCO "
"(Average Cost)` or :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting, "
"*revaluation entries* will be automatically posted to reflect the change in "
"pricing for goods that remain in stock. One entry will be negative to "
"\"remove\" the old pricing, and the second entry will be positive to record "
"the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's "
"**Accounting** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133
msgid ""
"Below is an example of what the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` table shows when"
" a few stock moves have occurred for a product using standard price "
"accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1
msgid "Stock valuation table in standard price accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:139
msgid ""
"Conversely, the following image depicts what the *Stock Valuation* Report "
"table might look like after a product has switched from standard price to "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1
msgid ""
"Stock valuation table after switching from standard price to FIFO "
"accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:146
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Remaining Value` and :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` fields "
"are derived from what occurs at the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` level in "
"Odoo and, as such, are better understood with an example."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:150
msgid ""
"Frankie's Consignment Shop buys sweaters at the cost, or :guilabel:`Unit "
"Value`, of `5.00` dollars. For the first time, Frankie's purchases and "
"receives a :guilabel:`Quantity` of `100.00` sweaters in one stock move, then"
" re-sells and delivers `-10.00` sweaters in a second stock move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:154
msgid ""
"In the first stock move line item, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will "
"change from `100.00` to `90.00`, once the second stock move is recorded. "
"This change reflects that, although 100 sweaters were originally purchased, "
"only 90 of those sweaters remain in stock and should be counted in the "
"valuation. Similarly, the :guilabel:`Remaining Value` will drop from "
"`$500.00` to `$450.00`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` will remain at "
"`$500.00`, regardless of subsequent transactions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:161
msgid ""
"On the other hand, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the second stock "
"move line item will be recorded and remain at `0.00` because the quantity of"
" `-10.00` was sold. In the system, because the :abbr:`SVL (stock move "
"layer)` was a sale, there is no stock left that needs to be valued from that"
" transaction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0
msgid ""
"Remaining value and quantity are calculated based on :abbr:`SVLs (stock move"
" layers)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:170
msgid "Change the valuation date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:172
msgid ""
"To see the valuation of stock moves at a specific date and time, click the "
":guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of the "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page. The report will show the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Total Value` of each stock move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:177
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` of the "
"stock moves will *not* be point-in-time for any dates chosen in the past. "
"The stock moves shown when selecting a past date will still display the "
"*current on-hand quantity and value* of the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:182
msgid ""
"A business has 100 sofas in stock on January 1st and sells 20 of those sofas"
" on February 1st. The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the :abbr:`SVL "
"(stock move layer)` will drop from `100.00` to `70.00` on February 1st. If "
"no other stock moves take place, and on February 1st, the "
":guilabel:`Valuation at Date` is selected as January 1st, the "
":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will still show as `70.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:191
msgid "Pivot view: stock aging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:193
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, access pivot view by "
"clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon. This view is "
"essentially a *stock aging report*, and it shows the on-hand quantity and "
"value of inventory by purchase date, which can help monitor products with "
"expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:201
msgid ""
"By default, the pivot view shows the value of all *product categories* by "
"*day and month*. Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon"
" in each column or row will reveal a drop-down list of options to create a "
"more granular breakdown of the inventory valuation. The drop-down options "
"include: :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
":guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Company`, or "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` "
":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses the field back to an empty state."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:208
msgid ""
"In the table, the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` column displays the number of "
"on-hand items, and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of "
"purchasing these items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1
msgid "Stock aging report, showing product row items and day columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301
msgid "Graph view"
msgstr "Grafiekweergave"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:219
msgid ""
"The stock value can be depicted graphically by clicking the :icon:`fa-area-"
"chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon. By default, the graph is displayed in "
":icon:`fa-line-chart` line chart view and filtered to show the cumulative "
"total of all inventory value over time in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:223
msgid ""
"At the top of the report, a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` bar chart or :icon:`fa-pie-"
"chart` pie chart view can be selected instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:227
msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting essentials <../../../../essentials/reporting>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3
msgid "Locations dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7
msgid ""
"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an "
"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report "
"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items "
"<inventory/warehouse_storage/stranded>`, or view past inventory to see "
"product locations on specific dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13
msgid ""
"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with "
":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16
msgid ""
"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be "
"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the "
"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24
msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products "
"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at "
"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at "
"each location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it"
" is specified here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the "
":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand "
"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, "
"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52
msgid ""
"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional "
"information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the"
" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why "
"the product was moved from one location to another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47
msgid ""
"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` "
":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` "
":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the "
":guilabel:`To Do` filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid ""
"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering "
"rules <../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page to replenish products at the"
" specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button "
"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain "
"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:65
msgid ""
"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, "
"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-"
"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory"
" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:70
msgid "Generate reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:72
msgid ""
"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/locations-report>`, it can be used to create "
"and share different reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:76
msgid ""
"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` "
"dashboard are detailed below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:80
msgid "Dead stock report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:82
msgid ""
"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these"
" steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:142
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143
msgid ""
"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to"
" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and "
":guilabel:`Favorite` options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:87
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` "
"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:90
msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:93
msgid ""
"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers "
"<inventory/product_management/expiration-alerts>` page, accessed by going to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1
msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:104
msgid "Stranded inventory report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:106
msgid ""
"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* "
"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper "
"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check"
" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items "
"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in "
"the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:111
msgid ""
"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these "
"steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location "
"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`,  or "
"`WH/Packing`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:116
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the "
"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid "Show search result for the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:123
msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:126
msgid ""
"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a "
"*WH/Input* location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:128
msgid ""
"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not "
"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps "
"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid "Show items stored at a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:137
msgid "Inventory discrepancy report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:139
msgid ""
"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last "
":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these "
"steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:145
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option "
"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:147
msgid ""
"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last "
"cycle count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:153
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory "
"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the "
"inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3
msgid "Moves history dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of"
" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and"
" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making "
"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory "
"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9
msgid ""
"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access "
"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14
msgid ""
"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Moves History`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1
msgid "Display Moves History report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23
msgid "Navigate the moves history report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25
msgid "In the report, the columns represent:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or "
"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the "
"tracked product being moved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33
msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34
msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35
msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be "
":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or "
":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the "
"operation)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66
msgid "Search options"
msgstr "Zoekopties"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44
msgid ""
"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` "
"report to display relevant information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "Filters"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and "
"custom filters to find specific stock records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This "
"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of "
":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including"
" customer returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to "
"another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from "
"the virtual, production :doc:`location "
"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter "
"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty "
"days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111
msgid "Group By"
msgstr "Groeperen op"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom "
"groupings to the search."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: "
":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially "
"Available`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, "
":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. "
"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`"
" column in this report)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these,"
" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product"
" Categories`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch "
"<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:123
msgid "Favorites"
msgstr "Favorieten"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89
msgid ""
"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can "
"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current "
"search`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92
msgid ""
"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this "
"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` "
"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option "
"available to other users."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:132
msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:135
msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3
msgid "Stock report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored "
"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as "
"those delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12
msgid ""
"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19
msgid "Navigate the stock report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow "
"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`,"
"  which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, "
"which shows products within a selected product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple"
" warehouses in the database. Refer to the "
":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses` documentation for more details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:29
msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:31
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based "
"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, "
"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:38
msgid ""
":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit "
"<inventory/avg_cost/formula>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39
msgid ""
":doc:`Inventory valuation methods "
"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-"
"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity "
"<../inventory_management/count_products>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for "
"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of "
"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed "
"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in "
"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, "
"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product"
" was moved from one location to another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules "
"<../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for the product to create or "
"manage methods of procuring the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage "
"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, "
"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed "
"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are "
"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only "
"available with the *Website* app installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point "
"of Sale* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order "
"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the "
":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the "
":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab."
" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox"
" is ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0
msgid ""
"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* "
"setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but "
"not available in self order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91
msgid "`Configure PoS products <https://youtu.be/REbA3TBhFa4>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. "
"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked"
" on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from "
"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` "
"checkbox is ticked on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by "
"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only "
"available with the *Subscription* app activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for"
" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`"
" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* "
"app installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a"
" third-party manufacturer. Available only with the *Manufacturing* app "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:105
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available"
" with the *Expenses* app installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:109
msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/configure/type`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom "
"groupings to the search results."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type "
"<../../product_management/configure/type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure "
"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: "
"Product Categories`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120
msgid ""
":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product"
" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125
msgid ""
"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information "
"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save "
"current search`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:128
msgid ""
"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this "
"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the "
":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other "
"users."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "Onderhoud"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping "
"track of maintenance requirements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
msgid "Add new equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations,"
" including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery"
" on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a "
"computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by "
"the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a "
"vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13
msgid ""
"Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:18
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:19
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
"employee and a department"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
"page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
"work centers, like an office, for example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
msgid "Include additional product information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:48
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the page can be "
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
"Failures)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
"warranty will expire"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
msgid "Add maintenance details"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab at the bottom of the page provides "
"information about the failure frequency of the piece of equipment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days "
"the equipment is expected to operate between failures. This number can be "
"configured manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days the "
"equipment operates between failures. This number is calculated automatically"
" based on previous failures, and cannot be configured manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the estimated date the equipment may "
"experience its next failure. This date is calculated automatically based on "
"the data in the :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure` and :guilabel:`Latest "
"Failure` fields, and cannot be configured manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: the most recent date on which the equipment "
"failed. This date is based on the creation date of the equipment's most "
"recent maintenance request, and cannot be configured manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the average number of days needed to repair"
" the equipment. This number is calculated automatically based on the "
"duration of previous maintenance requests, and cannot be configured "
"manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The maintenance tab for a piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:91
msgid ""
"To see any open maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the "
"page for the equipment, and click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button "
"at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:3
msgid "Maintenance calendar"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:7
msgid ""
"Avoiding equipment breakdowns, and blocks in warehouse work centers, "
"requires constant equipment maintenance. Timely corrective maintenance for "
"machines and tools that break unexpectedly, as well as preventive "
"maintenance to ensure that such issues are avoided, are key to keeping "
"warehouse operations running smoothly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can access the *Maintenance Calendar* to "
"create, schedule, and edit both corrective and preventive maintenance "
"requests, to stay on top of equipment and work centers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16
msgid "Create maintenance request"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:18
msgid ""
"Maintenance requests can be created directly from the *Maintenance "
"Calendar*. To access the calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:21
msgid ""
"To create a new request, click anywhere on the calendar. Doing so opens a "
":guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign "
"a title to the new request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "New event creation pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:28
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the pop-up window saves the new request with "
"no additional details. If the request's creation should be cancelled, click "
":guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:31
msgid ""
"To add more details and schedule the request for a specific date and time, "
"click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:33
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens a blank maintenance request form, where "
"various details about the request can be filled out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:37
msgid "Edit maintenance request"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:39
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Request` field, assign a title to the new request. In the "
":guilabel:`Created By` field, from the drop-down menu, select which user the"
" request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user "
"actually creating the request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "New maintenance request form creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`For` field, from the drop-down menu, select if this "
"request is being created for a piece of :guilabel:`Equipment`, or a "
":guilabel:`Work Center`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:51
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Work Center` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field's drop-"
"down menu, two additional fields appear on the form: :guilabel:`Work Center`"
" and :guilabel:`Block Workcenter`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, select which work center in the "
"warehouse this maintenance request applies to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:57
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Block Workcenter` option's checkbox is ticked, it is not "
"possible to plan work orders, or other maintenance requests, in this work "
"center during the time that this request is being performed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Equipment` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, which it "
"is by default, select which machine or tool requires maintenance from the "
":guilabel:`Equipment` field. Once a specific piece of equipment is selected,"
" a greyed-out :guilabel:`Category` field appears, listing the *Equipment "
"Category* to which the equipment belongs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:66
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field, if necessary, click the drop-"
"down menu to select a worksheet template. These templates are custom "
"templates that can be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:70
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Category` field, the :guilabel:`Request Date` field "
"displays the date requested for the maintenance to happen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:73
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button "
"options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Corrective` maintenance is for requests that arise for immediate "
"needs, such as broken equipment, while :guilabel:`Preventive` maintenance is"
" for planned requests, to avoid breakdowns in the future."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:80
msgid ""
"If this request is tied to a specific |MO|, select that |MO| from the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:83
msgid ""
"From the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the desired "
"maintenance team who will perform the maintenance. In the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the "
"request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to open a calendar "
"popover. From this popover, select the planned date of the maintenance, and "
"click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:94
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Duration` field, enter the the amount of hours (in a "
"`00:00` format) that the maintenance is planned to take."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:97
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Priority` field, choose a priority between one and three "
":guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`. This indicates the importance of the maintenance "
"request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:100
msgid ""
"If working in a multi-company environment, from the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Company` field, select the company to which this maintenance "
"request belongs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:103
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the form, there are two tabs: :guilabel:`Notes` and "
":guilabel:`Instructions`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:105
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, type out any internal notes for the team or "
"technician assigned to the request, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab, if necessary, select one of the three "
"radio button options to provide maintenance instructions to the assigned "
"team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via"
" :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:117
msgid "Calendar elements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:119
msgid ""
"The *Maintenance Calendar* provides various views, search functions, and "
"filters to help keep track of the progress of ongoing and planned "
"maintenance requests."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:122
msgid ""
"The following sections describe elements found across various views of the "
"calendar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:125
msgid "Filters and Favorites"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:127
msgid ""
"To access the maintenance calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:130
msgid ""
"To add and remove filters for sorting data on the *Maintenance Calendar*, "
"click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle pointed down)` icon, to the right of the "
"search bar at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:133
msgid ""
"The left-hand side of the resulting drop-down menu lists all the different "
":guilabel:`Filters` users can select. By default, :guilabel:`To Do` and "
":guilabel:`Active` are selected, so all open requests are displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:138
msgid ""
"To add a custom filter to the :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar`, click "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, under the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the "
"drop-down menu. This opens an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:142
msgid ""
"From this pop-up window, configure the properties of the new rule for the "
"filter. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:145
msgid ""
"The right-hand side of the drop-down menu lists the :guilabel:`Favorites`, "
"or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a "
"later date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:152
msgid ""
"To save a new :guilabel:`Favorite` search, select the desired "
":guilabel:`Filters`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save current search`. In the "
"field directly below :guilabel:`Save current search`, assign a name to the "
"search."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:156
msgid ""
"Under the assigned name, there are two options, to save the current search "
"either as the :guilabel:`Default filter`, or as a :guilabel:`Shared` filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:159
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Default filter` sets this filter as the default when "
"opening this calendar view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:162
msgid ""
"Selecting the :guilabel:`Shared` filter makes this filter available to other"
" users."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`. When clicked, the new "
":guilabel:`Favorite` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Favorites` column, and"
" a :guilabel:`⭐ (gold star)` icon appears with the filter's name in the "
"search bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:169
msgid "Views"
msgstr "Weergaven"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:171
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is available in six different views: "
":guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, "
":guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:180
msgid "Calendar view"
msgstr "Kalenderweergave"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:182
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Calendar` is the default view displayed when the "
":guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is opened. There are a number of options in"
" this view type for sorting and grouping information about maintenance "
"requests."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:186
msgid ""
"In the top-left corner of the page, there is a drop-down menu set to "
":guilabel:`Week`, by default. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the "
"different periods of time, in which the calendar can be viewed: "
":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. There is also an "
"option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, "
"weekends are not shown on the calendar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:196
msgid ""
"To the left of this menu, there is a :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon and a "
":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon. Clicking these arrows moves the calendar "
"backward or forward in time, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:199
msgid ""
"To the right of the drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default, is a"
" :guilabel:`Today` button. Clicking this button resets the calendar to view "
"today's date, no matter which point in time is being viewed before clicking "
"it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:203
msgid ""
"At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a "
"minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, "
"displaying all the *Technicians* with requests currently open. Click the "
":guilabel:`(panel)` icon at the top of this sidebar to open or close the "
"sidebar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:209
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Technician` list only displays if technicians are assigned to"
" open requests, and individual technicians are only listed, if they are "
"listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` on at least **one** maintenance request "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:214
msgid "Kanban view"
msgstr "Kanban-weergave"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:216
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, all open maintenance requests are "
"displayed in Kanban-style columns, in their respective stages of the "
"maintenance process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:219
msgid ""
"Each maintenance request appears on its own task card, and each task card "
"can be dragged-and-dropped to a different stage of the Kanban pipeline."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:222
msgid ""
"Each column has a name (i.e. :guilabel:`In Progress`). Hovering at the top "
"of a column reveals a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️"
" (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, "
":guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:230
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` folds the column to hide its contents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:232
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens an :guilabel:`Edit: (stage name)` pop-up "
"window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can "
"be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:240
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the stage in the Kanban pipeline."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:241
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Folded in Maintenance Pipe`: when checked, this stage's column is"
" folded by default in the :guilabel:`Kanban` view type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:243
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Request Confirmed`: when this box is not ticked, and the "
"maintenance request type is set to *Work Center*, no leave is created for "
"the respective work center when a maintenance request is created. If the box"
" *is* ticked, the work center is automatically blocked for the listed "
"duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work "
"center is unavailable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sequence`: the order in the maintenance process, in which this "
"stage appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:249
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Request Done`: if ticked, this box indicates this stage is the "
"final step of the maintenance process. Requests moved to this stage are "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:252
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. If no changes have been made, "
"click :guilabel:`Discard`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:256
msgid "List view"
msgstr "Lijstweergave"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:258
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`List` view selected, all open maintenance requests are "
"displayed in a list, with information about each request listed in its "
"respective row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:261
msgid ""
"The columns of information displayed in this view type are the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:263
msgid ":guilabel:`Subjects`: the name assigned to the maintenance request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee who originally created the maintenance "
"request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:265
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for the maintenance "
"request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Category`: the category the equipment being repaired belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:267
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stage`: the stage of the maintenance process the request is "
"currently in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:268
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company environment, the company in the "
"database the request is assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:272
msgid "Pivot view"
msgstr "Draaitabelweergave"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:274
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Pivot` view selected, maintenance requests are displayed"
" in a pivot table, and can be customized to show different data metrics."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:277
msgid ""
"To add more data to the pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button "
"to reveal a drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`Count` is selected. "
"Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to "
"Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:285
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` button is the :guilabel:`Insert in "
"Spreadsheet` button. Clicking this button opens a pop-up window titled "
":guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot.`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:289
msgid ""
"There are two tabs in this pop-up window: :guilabel:`Spreadsheets` and "
":guilabel:`Dashboards`. Click into one of these tabs, and select a "
"spreadsheet or dashboard in the database to add this pivot table to. Once "
"ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. If this table shouldn't be added to a "
"spreadsheet or dashboard, click :guilabel:`Cancel`, or click the "
":guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:294
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button are three "
"buttons:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:296
msgid ":guilabel:`Flip axis`: the x and y axis of the pivot data table flip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:297
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expand all`: all the available rows and columns of the pivot data"
" table expand fully."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:298
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Download xlsx`: the pivot data table is downloaded as an .xlsx "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:303
msgid ""
"With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the "
"search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific "
"options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and "
":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons."
msgstr ""
"Als de grafiekweergave is geselecteerd, verschijnen de volgende opties "
"tussen de zoekbalk en de visuele weergave van de gegevens. Deze "
"grafiekspecifieke opties bevinden zich rechts van de knoppen "
":guilabel:`Metingen` en :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:311
msgid ""
"There are three different types of graphs available to users to view the "
"data:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:313
msgid ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`: the data is displayed in a bar chart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:314
msgid ":guilabel:`Line Chart`: the data is displayed in a line chart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:315
msgid ":guilabel:`Pie Chart`: the data is displayed in a pie chart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:317
msgid ""
"When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph, the data can be "
"formatted in the following ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:320
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:327
msgid ":guilabel:`Stacked`: the data is stacked on the graph."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:321
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:329
msgid ":guilabel:`Descending`: the data is displayed in descending order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:322
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:330
msgid ":guilabel:`Ascending`: the data is displayed in ascending order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:324
msgid ""
"When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Line Chart` graph, the data can be "
"formatted in the following ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:328
msgid ":guilabel:`Cumulative`: the data is increasingly accumulated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:332
msgid ""
"When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Pie Chart` graph, all relevant data is"
" displayed by default, and no additional formatting options are available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:336
msgid "Activity view"
msgstr "Activiteit weergave"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:338
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, all open maintenance requests "
"are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related"
" to those requests."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:345
msgid ""
"Maintenance requests are listed in the :guilabel:`Maintenance Request` "
"column as activities. Clicking a request opens a :guilabel:`Maintenance "
"Request` popover that indicates the status of the request, and the "
"responsible technician. To schedule an activity directly from the popover, "
"click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule "
"Activity` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, choose the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, provide a "
":guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the "
"responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:358
msgid ""
"Type any additional notes for the new activity in the blank space under the "
"greyed-out :guilabel:`Log a note...` field. When clicked, this changes to "
":guilabel:`Type \"/\" for commands`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:361
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Schedule` to schedule the activity. "
"Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done` to close the "
"activity, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to close the activity and "
"open a new one, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to cancel the activity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:365
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, each activity type available "
"when scheduling an activity is listed as its own column. These columns are "
":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, "
":guilabel:`Maintenance Request`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, :guilabel:`Upload "
"Document`, :guilabel:`Request Signature`, and :guilabel:`Grant Approval`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:370
msgid ""
"To schedule an activity with that specific activity type, click into any "
"blank box on the corresponding row for the desired maintenance request, and "
"click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up "
"window, wherein the activity can be scheduled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:379
msgid ":doc:`maintenance_requests`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:380
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:243
msgid ":doc:`add_new_equipment`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3
msgid "Maintenance requests"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:7
msgid ""
"In order to keep equipment and work centers functioning properly, it is "
"often necessary to perform maintenance on them. This can include preventive "
"maintenance, intended to prevent equipment from breaking down, or corrective"
" maintenance, which is used to fix equipment that is broken or otherwise "
"unusable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can create *maintenance requests* to schedule "
"and track the progress of equipment and work center maintenance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create a new maintenance request, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance"
" app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:21
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the form by entering a descriptive title in the "
":guilabel:`Request` field (e.g., `Drill not working`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:24
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Created By` field auto-populates with the user creating the "
"request, but a different user can be selected by clicking on the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:27
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`For` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equipment` if the "
"maintenance request is being created for a piece of equipment, or "
":guilabel:`Work Center` if it is being created for a work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:31
msgid ""
"Depending on the option selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, the next "
"field is titled either :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center`. "
"Using the drop-down menu for either field, select a piece of equipment or a "
"work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:35
msgid ""
"If the *Custom Maintenance Worksheets* setting is enabled in the "
"*Maintenance* app's settings, a :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field appears"
" below the :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center` field. If "
"necessary, use this field to select a worksheet to be filled out by the "
"employee performing the maintenance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:40
msgid ""
"The next field is titled :guilabel:`Request Date`, and is set by default to "
"the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be "
"changed by the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Corrective`"
" option if the request is intended to fix an existing issue, or the "
":guilabel:`Preventive` option if the request is intended to prevent issues "
"from occurring in the future."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:47
msgid ""
"If the request is being created to address an issue that arose during a "
"specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing"
" Order` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:50
msgid ""
"If an |MO| was selected in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field, a "
":guilabel:`Work Order` field appears below it. If the issue arose during a "
"specific work order, specify it in this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:53
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the maintenance team that is "
"responsible for managing the request. If a specific team member is "
"responsible, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:56
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field is used to specify the date on which "
"maintenance should take place, and the time it should begin. Choose a date "
"by clicking on the field to open a calendar in a pop-up window, and then "
"select a day on the calendar. Enter an hour and minute in the two fields "
"below the calendar, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date and time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Duration` field is used to specify the time it takes to "
"complete the maintenance request. Use the text-entry field to enter the time"
" in a `00:00` format."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:64
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Work Center` was selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, a "
":guilabel:`Block Workcenter` checkbox appears below the :guilabel:`Duration`"
" field. Enable the checkbox to prevent work orders or other maintenance from"
" being scheduled at the specified work center while the maintenance request "
"is being processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to communicate the importance (or "
"urgency) of the maintenance request. Assign the request a priority between "
"zero and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`, by clicking on the desired star "
"number. Requests assigned a higher priority appear above those with a lower "
"priority, on the Kanban board used to track the progression of maintenance "
"requests."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:74
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
"details about the maintenance request (why the maintenance issue arose, when"
" it occurred, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:77
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Instructions` tab is used to include instructions for how "
"maintenance should be performed. Select one of the three options, and then "
"include the instructions as detailed below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`PDF`: click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the "
"device's file manager, and then select a file to upload."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Google Slide`: enter a :guilabel:`Google Slide link` in the text-"
"entry field that appears after the option is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that "
"appears after the option is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst-1
msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:92
msgid "Process maintenance request"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:94
msgid ""
"Once a maintenance request has been created, it appears in the *New Request*"
" stage of the *Maintenance Requests* page, which can be accessed by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> "
"Maintenance Requests`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:98
msgid ""
"Maintenance requests can be moved to different stages by dragging and "
"dropping them. They can also be moved by clicking on a request to open it in"
" a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator "
"bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102
msgid ""
"Successful maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Repaired` "
"stage, indicating that the specified piece of equipment or work center is "
"repaired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:105
msgid ""
"Failed maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Scrap` stage, "
"indicating the specified piece of equipment, or work center, could not be "
"repaired, and must instead be scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:3
msgid "Maintenance setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo *Maintenance* helps companies schedule corrective and preventive "
"maintenance on equipment used in their warehouse. This helps companies avoid"
" equipment breakdowns, blocks in warehouse work centers, and emergency "
"repair costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:13
msgid "Maintenance teams"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:15
msgid ""
"When creating maintenance requests, a *maintenance team* can be assigned to "
"the request as the team responsible for handling the request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:18
msgid ""
"To view existing maintenance teams, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Configuration --> Maintenance Teams`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the resulting :guilabel:`Teams` page, a list of all existing teams (if "
"any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`,"
" and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:29
msgid ""
"To add a new team, click :guilabel:`New`. This adds a blank line at the "
"bottom of the list of teams. In the blank field that appears below the "
":guilabel:`Team Name` column, assign a name to the new maintenance team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team Members` column, click the field to reveal a drop-"
"down menu with existing users in the database. Choose which users should be "
"members of the new maintenance team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:36
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Team Members` "
"pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Company` column, if in a multi-company environment, click "
"the drop-down menu to select the company in the database to which this new "
"maintenance team belongs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:88
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:49
msgid ""
"The team members assigned to maintenance teams are also referred to as "
"*Technicians*, when viewing the *Maintenance Calendar*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:52
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance "
"Calendar`, and click on an existing maintenance request. From the resulting "
"popover, locate the :guilabel:`Technician` field. The name listed in the "
"field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular "
"request."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:61
msgid ""
"At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a "
"minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, "
"displaying all the technicians (or team members) with requests currently "
"open."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:66
msgid "Equipment"
msgstr "Apparatuur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:68
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Maintenance*, *equipment* refers to machines and tools used "
"internally in warehouse work centers. Equipment can include technology such "
"as computers or tablets, power tools, machines used for manufacturing, and "
"more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:73
msgid "Equipment categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:75
msgid ""
"Each piece of equipment belongs to an *equipment category*. Before adding "
"new equipment, make sure that a fitting equipment category is created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:78
msgid ""
"To create a new equipment category, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. "
"Doing so opens a blank equipment category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:86
msgid ""
"On the blank form, assign a name in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:88
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, assign a user to be responsible for "
"the equipment in this category, if necessary. By default, the user who "
"creates the category is selected as :guilabel:`Responsible`, by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:92
msgid ""
"If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom "
"the equipment in this category belongs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:95
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, assign an email alias to this "
"category, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:97
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Comments` field, type any comments or notes for internal "
"users to reference in relation to this category, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once a new equipment category is created, all equipment belonging to that "
"category, as well as any past or currently open maintenance requests, are "
"available from the equipment category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:104
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment`"
" and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:112
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Equipment` smart button to view all equipment belonging"
" to this category. Click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button to view "
"any past, or currently open, maintenance requests."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:117
msgid "Machines & tools"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:119
msgid ""
"To add new equipment, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> "
"Equipment --> Machines & Tools`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a "
"blank equipment form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Name` field, assign a name for the new equipment. In the "
":guilabel:`Equipment Category` field, click the drop-down menu and select "
"which category this new equipment should belong to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:126
msgid ""
"If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom "
"the new equipment belongs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:129
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button "
"options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:136
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Department` is selected, a :guilabel:`Department` field "
"appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu and "
"select the department that uses this equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:140
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Employee` is selected, an :guilabel:`Employee` field appears "
"below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu, and select "
"the employee who uses this equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:143
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Other` option is selected, both the :guilabel:`Department`"
" and :guilabel:`Employee` fields appear below the :guilabel:`Used By` field."
" Click the drop-down menus for the respective fields, and choose which "
"department and employee uses this equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:147
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Team` field, select the team responsible for "
"this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team "
"member/user responsible for this equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:154
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Used in location` field, enter the location wherein this "
"equipment will be used, if not in an internal work center (e.g. in an "
"office)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:157
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, click the drop-down menu, and select "
"which work center this equipment will be used in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:160
msgid ""
"In the blank space under the :guilabel:`Description` tab at the bottom of "
"the form, add any relevant information describing the equipment for users to"
" reference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:164
msgid "Product Information tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:166
msgid ""
"To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, "
"from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add the vendor from which the equipment was"
" purchased. In the :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field, add the product "
"reference number obtained from the vendor, if applicable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:177
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Model` field, specify which model this equipment is, if "
"applicable. If the equipment is serialized, add a serial number in the "
":guilabel:`Serial Number` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:180
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar"
" popover, and select a date. This date indicates when this equipment was "
"first put in use, and will be used to compute the Mean Time Between Failure "
"(MTBF) in the equipment's :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:184
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Cost` field, specify how much the equipment cost to "
"acquire, if applicable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the equipment is covered under a warranty, specify the "
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date` by selecting a date from the calendar "
"popover in that field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:190
msgid "Maintenance tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:192
msgid ""
"Various maintenance metrics are available for each piece of equipment, and "
"are automatically computed, based on corrective maintenance, and planned "
"preventive maintenance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:195
msgid ""
"To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the "
"equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:202
msgid "Doing so reveals the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:204
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days)"
" before the next failure is expected. This is the **only** field not greyed-"
"out, and the **only** field users can edit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:207
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days) between "
"reported failures. This value is computed based on completed corrective "
"maintenances."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:209
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the date on which the next failure is "
"expected. This date is computed as the Latest Failure Date + |MTBF|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:211
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: The date of the latest failure. The value in "
"this field updates once a failure is reported for this equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:213
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the amount of time (in days) it takes to "
"repair this equipment upon failure. This value updates once a maintenance "
"request is completed for this equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:217
msgid "Work centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:219
msgid ""
"To view the work centers where equipment is being used, and how the "
"equipment is being used in them, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app"
" --> Equipment --> Work Centers`, and click into a work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:223
msgid ""
"From the resulting work center form, click the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab to "
"view all machines and tools being used in that specific work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:226
msgid ""
"Each piece of equipment is listed with certain relevant information: the "
":guilabel:`Equipment Name`, the responsible :guilabel:`Technician`, the "
":guilabel:`Equipment Category` it belongs to, and a few important "
"maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "List of equipment included in a work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:235
msgid ""
"To add new equipment to a work center directly from the work center form, "
"click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This opens"
" an :guilabel:`Add: Maintenance Equipment` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:239
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, select the equipment that should be added to the "
"work center, and click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process "
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/general/iot>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration.rst:5
msgid "Advanced configuration"
msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Use kits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be "
"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to "
"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful "
"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and "
":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization "
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:22
msgid ""
"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to "
":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the "
"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, "
"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a "
":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for "
"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:32
msgid ""
"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the "
"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All "
"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to "
"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components "
"require no specific configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:41
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:43
msgid ""
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM"
" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` "
"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the"
" previously configured kit product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option."
" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM "
"(bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
"the kit is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:68
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. "
"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of"
" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs"
" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:75
msgid ""
"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a "
"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a "
"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:83
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and "
"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the "
"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can "
"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Structure & cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of "
"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and "
"viewed from this report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:105
msgid ""
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level "
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:111
msgid ""
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-"
"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-"
"assemblies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for "
"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple"
" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:10
msgid "Activate product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable"
" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the "
":doc:`product variants "
"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:25
msgid "Create custom product attributes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product "
"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:30
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing "
"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. "
"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:39
msgid ""
"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the "
":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired "
"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants "
"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a "
"new value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:45
msgid ""
"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` "
"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, "
"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering "
"a custom variant of a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:0
msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` "
"to save the new attribute."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:58
msgid "Add product variants on the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:60
msgid ""
"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular "
"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To "
"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Variants` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:65
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add "
"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:68
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to "
"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add "
"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be "
"added to the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:72
msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:79
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are "
"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, "
"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:84
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:86
msgid ""
"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing "
"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills "
"of Materials` form to configure from scratch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:90
msgid ""
"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-"
"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:93
msgid ""
"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the "
":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and "
"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:96
msgid ""
"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product"
" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific "
"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once "
"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`"
" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options "
"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:110
msgid ""
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:114
msgid ""
"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component "
"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the"
" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* "
"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one "
"product variant."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:119
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:123
msgid ""
"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which "
"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed "
"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the "
"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:129
msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:131
msgid ""
"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products"
" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new"
" quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:135
msgid "Sell variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:137
msgid ""
"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to "
"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:140
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a "
":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:144
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the"
" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green "
":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity "
"to sell and manufacture, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This "
"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where "
"available optional products will appear, if they have been created "
"previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:156
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:158
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create "
"and confirm a new sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:162
msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click "
"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:168
msgid ""
"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate "
"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant,"
" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional "
":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:172
msgid ""
"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet "
"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:175
msgid ""
"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation "
"progresses to complete the operation steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:178
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the "
"manufacturing order form to complete the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:185
msgid ""
"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at "
"the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:191
msgid ""
"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the "
":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to "
"invoice the customer for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid ""
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:3
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
" Work Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:17
msgid "Create a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:26
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
"can be in use each week"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:37
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:39
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
"minutes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of products that can be processed at the "
"work center simultaneously"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
"is finished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
"hour"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
"should be recorded"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:58
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:60
msgid ""
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
"equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
"equipment to become fully operational again"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
"failure will occur"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:83
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:85
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:88
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:89
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:90
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:97
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:99
msgid ""
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
"carried out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
"top left of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:125
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
"at the top right of the form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
"the work center has been fully productive"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
"workload"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
"percentage of the expected duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:3
msgid "Work order dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:7
msgid ""
"When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be "
"completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried"
" out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order "
"dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill"
" of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur "
"first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable "
"it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is "
"not already active."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:19
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work "
"Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:24
msgid "Add dependencies to BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:26
msgid ""
"Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94
msgid "Learn more"
msgstr "Leer meer"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the "
"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials "
"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, "
"click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field "
"appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, "
"click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` "
"pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the "
"pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*"
" the operation that is blocked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:60
msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:63
msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:65
msgid ""
"Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo "
"*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on "
"their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order "
"dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a "
"|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:75
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that "
"are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the "
":guilabel:`Status` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:79
msgid ""
"Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting "
"for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, "
"the tag updates to `Ready`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:86
msgid ""
"To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and "
"time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period "
"specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that "
"precedes it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:97
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has "
"two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of"
" 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 "
"pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut "
"operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is "
"scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:106
msgid "Planning by workcenter"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:108
msgid ""
"To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This"
" page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:112
msgid ""
"If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order "
"that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking"
" it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the "
"blocking operation to the blocked operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup.rst:5
msgid "Basic setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Bill of materials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, "
"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair"
" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, "
"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15
msgid "BoM setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17
msgid ""
"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> "
"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"Then, specify :ref:`required components <manufacturing/basic_setup/setup-"
"components>` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations "
"<manufacturing/basic_setup/setup-operations>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26
msgid ""
"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as "
"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as "
"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in"
" a field or a line item)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35
msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35
msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38
msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44
msgid "Components"
msgstr "Onderdelen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to "
"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the "
":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or "
"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the "
":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the "
":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to "
"its configuration form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56
msgid ""
"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the "
":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features "
"to enable these columns:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant "
"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. "
"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the "
"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness "
"<manufacturing/basic_setup/manufacturing-readiness>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to "
"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75
msgid ""
"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, "
"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, "
"the operation cannot be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show the consumption warning error message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "Bewerkingen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and "
"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the "
"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93
msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app "
"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add "
"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the "
"various fields of the operation are configured:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106
msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation,"
" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the "
":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available "
"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product "
"variants, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113
msgid ""
":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants "
"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is "
"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the "
"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators "
"can record and modify time themselves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119
msgid ""
"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the "
":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically "
"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few "
"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the "
"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TK55jIq00pc>`_ and determining `work center"
" availability <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3YwFlD97Bio>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128
msgid ""
"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose "
":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* "
"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the "
":guilabel:`Description` text field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133
msgid ""
"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add"
" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps "
"above to configure another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147
msgid ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150
msgid ""
"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` "
"button to choose an operation to duplicate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158
msgid "Instructions"
msgstr "Instructies"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161
msgid ""
"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163
msgid ""
"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the "
"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` "
"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the "
"operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank "
"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. "
"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the "
":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the "
"step in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178
msgid ""
"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary "
"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that "
"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality "
"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check "
"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Show the page to add a quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Diversen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to "
"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are "
"consumed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for"
" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as "
"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are "
"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although "
"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the "
"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` "
"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all "
"components are in available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203
msgid ""
"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the "
":ref:`Manual Consumption field <manufacturing/basic_setup/consumed-in-"
"operation>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the "
"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate "
"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if "
"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose "
":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing "
"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, "
"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic "
"distribution models "
"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list "
"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen "
"journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a "
"|MO| from the date of confirmation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to "
"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227
msgid ""
":doc:`Analytic distribution "
"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228
msgid ""
":doc:`Lead times "
"<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236
msgid "Add by-products to BoMs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238
msgid ""
"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there "
"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-"
"Products` to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the "
":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the "
":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the "
"by-product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255
msgid ""
"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when "
"producing `Red Wine`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing product configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8
msgid ""
"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must "
"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* "
"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these "
"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14
msgid "Activate the Manufacture route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16
msgid ""
"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page."
" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products"
" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This "
"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32
msgid ""
"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is "
"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers "
"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` to newly manufactured"
" products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38
msgid ""
"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or "
"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop "
"Floor* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45
msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45
msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order"
" card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54
msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56
msgid ""
"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is "
"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to"
" manufacture a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the "
"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a "
"new |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product."
" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM"
" produces."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70
msgid ""
"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and"
" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the "
":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until "
"all components have been added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the "
":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added "
"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will "
"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or "
":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96
msgid ""
"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that "
"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an "
"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. "
"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how "
"to :doc:`create a bill of materials <bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing order costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:11
msgid ""
"The ability to accurately calculate the cost of manufacturing a product is "
"critical when determining product profitability. Odoo's **Manufacturing** "
"app simplifies this calculation by automatically calculating the cost to "
"complete each manufacturing order (MO), as well as the average production "
"cost of a product, based on all completed |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:17
msgid ""
"Odoo's Manufacturing app distinguishes between the *MO cost* and the *real "
"cost* of an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:19
msgid ""
"The |MO| cost represents how much it *should* cost to complete an |MO|, "
"based on the configuration of the product's bill of materials (BoM). This "
"takes into account the cost and quantity of components, as well as the cost "
"of completing the necessary operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:23
msgid ""
"The real cost represents how much it *actually* costs to complete the |MO|. "
"A few factors can cause the real cost to differ from the |MO| cost. For "
"example, an operation may take longer to complete than estimated, a greater "
"component quantity might be needed than was specified on the |BoM|, or the "
"price of components may change during manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:29
msgid "Cost configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:31
msgid ""
"Odoo computes |MO| costs based on the configuration of the |BoM| used to "
"manufacture a product. This calculation includes the cost and quantity of "
"components and operations listed on the |BoM|, in addition to the operating "
"costs of the work centers where those operations are carried out, and the "
"amount paid to each employee who works on an operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:37
msgid "Component cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:39
msgid ""
"Component cost is calculated automatically, based on the average purchase "
"cost of a component across all purchase orders (POs). To view a component's "
"cost, navigate to :guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a component product. The cost is displayed in the :guilabel:`Cost` "
"field of the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the component's product"
" form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:44
msgid ""
"It is possible to set the cost of a component manually, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Cost` field on the component's product form and entering a value."
" However, any future |POs| for the component override a manually entered "
"value, resetting the :guilabel:`Cost` field back to an automatically "
"computed value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:52
msgid "Work center cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:54
msgid ""
"To set the operating cost for a specific work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and "
"select a work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
"To set the cost of operating the work center for one hour, enter a value in "
"the :guilabel:`per workcenter` field, located beside the :guilabel:`Cost per"
" hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:61
msgid ""
"To set the hourly cost of each employee that operates the work center, enter"
" a value in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, located beside the "
":guilabel:`Cost per hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General "
"Information` tab. For example, if `25.00` is entered in the :guilabel:`per "
"employee` field, it costs $25.00 per hour for *each* employee working at the"
" work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"The value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field is only used to "
"calculate the |MO| cost, which is the estimated cost of completing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:71
msgid ""
"The actual cost of completing the |MO| is represented by the real cost. "
"Instead of using the value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, "
"the real cost is calculated using the hourly cost specific to each employee."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:75
msgid ""
"For example, if the :guilabel:`per employee` cost of a work center is "
"'$50.00', and an employee with an hourly cost of '$60.00' completes a work "
"order there, the |MO| cost (estimated) is calculated using the $50/hr cost, "
"while the real cost is calculated using the $60/hr cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"See the :ref:`employee cost section <manufacturing/mo-costs/employee-cost>` "
"below for information on how to set the cost for specific employees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:85
msgid "Employee cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:87
msgid ""
"To set the hourly cost for a specific employee, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Employees` app, and select an employee. On the employee's "
"form, select the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, and enter the employee's rate in "
"the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` field of the :guilabel:`Application Settings` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:93
msgid ""
"As detailed in the :ref:`work center cost section <manufacturing/mo-"
"costs/work-center-cost>` above, the value entered in the :guilabel:`Hourly "
"Cost` field on the employee's form is used to calculate the real cost of an "
"|MO|. The estimated cost of an |MO|, referred to as the |MO| cost, uses the "
"per employee cost set on each work center's form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:99
msgid "|BoM| configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:101
msgid ""
"Configuring a |BoM| so Odoo can accurately calculate the cost of |MOs| that "
"use it requires two steps. First, components **must** be added, and the "
"required quantity specified. Second, operations **must** be added, along "
"with the work centers where they are carried out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:105
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> "
"Bills of Materials`. Select a |BoM|, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM| form, add each component by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component from the drop-down "
"menu in the :guilabel:`Component` column, and entering the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:112
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, add an operation by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up "
"window. Enter a title for the operation in the :guilabel:`Operation` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:116
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Work Center` where the operation is carried out. Then,"
" add a :guilabel:`Default Duration`, which is the estimated amount of time "
"the operation takes to complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:119
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Duration Computation` field is set to "
":guilabel:`Set duration manually`, which means that the number entered in "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is always used as the expected duration "
"of the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:123
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` causes Odoo to "
"automatically compute the :guilabel:`Default Duration` based on a certain "
"number of work orders, which is set in the :guilabel:`Based on` field. "
"Before there are work orders to compute this duration, the value in the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is used instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:128
msgid ""
"The hourly cost of operating the work center, and the duration of the "
"operation, are used to calculate the operation's cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:131
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the operation to the |BoM|, "
"and close the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window. Alternatively, "
"click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the operation to the |BoM|, and open a "
"blank :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window to add another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:137
msgid ""
"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the documentation on "
":doc:`bills of materials <bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:141
msgid "|MO| overview"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:143
msgid ""
"Each |MO| has an *overview* page, which lists a variety of information about"
" the |MO|, including |MO| cost and real cost. To view the overview for an "
"|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`, and select an |MO|. Then, click the :icon:`fa-bars` "
":guilabel:`Overview` smart button at the top of the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:148
msgid ""
"Both the |MO| cost and real cost take into account the cost and quantity of "
"components, as well as the cost of completing each work order. The overview "
"page lists a row for each of these values, with the sum of them listed at "
"the bottom of the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:152
msgid ""
"Before work begins on an |MO|, the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real "
"Cost` columns display the same costs. This is the *estimated* cost of "
"completing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:155
msgid ""
"However, once work commences, the values in the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column"
" may begin to diverge from the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column. "
"This happens if a different component quantity is used than was listed on "
"the |MO|, the duration of a work order is different than expected, or the "
"hourly cost of the employee performing a work order differs from the "
"employee cost set on the work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:161
msgid ""
"Once the |MO| has been completed by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, the "
"values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column update to match those displayed in "
"the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1
msgid "The MO Overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:169
msgid "Average manufacturing cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:171
msgid ""
"In addition to the cost of each individual |MO| for a product, Odoo also "
"tracks the average cost of manufacturing the product, taking into account "
"the cost of every completed |MO|. To view this, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:175
msgid ""
"The manufacturing cost of the product is displayed per unit of measure in "
"the :guilabel:`Cost` field, located in the :guilabel:`General Information` "
"tab. The value continues to update as the costs of additional |MOs| are "
"factored into the average cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:179
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Cost` field is a :guilabel:`Compute Price "
"from BoM` button, which only appears for products with at least one |BoM|. "
"Click this button to reset the cost of the product to the expected cost, "
"which only takes into account the components and operations listed on the "
"|BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:186
msgid ""
"Be aware that clicking :guilabel:`Compute Price from BoM` does not set the "
"price permanently. The cost continues to update based on the average of the "
"|BoM| price and the real cost of any future |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:190
msgid "Example workflow: manufacturing cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:193
msgid ""
"Golf product manufacturer *Fairway Fields* produces a variety of golf "
"products, including an indoor *putting green*. They have configured a |BoM| "
"for the putting green, so Odoo automatically calculates the manufacturing "
"cost of each putting green |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:197
msgid "The |BoM| lists two components:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:199
msgid "One unit of *green felt*, which costs $20.00."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:200
msgid "One unit of a *rubber pad*, which costs $30.00."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:202
msgid ""
"The |BoM| also lists four operations, all of which are carried out at "
"*Assembly Station 1*, which has an hourly operating cost of $30.00. Those "
"operations are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:205
msgid ""
"*Cut felt*: default duration of seven minutes, for a total cost of $3.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:206
msgid ""
"*Cut rubber pad*: default duration of five minutes, for a total cost of "
"$2.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:207
msgid ""
"*Attach pad to felt*: default duration of 15 minutes, for a total cost of "
"$7.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:208
msgid ""
"*Cut holes*: default duration of three minutes, for a total cost of $1.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:210
msgid ""
"Altogether, the components required to produce one putting green cost "
"$50.00, and the operations required cost $15.00, for a total manufacturing "
"cost of $65.00. This cost is reflected in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on the "
"putting green's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:214
msgid ""
"Fairway Fields confirms an |MO| for one putting green. Before manufacturing "
"starts, the |MO| overview lists a cost of `$65.00` in both the :guilabel:`MO"
" Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1
msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, before production starts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:222
msgid ""
"Manufacturing begins, and the operations take ten minutes longer than "
"expected, for a total manufacturing time of 40 minutes. This deviation from "
"the |BoM| is reflected on the |MO| overview, which now lists a "
":guilabel:`Real Cost` of `$70.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1
msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, during production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:230
msgid ""
"Once manufacturing is finished, and the |MO| is marked as *Done*, the |MO| "
"overview updates again, so the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and "
":guilabel:`Real Cost` columns match, each displaying a value of `$70.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:234
msgid ""
"On the putting green's product page, the :guilabel:`Cost` field now displays"
" a cost of `$67.50`, the average of the original cost of $65.00 and the real"
" cost of $70.00 from the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "One-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement "
"of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory "
"counts still update based on the number of components used and products "
"manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not "
"tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, "
"allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change "
"the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select"
" a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three "
"options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and "
"then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and "
"then store products (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0
msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in "
"Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to "
":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing "
"<manufacturing/management/configure-manufacturing-product>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid "Create manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45
msgid ""
"If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| "
"can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the "
":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49
msgid ""
"After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and "
"operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations "
"are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the "
":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77
msgid "Process manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79
msgid ""
"An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from "
"the work order tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83
msgid "Basic workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that"
" work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at "
"the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the"
" manufactured product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107
msgid "Shop Floor workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the "
":guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of "
"the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work "
"Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117
msgid ""
"On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the "
"top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124
msgid ""
"When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop "
"Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is "
"configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that "
"displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, "
"and the steps required to complete the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133
msgid ""
"A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This "
"can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on "
"the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click "
":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137
msgid ""
"Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox "
"that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. "
"When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, "
"without a pop-up window appearing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141
msgid ""
"The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This "
"step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If "
"the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, "
"click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to "
"automatically register that number as the quantity produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146
msgid ""
"If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register "
"Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced"
" in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"register that number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151
msgid ""
"The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be "
"completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the "
"step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155
msgid ""
"After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the "
"footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed "
"before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as "
"Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is "
"titled :guilabel:`Close Production`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. "
"Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as "
"*Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* "
"module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried "
"out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions "
"detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade "
"away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the"
" product that were produced are entered into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, "
"each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the "
":guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the "
"work order open."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175
msgid ""
"This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop "
"Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its "
"features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview "
"<manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Three-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick "
"components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished "
"products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of "
"components removed, and finished products created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57
msgid "Process pick components transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58
msgid ""
"After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the "
":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: "
"*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store "
"finished products transfer)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the "
"|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the "
"locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to "
"manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64
msgid ""
"After transferring the components out of their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69
msgid ""
"Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` "
"breadcrumb at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136
msgid ""
"A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This "
"can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on "
"the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click "
":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183
msgid "Process finished product transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185
msgid ""
"After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page "
"by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This "
"time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products "
"transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products "
"from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they "
"are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190
msgid ""
"After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Two-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not "
"generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. "
"Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, "
"but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59
msgid ""
"After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components "
"transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of "
"components from the locations where they are stored to the location where "
"they are used to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:3
msgid "Allocation reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:11
msgid ""
"When fulfilling sales orders (SOs), or sourcing components for manufacturing"
" orders (MOs), it is sometimes necessary to prioritize one |SO| or |MO| over"
" another. In situations where there is insufficient stock on-hand to fulfill"
" every |SO| or |MO|, ensuring that products and components are reserved for "
"priority orders is essential."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, allocation reports are used on |MOs| to assign "
"products to specific sales orders |SOs|, or components to specific |MOs|. "
"This ensures the products or components are available for those orders, and "
"are not used by mistake."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use allocation reports, the *Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders* "
"feature **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick "
"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders`."
" Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:28
msgid ""
"For products that are sold, it is also necessary to configure them so they "
"can be included in |SOs|. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. "
"Under the :guilabel:`Product Name` field on the product form, make sure that"
" the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` checkbox is ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:34
msgid "Allocate products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:36
msgid ""
"To allocate products or components from an |MO| to an |SO|, or to a "
"different |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new"
" |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the |MO| form, select a product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and "
"specify the quantity to be produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:43
msgid ""
"The rest of the allocation workflow depends on the current on-hand quantity "
"of the product being manufactured, and whether or not there are any |SOs| or"
" |MOs| which require the product, but have not already been allocated units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:47
msgid ""
"If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** "
"there are too few units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then"
" an :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button appears at the top "
"of the page as soon as the |MO| is confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:51
msgid ""
"If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** "
"there are enough units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then "
"the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button only appears at the "
"top of the page once the |MO| has been marked as done, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Produce All`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid "The Allocation smart button at the top of an MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:61
msgid ""
"If there **are not** any existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, "
"the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button does not appear, "
"even when the |MO| has been marked as done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:64
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`MRP Reception Report` for the |MO|. This report lists open "
"delivery orders or |MOs|, depending on the type of product produced in the "
"original |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:69
msgid "Allocate to delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:71
msgid ""
"If the |MO| contains a finished product, the report lists any open delivery "
"orders for which quantities of the product have yet to be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:75
msgid ""
"An |MO| is created to produce three units of a *rocking chair*. Clicking the"
" :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report "
"that lists open delivery orders that require one or more rocking chairs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:79
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` button to the right of a specific order to "
"assign products for each quantity required to fulfill that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:83
msgid ""
"If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one "
"quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` assigns"
" five units of the product to fulfill both quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:87
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Assign` next to a specific quantity to only "
"assign products to that quantity, and not any others in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:91
msgid ""
"If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one "
"quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign` next to the"
" quantity of one unit assigns a product to that quantity, but leaves the "
"quantity of four units without any products assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing finished products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:100
msgid "Allocate to MO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:102
msgid ""
"If the |MO| contains a component, the report lists any open |MOs| for which "
"quantities of the component have yet to be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:106
msgid ""
"An |MO| is created to produce three units of *wood*, which is used as a "
"component for the *rocking chair* product. Clicking the "
":guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report "
"that lists open rocking chair |MOs| that require one or more pieces of wood."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign` button to the right "
"of a specific |MO| to assign components to that |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:118
msgid "Unassign products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:120
msgid ""
"After assigning products to a quantity within a delivery order, or "
"components to an |MO|, the :guilabel:`Assign` button turns into an "
":guilabel:`Unassign` button. Click :guilabel:`Unassign` to unreserve the "
"assigned products from that quantity, making them available for other "
"quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:125
msgid "Print labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:127
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign`, the "
":guilabel:`Print Labels` or :guilabel:`Print Label` button to the right of "
"either button becomes selectable. Selecting either button generates and "
"downloads a PDF document with one label for each product that was assigned. "
"These labels are used to designate each product as being reserved for that "
"specific order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid ""
"The assignment labels generated by clicking Print Labels or Print Label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:3
msgid "Overall equipment effectiveness"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, *overall equipment effectiveness* (OEE) "
"represents the amount of time a work center is fully productive. |OEE| is "
"displayed as a percentage of the total time a work center is active."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:13
msgid ""
"Fully productive time is considered to be time when the work center is "
"operational **and** processing work orders that have not exceeded their "
"*expected duration*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:16
msgid ""
"|OEE| helps manufacturing teams understand the efficiency of work centers, "
"and the causes of manufacturing downtime."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:20
msgid ""
"Since |OEE| tracks work center productivity, using it requires enabling the "
"work centers feature in the settings of the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:23
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Work Orders`, under "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:28
msgid "Efficiency standards"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:30
msgid ""
"For |OEE| to accurately reflect the percentage of fully productive time for "
"a work center, the work center **must** be properly configured with the "
"correct productivity metrics. These include the work center's *time "
"efficiency*, *capacity*, and *OEE target*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:35
msgid "Time efficiency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:37
msgid ""
"Time efficiency represents the efficiency of a work center when processing "
"work orders, and is represented as a percentage. A time efficiency value of "
"100% signifies that the work center processes work orders at the speed of "
"the expected duration, as listed on a product's |BoM|. A value less than or "
"greater than 100% signifies that the work center processes work orders "
"slower or faster than an operation's expected duration, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:43
msgid ""
"To set the time efficiency for a work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and "
"select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a "
"numerical value in the :guilabel:`Time Efficiency` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:48
msgid ""
"Manufacturing a *chair* product requires two operations: *cut* and "
"*assemble*. The product's |BoM| lists an expected duration of 30 minutes for"
" each operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:51
msgid ""
"The cut operation is carried out at the *cut station* work center, which has"
" a time efficiency value of 50%. This means it takes twice as long to "
"complete the operation, for a total time of one hour."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:55
msgid ""
"The assemble operation is carried out at the *assembly line* work center, "
"which has a time efficiency value of 200%. This means it takes half as long "
"to complete the operation, for a total time of 15 minutes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:60
msgid "Capacity"
msgstr "Capaciteit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:62
msgid ""
"Capacity represents how many units of a product can be produced in parallel "
"at a work center. The duration of work orders for multiple units increases "
"or decreases, based on how many units the work center can handle."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:66
msgid ""
"To set the capacity for a work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and "
"select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a "
"numerical value in the :guilabel:`Capacity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:71
msgid ""
"A *drill station* work center has a capacity of one unit. An |MO| is "
"confirmed for 10 units of a *chair*, a product manufactured using the drill "
"station."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:74
msgid ""
"Since there are ten times as many units to produce than the work center can "
"handle at once, the operation time is ten times the duration listed on the "
"product's |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:78
msgid "|OEE| target"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:80
msgid ""
"The |OEE| target is the goal for how much of a work center's operating time "
"should be fully productive time. It is displayed as a percentage, and should"
" only be set as high as `100%`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:83
msgid ""
"To set the |OEE| target for a work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Work "
"Centers`, and select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` "
"tab, enter a numerical value of `100.00` or less in the :guilabel:`OEE "
"Target` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:88
msgid "Calculating |OEE|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:90
msgid ""
"|OEE| is represented as a percentage value between zero and 100. The value "
"signifies the amount of time that a work center was fully productive. The "
"remainder signifies the amount of time that the work center was operating at"
" less than full efficiency. This can occur for a number of reasons, "
"including *reduced speed*, *material availability*, and *equipment failure*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:96
msgid "Fully productive time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:98
msgid ""
"For a work center to be considered fully productive, it must be able to "
"receive work orders, have the components necessary to process work orders, "
"and be operating within the expected duration of the work order it is "
"processing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:103
msgid ""
"An *assembly line* work center is not blocked, and receives a work order to "
"assemble a *bicycle*. The required components are available, so production "
"begins as soon as they are picked and delivered to the work center. The work"
" order has an expected duration of 30 minutes, and is completed in 27 "
"minutes. All of this time is considered fully productive time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:109
msgid "Reduced speed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:111
msgid ""
"When a work center is operating at reduced speed, it means that it is "
"processing a work order that has exceeded its expected duration. While the "
"work center may be operational, this is not considered fully productive "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:116
msgid ""
"A *cutting station* work center receives a work order to cut boards for a "
"*table*. The expected duration of the work order is 15 minutes. The work "
"order ends up taking 18 minutes to complete. The work center is considered "
"to have been operating at reduced speed during the three minutes that "
"exceeded the expected duration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:122
msgid "Material availability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:124
msgid ""
"Material availability refers to situations where a work center is able to "
"accept a work order, but the required components are not available. This can"
" occur because the components are not in stock, or are reserved for a "
"different order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:129
msgid ""
"Manufacturing of a *bench* requires 20 units of *wood*. A manufacturing "
"order (MO) is confirmed for 10 units of the bench, but there is not enough "
"wood in stock to begin manufacturing. The time it takes to acquire the wood "
"is recorded as material availability downtime."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:134
msgid "Equipment failure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:136
msgid ""
"Equipment failure signifies any period of time when a work center is "
"unusable due to maintenance issues with its equipment. This can be due to "
"equipment breaking down, or when a work center is shut down for scheduled "
"maintenance. In these cases, a work center can be blocked using a "
":doc:`maintenance request <../../maintenance/maintenance_requests>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:142
msgid ""
"The drill at a *drill station* work center breaks down, causing the work "
"center to be unusable. A maintenance request is created to fix the drill, "
"and the work center is blocked from receiving work orders. It takes two "
"hours to fix the drill, and make the work center available again. This two-"
"hour period is recorded as equipment failure downtime."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:148
msgid "|OEE| reporting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:150
msgid ""
"To view |OEE| reporting metrics for every work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Overall Equipment "
"Effectiveness`. This page shows the metrics for each work center with |OEE| "
"data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:154
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to see |OEE| reporting metrics for a single work center, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work "
"Centers`, and select a work center. At the top of the work center's form, "
"click the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`OEE` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:158
msgid ""
"By default, the main |OEE| reporting page shows data in a bar chart, while "
"the page for a specific work center shows it in a pie chart. To select a "
"different chart type on either page, click the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` "
":guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or "
":icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` button above the displayed "
"chart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:163
msgid ""
"It is also possible to see |OEE| data in a pivot view, or a list displaying "
"each time entry, by clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot "
"view)` or :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` buttons at the top-"
"right corner of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst-1
msgid "The dashboard of the OEE report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:3
msgid "Production analysis"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *Production Analysis* report provides statistics about products "
"manufactured using Odoo's *Manufacturing* app. The report is useful when "
"trying to understand production costs, manufacturing durations, and other "
"important statistics about manufactured products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:12
msgid ""
"To open the Production Analysis report, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Production Analysis`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:16
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is one of many reports available "
"across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures "
"specific to the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report, along with a few use"
" case examples."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:21
msgid ""
"For a full overview of the basic features available in most Odoo reports, "
"see the documentation on :doc:`reporting essentials "
"<../../../essentials/reporting>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:25
msgid "Measures"
msgstr "Meetwaarden"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Measures* are the datasets that can be selected in the "
":guilabel:`Production Analysis` report. Each dataset represents a specific "
"statistic about |MOs| in the database. Choose a measure by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and selecting one of the "
"options from the drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:31
msgid ""
"The options displayed in the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` "
"drop-down menu, and the order they appear in, differ depending on the "
"filters, groupings, and comparisons enabled in the :guilabel:`Search...` "
"bar. By default, the available measures appear as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Average Employee Cost/Unit`: the average cost paid to employees "
"to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By-Products Total Cost`: the total value of all by-products "
"created by manufacturing the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Component Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the components required"
" to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost/Unit`: the average cost of producing one unit of the "
"product, including component, employee, operation, and subcontracting costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duration of Operations/Unit`: the average total duration of "
"operations required to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity Demanded`: the total number of units of the product "
"included in |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity Produced`: the total number of units of the product that"
" have actually been produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Component Cost`: the total amount spent on the product's "
"components, across every |MO| for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Cost`: the total amount spent manufacturing every unit of "
"the product produced so far."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Duration of Operations`: the cumulative duration of every "
"operation completed while manufacturing the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Employee Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to employees to "
"manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost`: the cumulative amount spent on operations "
"required to produce the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the operations "
"required to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to "
"subcontractors to produce the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost/Unit`: the average cost of engaging a "
"subcontractor to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Yield Percentage (%)`: the total quantity of the product produced"
" versus the total quantity demanded, represented as a percentage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: the total count of |MOs| created for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
msgid ""
"Only one measure can be selected at a time when one of the :icon:`fa-area-"
"chart` :guilabel:`(graph view)` options is enabled. However, multiple "
"measures, and varying group-by criteria (on the x and y axes), can be "
"selected when using the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:75
msgid "Use case: compare products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:77
msgid ""
"One of the best uses for the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is "
"comparing statistics about two or more products. This is accomplished by "
"entering the products into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, then selecting the"
" necessary measure, filter, and grouping, to see the desired data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:82
msgid ""
"Toy manufacturer *Tommy's Toys* is trying to reduce their manufacturing "
"operation costs. To accomplish this, they have decided to identify redundant"
" products and cease manufacturing the ones with higher operational costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:86
msgid ""
"Two of the toys that have been singled out for analysis are the *pogo stick*"
" and *moon shoes*. Tommy's Toys believes these two toys are so similar that "
"they can stop manufacturing one, without significantly impacting their "
"product offering."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:90
msgid ""
"To compare operation costs for the toys, business analyst Mike opens the "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the "
":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, he "
"enters the names of both products. Then, he opens the :guilabel:`Search...` "
"bar drop-down menu, and clicks :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Group "
"By` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:96
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, Mike clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures`"
" :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Total "
"Operation Cost/Unit` option. Finally, he selects the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` "
":guilabel:`(bar chart)` graph type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:100
msgid ""
"With these options selected, the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report "
"shows a bar chart for the current year, with one bar for each product, "
"signifying the average operation cost for one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:104
msgid ""
"With this data, Mike is able to see that the average operation cost for the "
"moon shoes is almost twice the cost of the pogo stick. Using this insight, "
"Tommy's Toys decides to cease production of moon shoes, thus lowering their "
"average cost of manufacturing operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0
msgid ""
"The bar chart comparing the operation costs of the pogo stick and moon "
"shoes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:113
msgid "Use case: compare time periods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:115
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report can also be used to compare data "
"for two different time periods. This is accomplished using the options in "
"the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:120
msgid ""
"Furniture company *Fanny's Furnishings* wants to compare their production "
"costs for the first and second quarters of 2024, to see which products they "
"spent the most money producing in each quarter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:124
msgid ""
"To compare the two time periods, shop floor supervisor Adam opens the "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the "
":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. He begins by selecting the :icon:`fa-"
"pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type option at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:130
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Comparison` feature is meant to be used with the :icon:`fa-"
"pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type, or the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` "
":guilabel:`(pivot)` view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:133
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Comparison` option can still be selected with the other view "
"types enabled, but doing so does not change the way data is displayed on the"
" report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:136
msgid ""
"Next, Adam selects the :guilabel:`Total Cost` option from the "
":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu. This option "
"displays the total amount spent producing each product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:140
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu, he leaves the "
":guilabel:`2024` filter enabled in the :guilabel:`End Date` section, and "
"enables the :guilabel:`Q2` filter as well. With both of these time periods "
"selected, the pie chart shows data for the second quarter of 2024."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:144
msgid ""
"Finally, Adam selects the :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Period` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Doing "
"so causes the pie chart to be split into an inner circle, and an outer ring."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:148
msgid ""
"The outer ring shows data for the selected time period, quarter two of 2024."
" The inner circle shows data for the previous time period, quarter one of "
"2024."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:152
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Year` is selected instead of :guilabel:`End"
" Date: Previous Period`, the inner circle shows data for the selected time "
"period, one *year* previous."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:155
msgid ""
"In the case of this example, it would show data for quarter two of 2023."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:157
msgid ""
"Using this report, Adam can see that the products with the highest total "
"cost for quarter two are the *bicycle* and *tricycle*. On the other hand, in"
" quarter one, the *roller skates* had the highest total cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0
msgid ""
"The pie chart view of the Production Analysis report, with a comparison "
"filter enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5
msgid "Shop Floor"
msgstr "Werkvloer"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3
msgid "Shop Floor overview"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. "
"*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders"
" (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the "
"amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It "
"cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the "
"*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22
msgid ""
"To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section "
"at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26
msgid ""
"To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on "
":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "Navigatie"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32
msgid ""
"*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected "
"from the navigation bar at the top of the module:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and "
"displays information cards for |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37
msgid ""
"Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards "
"for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be "
"toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the "
"navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that "
"appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned"
" to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on "
"the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to"
" the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each "
"work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47
msgid ""
"To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply "
"search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at "
"the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching "
"between the different module views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the"
" employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to "
"sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of"
" which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the "
":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or "
"off."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61
msgid "All page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every "
"|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it "
"has been confirmed, and all required components are available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the "
":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it "
"from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71
msgid "MO information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73
msgid ""
"An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with "
"options for processing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76
msgid ""
"The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of"
" units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun"
" on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has "
"begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for"
" an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status "
"updates to :guilabel:`To Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82
msgid ""
"The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if"
" any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. "
"Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of "
"title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button "
"that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87
msgid ""
"Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. "
"To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`"
" field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the"
" line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created "
"for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for "
"10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records"
" that 10 units were produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97
msgid ""
"The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. "
"This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if "
"there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work "
"orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. "
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any "
"required quality checks can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade "
"away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card "
"disappears completely, the work order is closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they "
"are found to be defective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121
msgid "Work center pages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123
msgid ""
"By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for "
"every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is "
"considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, "
"and any preceding work orders have been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of "
"readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` "
"filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132
msgid "Work order information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134
msgid ""
"A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees "
"with options for processing the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137
msgid ""
"The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that"
" the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being "
"produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the"
" work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, "
"the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order "
"has been worked on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142
msgid ""
"The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to "
"complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on "
"the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears."
" Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line "
"automatically marks the step as completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147
msgid ""
"Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`"
" line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the"
" step for the associated |MO| card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152
msgid ""
"If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a "
":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order "
"card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and "
"the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the"
" quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work "
"orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and "
"causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is "
"assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the"
" work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears"
" on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain "
"open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is "
"marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a "
"different work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a "
"change to the work order's instructions or steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be "
"filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185
msgid "Operator panel"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187
msgid ""
"The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the"
" *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every "
"employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191
msgid ""
"To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's "
"name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with "
"their names and profile pictures greyed-out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194
msgid ""
"When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working "
"on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is "
"working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under "
"their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199
msgid ""
"To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add "
"Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from "
"the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202
msgid ""
"To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the "
":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed "
"in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:210
msgid "MO/WO prioritization"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:212
msgid ""
"The **Shop Floor** module uses the *scheduled date* entered on |MOs| to "
"prioritize the |MOs| and work orders that appear on the module's dashboard "
"and work center pages. |MOs| and work orders scheduled sooner are more "
"highly prioritized, and appear before orders which are scheduled further "
"out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:217
msgid ""
"To specify the scheduled date on an |MO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:220
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover "
"window. By default, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, and its "
"corresponding pop-up window, show the current date and time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:224
msgid ""
"Use the calendar to select the date on which processing should begin for the"
" |MO|. In the two fields at the bottom of the popover window, enter the hour"
" and minute at which processing should begin, using the 24-hour clock "
"format."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:228
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` at the bottom of the popover window to set "
"the date and time for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Confirm` button at the top of the |MO| to confirm it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:232
msgid ""
"Once the |MO| is confirmed, it appears in the **Shop Floor** module, as long"
" is it has the :guilabel:`Ready` status, which means all components are "
"available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:235
msgid ""
"On the Odoo dashboard, click on the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module to "
"open it. The :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the dashboard displays *Ready* "
"|MOs|, organized in order of their scheduled dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:239
msgid ""
"At the top of the module, select a work center to see the work orders "
"assigned to it. The page for each work center organizes work orders, based "
"on the scheduled dates of their corresponding |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:243
msgid "Three |MOs| are confirmed for a *Bookcase* product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:245
msgid "WH/MO/00411 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 16th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:246
msgid "WH/MO/00412 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 20th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:247
msgid "WH/MO/00413 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 18th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:249
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the **Shop Floor** module, the cards for"
" each |MO| appear in this order: WH/MO/00411, WH/MO/00413, WH/MO/00412."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid "MOs in the Shop Floor module, ordered by their scheduled date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:256
msgid ""
"Each |MO| requires one work order, carried out at :guilabel:`Assembly "
"Station 1`. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Assembly Station 1` button at the top"
" of the screen opens the page for the work center, which displays one card "
"for each work order, appearing in the same order as their corresponding "
"|MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:3
msgid "Shop Floor time tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:8
msgid ""
"By signing in to the Odoo *Shop Floor* module as *operators*, employees are "
"able to track the amount of time they spend working on each work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:11
msgid ""
"Odoo tracks the time it takes to complete each work order, as well as the "
"time each operator spends on each work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:15
msgid "Operator sign in"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:17
msgid ""
"To sign in to the *Shop Floor* module as an operator, sign in to the Odoo "
"database, and open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module. The employee "
"profile that is signed in to the database is automatically signed in as an "
"operator."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:21
msgid ""
"All active operators are listed in the operator panel on the left side of "
"the module. The panel can be opened or collapsed by clicking the "
":guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` "
"button, located in the top-left corner of the module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid ""
"The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button"
" above it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:29
msgid ""
"To sign in to *Shop Floor* as a different employee, click the :guilabel:`+ "
"Add Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window, which lists every employee that "
"is able to sign in to the module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:33
msgid ""
"Click on a specific employee to sign in using their profile. If no PIN code "
"is required to sign in as that employee, the profile will be signed in "
"automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:36
msgid ""
"If a PIN code is required, a :guilabel:`Password?` pop-up window appears, "
"showing a number pad, from which the code can be entered. Enter the code "
"using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN "
"code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:45
msgid ""
"A PIN code can be set for each employee, which must be entered each time "
"they sign in to the *Shop Floor* module, check in or out in the *Kiosk Mode*"
" of the *Attendances* application, or sign in as a cashier in the *Point of "
"Sale* application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:49
msgid ""
"To set an employee PIN, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees` app, and "
"select a specific employee. At the bottom of the employee's form, click on "
"the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab, and enter a numerical code in the "
":guilabel:`PIN Code` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once an employee is signed in to the module, their name appears in the "
"operator panel, along with every other employee that has signed in. While "
"the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at "
"any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57
msgid ""
"Click on an employee's name to make their profile active. The active "
"employee appears highlighted in blue, while employees that are signed in, "
"but not active, have their names faded out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:60
msgid ""
"To sign out a specific employee from the module, click the :guilabel:`X "
"(remove)` button next to their name, in the operator panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:64
msgid "Track work order duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:66
msgid ""
"To track time spent working on a work order, begin by selecting the employee"
" working on it from the operator panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:69
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the page for the work center where the work order is "
"scheduled to be carried out. This can be done by selecting the work center "
"from the top navigation in the *Shop Floor* module, or by clicking the name "
"of the work center on the card for the manufacturing order (MO) that the "
"work order is a part of."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:74
msgid ""
"On the page for the work center, find the card for the work order. Once work"
" begins, click the header of the work order card to start timing the "
"duration it takes to complete. This duration is displayed by a timer on the "
"header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent "
"working on the work order, by all employees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid "A work order card with an active timer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:83
msgid ""
"In addition, the reference number of the work order appears in the operator "
"panel, under the name of the employee working on it, along with a second "
"timer, which tracks the amount of time the employee has spent on the work "
"order individually. This timer only reflects work done during the current "
"session, even if the employee has previously worked on the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:88
msgid ""
"Employees are able to work on multiple work orders simultaneously, and track"
" their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked "
"on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:96
msgid ""
"To pause the timer on the work order card, and remove the work order from "
"below the employee's name on the operator panel, click the header a second "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button "
"at the bottom of the work order card, which causes the card to fade away. If"
" the timer is still active, it stops once the card disappears completely."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:104
msgid "View work order duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view the duration of a work order, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:109
msgid ""
"To view and select |MOs| that have been completed and marked as *Done*, "
"remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, by "
"clicking on the :guilabel:`X (close)` button on the right side of the "
"filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:113
msgid ""
"On the page for the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab to see a "
"list of all work orders included in the |MO|. The time it took to complete "
"each work order is displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Duration` column of the "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:117
msgid ""
"The *Real Duration* represents the total time spent working on the work "
"order by all workers who worked on it. It includes time tracked in the *Shop"
" Floor* module, as well as time tracked on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab "
"of the |MO| itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid "Subcontracting"
msgstr "Uitbestedingen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid ""
"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a "
"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are"
" then sold by the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12
msgid ""
"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting "
"company and the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15
msgid ""
"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide "
"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in"
" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the "
"manufacturing themselves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19
msgid ""
"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, "
"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with "
"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they "
"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized "
"work to subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors "
"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as "
"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain "
"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which "
"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29
msgid ""
"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a "
"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what"
" happens to finished products once they are manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54
msgid ""
"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the "
":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1
msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62
msgid ""
"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in "
"Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a "
"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates"
" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that"
" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the "
"Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can "
"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product "
"pages:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71
msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72
msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75
msgid "Subcontracting workflows"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference "
"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80
msgid ""
"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully "
"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the "
":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83
msgid ""
"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company "
"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This "
"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company "
"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to "
"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the "
":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid ""
"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary "
"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to"
" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94
msgid ""
"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are "
"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97
msgid ""
"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can "
"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an "
"end customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100
msgid ""
"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured"
" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are "
"outlined in their respective documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104
msgid "Subcontracted product valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106
msgid ""
"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different "
"variables:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108
msgid ""
"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;"
" from here on referred to as `C`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110
msgid ""
"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112
msgid ""
"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them "
"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid ""
"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor"
" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred "
"to as `x`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118
msgid ""
"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be "
"represented by the following equation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121
msgid ""
"P = C + M + S + D + x\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124
msgid ""
"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will "
"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not "
"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost"
" of dropshipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a "
"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a "
"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for "
"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13
msgid ""
"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be "
"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the "
"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting "
"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23
msgid ""
"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only "
"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34
msgid ""
"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which "
"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting <subcontracting_basic>` workflow "
"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the "
"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only "
"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it "
"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31
msgid ""
"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers "
"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase "
"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time "
"required for both manufacturing and delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44
msgid "Product delivery lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46
msgid ""
"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"subcontracted product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59
msgid ""
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the "
"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes "
"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead"
" Time` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a "
"product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53
msgid ""
"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set "
"for each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57
msgid "Lead time workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59
msgid ""
"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| "
"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase "
"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62
msgid ""
"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the "
"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and "
"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the"
" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead "
"time, as specified on the product's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69
msgid ""
"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not"
" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the "
"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by "
"that date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a "
"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79
msgid ""
"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — "
"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82
msgid ""
"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus"
" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85
msgid ""
"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for "
"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus "
"two days for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88
msgid ""
"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike "
"Friends."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five "
"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97
msgid ""
"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the"
" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100
msgid ""
"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive "
"it on May 8th, two days later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a "
"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a "
"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for "
"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17
msgid ""
"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the"
" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing"
" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate "
"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in"
" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22
msgid ""
"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an "
"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be "
"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for "
"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that"
" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which "
"manufacturing must begin."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40
msgid ""
"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order "
"<subcontracting_dropship>` route, a company is responsible for purchasing "
"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly"
" to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44
msgid ""
"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the "
"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary "
"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the "
"components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48
msgid ""
"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a "
"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of "
"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* "
"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a "
"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56
msgid ""
"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to "
":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"subcontracted product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61
msgid "Product manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM"
" from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was "
"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74
msgid ""
"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the "
"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that"
" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the "
"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor "
"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90
msgid "Component delivery lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92
msgid ""
"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the "
"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the "
":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the "
"component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100
msgid ""
"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to "
"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead "
"Time` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104
msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82
msgid ""
"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85
msgid ""
"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product"
" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, "
"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a "
"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough"
" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the "
"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117
msgid ""
"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field "
"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time "
"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to "
"dropship the components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121
msgid ""
"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on"
" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the "
"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102
msgid ""
"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving "
"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date "
"listed on the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing "
"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, "
"and have them sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for "
"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134
msgid ""
"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which"
" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the "
"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor "
"|PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the "
"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the "
"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm "
"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This"
" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that "
"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149
msgid ""
"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, "
"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to "
"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the"
" component, before delivering it to the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158
msgid ""
"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — "
"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, "
"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164
msgid ""
"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus "
"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167
msgid ""
"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle"
" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days "
"for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170
msgid ""
"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as "
"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to "
"the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173
msgid ""
"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike "
"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes "
"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177
msgid ""
"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected "
"delivery date of May 17th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180
msgid ""
"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them "
"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a "
"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order "
"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, "
"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by "
"May 17th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the "
"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the "
"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which "
"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32
msgid ""
"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order "
"<subcontracting_resupply>` route, a company is responsible for supplying the"
" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor"
" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36
msgid ""
"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the "
"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive "
"the components must also be considered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39
msgid ""
"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying "
"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), "
"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the "
"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49
msgid ""
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the "
"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a "
"|BoM| from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80
msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough"
" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the "
"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94
msgid ""
"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field "
"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time "
"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to "
"ship the components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98
msgid ""
"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on "
"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the "
"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing "
"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply "
"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the"
" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them"
" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the "
"Expected Arrival date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which"
" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the"
" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same "
"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take "
"into account the time required for shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover "
"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the "
"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply "
"subcontractor order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124
msgid ""
"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at "
"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131
msgid ""
"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — "
"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for "
"manufacturing the unicycles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137
msgid ""
"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus"
" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140
msgid ""
"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for "
"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus "
"two days for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143
msgid ""
"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, "
"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered "
"to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146
msgid ""
"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May "
"30th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148
msgid ""
"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the "
"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive"
" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture "
"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152
msgid ""
"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the"
" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two"
" days before the Deadline."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of "
"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike "
"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's "
"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3
msgid "Basic subcontracting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10
msgid ""
"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a "
"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are"
" then sold by the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13
msgid ""
"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the "
"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to "
"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17
msgid ""
"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic "
"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-"
"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that "
"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted "
"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be "
"manufactured by them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25
msgid ""
"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the "
":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary"
" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37
msgid ""
"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the "
"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and "
"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`"
" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished "
"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make "
"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| "
"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is "
"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the "
"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is "
"selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83
msgid "Configure BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59
msgid ""
"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products "
"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92
msgid ""
"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials "
"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` "
"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the "
":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using"
" subcontracting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76
msgid ""
"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the "
"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when "
"calculating the product's expected arrival date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81
msgid ""
"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the "
":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for "
"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86
msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88
msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90
msgid ""
"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a "
"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92
msgid ""
"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing "
"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94
msgid ""
"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, "
"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is"
" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the "
"product is shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138
msgid ""
"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted "
"product is being purchased from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141
msgid ""
"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts "
"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer,"
" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144
msgid ""
"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process "
"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into "
"inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169
msgid "Create SO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171
msgid ""
"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased"
" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being "
"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next "
"step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175
msgid ""
"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178
msgid ""
"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a "
"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a"
" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a "
":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens"
" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128
msgid ""
"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order "
"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough "
"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131
msgid ""
"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates"
" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled "
"using the stock in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193
msgid ""
"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the "
"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is "
"enough stock on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197
msgid "Process PO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140
msgid ""
"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to "
":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the "
"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to "
"the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202
msgid ""
"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a "
"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the "
"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153
msgid ""
"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic "
"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and "
"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161
msgid ""
"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the "
"top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161
msgid ""
"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the "
"top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242
msgid "Process receipt or dropship order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either "
"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, "
"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured "
"<manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic/product-config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251
msgid ""
"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, "
"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the"
" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the "
"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter"
" the product into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260
msgid "Process dropship order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262
msgid ""
"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select"
" the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open "
"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order "
"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270
msgid "Process delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256
msgid ""
"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the "
"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather "
"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to"
" the customer, and process the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198
msgid ""
"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the "
"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that "
"the product has been shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3
msgid "Dropship to subcontractor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the"
" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have "
"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order "
"(PO) for that product is confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19
msgid ""
"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired "
"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23
msgid ""
"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and "
"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve "
"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26
msgid ""
"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have "
"them shipped directly to the end customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components "
"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By "
"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the "
"contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33
msgid ""
"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship "
"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In "
"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then "
"ships the finished product directly to the end customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37
msgid ""
"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the "
":ref:`workflow section <manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting-dropship>` of"
" this doc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43
msgid ""
"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and "
"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47
msgid ""
"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to "
"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the "
"components listed on the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53
msgid ""
"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as "
"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in "
"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the "
":guilabel:`Price` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71
msgid ""
"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that "
"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been "
"manufactured by the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make "
"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| "
"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock "
"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the "
"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is "
"selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73
msgid "Configure bill of materials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75
msgid ""
"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click "
"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and "
"select the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102
msgid ""
"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the "
":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and"
" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97
msgid "Configure Components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99
msgid ""
"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name "
"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right "
"arrow)` button to the right of the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106
msgid ""
"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add "
"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in "
"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the"
" subcontractor, once they are purchased."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111
msgid ""
"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the "
":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114
msgid ""
"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119
msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121
msgid ""
"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123
msgid ""
"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a "
"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125
msgid ""
"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing "
"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the"
" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128
msgid ""
"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so "
"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130
msgid ""
"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the "
"components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132
msgid ""
"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**"
" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is"
" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the "
"product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141
msgid ""
"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts "
"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, "
"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144
msgid ""
"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts "
"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148
msgid "Create an SO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157
msgid ""
"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the "
"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a "
":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is "
"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted "
"product from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166
msgid ""
"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the "
"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** "
"there is no stock of the product on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169
msgid ""
"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead "
"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled "
"using the stock in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172
msgid ""
"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the "
"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, "
"even if there is stock on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176
msgid "Process subcontractor PO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178
msgid ""
"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`,"
" and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a"
" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* "
"|PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189
msgid ""
"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components"
" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, "
"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1
msgid ""
"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n"
"button at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198
msgid ""
"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from "
"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** "
"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201
msgid ""
"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship "
"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* "
"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205
msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207
msgid ""
"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. "
"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after "
"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212
msgid ""
"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship "
"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of"
" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and "
"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, "
"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the "
"*subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1
msgid ""
"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n"
"Dropship smart button at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227
msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229
msgid ""
"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the"
" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233
msgid ""
"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the "
"subcontractor has received the components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the"
" *subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242
msgid ""
"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the "
"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of"
" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into "
"inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246
msgid ""
"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the"
" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249
msgid ""
"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship "
"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the "
"product to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260
msgid ""
"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the "
"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product "
"has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3
msgid "Resupply subcontractor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the "
"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each "
"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17
msgid ""
"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired "
"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping"
" it to the end customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21
msgid ""
"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply "
"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24
msgid ""
"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components "
"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are "
"sourced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27
msgid ""
"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from "
"the warehouse of the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30
msgid ""
"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from "
"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33
msgid ""
"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of "
"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36
msgid ""
"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of "
"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42
msgid ""
"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and "
"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to "
"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of "
"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55
msgid ""
"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64
msgid ""
"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the "
"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68
msgid ""
"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other "
"elements, like the cost of the product's components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make "
"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| "
"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is "
"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85
msgid ""
"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click "
"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and "
"select the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107
msgid "Configure components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109
msgid ""
"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name "
"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right "
"arrow)` button to the right of the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116
msgid ""
"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and "
"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the "
":guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119
msgid ""
"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122
msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124
msgid ""
"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126
msgid ""
"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to "
"purchase the product from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128
msgid ""
"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing "
"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a"
" dropship order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130
msgid ""
"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the "
"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132
msgid ""
"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**"
" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149
msgid ""
"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to "
"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is "
"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful "
"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154
msgid ""
"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply "
"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking"
" :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom "
"the components should be sent."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` "
"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the "
"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` "
"to confirm that the order has been sent."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187
msgid ""
"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order "
"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough "
"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190
msgid ""
"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead"
" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled "
"using the stock in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199
msgid ""
"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210
msgid ""
"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a "
"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically "
"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214
msgid ""
"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the "
"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed "
"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top "
"of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223
msgid ""
"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n"
"buttons at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223
msgid ""
"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and "
"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227
msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229
msgid ""
"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the "
"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> "
"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open"
" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` "
"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either "
"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, "
"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured "
"<manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply/product-config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272
msgid ""
"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the "
"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather "
"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to"
" the customer, and process the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276
msgid ""
"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the "
"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that "
"the product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5
msgid "Workflows"
msgstr "Workflows"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:3
msgid "By-Products"
msgstr "Bijproducten"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:9
msgid ""
"When manufacturing certain products, it is common to be left with residual "
"materials, in addition to the finished product. These materials are known as"
" *by-products*. By specifying the by-products created during manufacturing "
"on a product's bill of materials (BoM), the quantity of by-products on-hand "
"is tracked by Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:15
msgid ""
"Manufacturing a *rocking chair* requires ten pieces of wood. During "
"production, five pieces of *scrap wood* are created, in addition to the "
"rocking chair. By designating the scrap wood as a by-product on the rocking "
"chair's |BoM|, Odoo tracks the on-hand count of scrap wood, as well as the "
"quantity of rocking chairs produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:23
msgid ""
"To specify by-products on a product's |BoM|, the *By-Products* setting "
"**must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`By-Products` "
"checkbox, located under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1
msgid "The By-Products setting on the Manufacturing app settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:32
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`By-Products` setting enabled, a :guilabel:`By-products` "
"tab appears on product |BoMs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:36
msgid "Add byproduct to BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:38
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select a |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:41
msgid ""
"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a"
" line`, and select the by-product in the :guilabel:`By-product` drop-down "
"field. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity of the by-"
"product produced during manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:45
msgid ""
"If the by-product is produced during a specific operation of a manufacturing"
" order (MO), select the operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` "
"field. For example, if a scrap wood by-product is produced during an "
"*Assemble* operation, select that operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1
msgid "The By-Products tab on a BoM, configured with a \"Scrap Wood\" by-product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:55
msgid "Manufacture by-product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:57
msgid ""
"When an |MO| is completed and marked as *Done*, Odoo registers the quantity "
"of by-products created during the manufacturing process. To create a new "
"|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, select a |BoM| on which by-"
"products have been specified. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Product` field "
"auto-populates with the corresponding product. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to "
"confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:65
msgid ""
"When manufacturing is completed, click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button at"
" the top of the |MO|. After doing so, inventory counts update to reflect the"
" quantity of by-product(s) produced, as well as the quantity of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:69
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button at the top of the |MO| page"
" to see the movements of components and products. Each by-product is listed "
"on the resulting :guilabel:`Inventory Moves` page, with the :guilabel:`From`"
" column displaying the virtual production location, and the :guilabel:`To` "
"column displaying the location where the by-product is stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1
msgid "The Product Moves page for an MO with by-products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:3
msgid "Continuous product improvement"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:13
msgid ""
"*Continuous improvement* is a general philosophy intended to help "
"individuals and organizations constantly improve themselves and the work "
"they produce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are a variety of different methodologies that fall under the umbrella "
"of continuous improvement. These include kaizen, six sigma, and lean, among "
"others. While the specific steps of each method differ, their goal remains "
"the same: implement a process by which improvement is a perpetual goal, "
"rather than a one-time accomplishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:21
msgid ""
"The sections below contain details about how Odoo can be used to implement "
"four general steps common to many of the most popular continuous improvement"
" strategies, with links to documentation about configuring the necessary "
"features. The final section details how a specific company might configure "
"these Odoo implementations within their organization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:26
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-identify`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:27
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-suggest`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-implement`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:29
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-review`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:32
msgid ""
"Continuous improvement is not a one-size-fits-all methodology. While most "
"strategies include between four and six steps, proper implementation "
"requires developing a system tailored to the specific needs of each company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is not a limitation, but rather a benefit, as it makes the methodology "
"flexible enough to adapt to almost any use case. Odoo, in particular, adapts"
" well to this flexibility, as it can be configured to meet the needs of "
"almost any workflow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:40
msgid ""
"As such, it is important to remember the content below only provides "
"*examples* of how Odoo *might* be used. They should be viewed as more of a "
"starting point, rather than a concrete outline that every organization must "
"follow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:47
msgid "Identify problems"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:49
msgid ""
"Before improvement can begin, it is necessary to determine where improvement"
" is necessary. This is where identifying problems comes into play. Two of "
"the best Odoo apps for identifying problems with products or processes are "
"*Helpdesk* and *Quality*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:54
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Helpdesk"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:56
msgid ""
"The *Helpdesk* app is useful for receiving feedback from outside of the "
"organization, like from clients or customers. This is accomplished by "
"implementing one (or more) of the methods for :doc:`receiving tickets "
"<../../../services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>`, including email "
"aliases, live chat conversations, and website forms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:61
msgid ""
"Using these methods, customers can submit feedback about problems, which is "
"then reviewed by a member of a :doc:`helpdesk team "
"<../../../services/helpdesk>`. Depending on the outcome of the review, the "
"team member may decide to take further action to ensure the issue is "
"addressed. This can include creating a :doc:`quality alert "
"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "Kwaliteit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:69
msgid ""
"The *Quality* app is useful for receiving feedback from *within* the "
"organization, like from employees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:72
msgid ""
"One method for accomplishing this is to set up a :doc:`quality control point"
" <../../quality/quality_management/quality_control_points>` (QCP). A |QCP| "
"is used to automatically create quality checks at regular intervals, "
"prompting employees to inspect, and confirm, the quality of a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:77
msgid ""
"If an issue is found, an employee can then create a :doc:`quality alert "
"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to notify a quality team."
" Quality alerts can also be created independent of a |QCP|, in the event "
"that an employee discovers an issue without being prompted to check for one."
" This is a great way for customer support employees to notify a quality team"
" of an issue brought to their attention by a customer ticket."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:86
msgid "Suggest improvements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:88
msgid ""
"Once a problem is identified, the next step is to put forward ideas for how "
"to address the problem. As with identifying problems, the *Quality app* is "
"also useful for suggesting improvements. In addition, the *PLM* (*Product "
"Lifecycle Management*) app can be used for this purpose, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:95
msgid ""
"When creating a :doc:`quality alert "
"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to bring an issue to the "
"attention of a quality team, the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` and "
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tabs can be used to provide feedback about "
"how the issue can be addressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for "
"fixing items affected by the issue. For example, `Screw the bolts on "
"tighter, so the seat stays in place`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:103
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for "
"preventing the issue from occurring in the future. For example, `Do not "
"tighten the screws too much, or they will be stripped`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:107
msgid ""
"The quality team that reviews the alert sees these suggested actions, and "
"can take them into account when deciding how to address the issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:111
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:132
msgid "PLM"
msgstr "PLM"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:113
msgid ""
"The |PLM| app is used to manage the lifecycle of a product from its "
"introduction through each successive version. As such, it is useful for "
"testing ideas for product improvements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:116
msgid ""
"Using :doc:`engineering change orders "
"<../../plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders>`, product management "
"teams can create new iterations of product |BoMs|, adding or removing "
"specific components or operations, as needed. The products created using "
"these |BoMs| are put through a review process to confirm the effectiveness "
"of the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:124
msgid "Implement strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:126
msgid ""
"Implementing strategies involves putting the proposed solutions from the "
"suggest improvements step into action. The |PLM| app continues to be useful "
"during this step, as it can be configured to make |BoM| updates. The *Field "
"Service* app can also be used by certain companies to make improvements to "
"products that have already been sold to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:134
msgid ""
"Once |BoM| changes have gone through the proper review process, they can be "
"approved, and the updated |BoM| put into use. This is accomplished by "
"configuring one of the |ECO| review stages to :ref:`apply the changes "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>` made to the |BoM|, at which point the updated |BoM|"
" becomes available for new |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:139
msgid ""
"Product |BoMs| can continue to be updated, as needed. The :doc:`version "
"control <../../plm/manage_changes/version_control>` features of the |PLM| "
"app allow for easy management of all versions of a given |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:144
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "Buitendienst"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:146
msgid ""
"The |PLM| app is a great way to make changes to product |BoMs|. However, "
"these changes only affect products produced using the new |BoM|. If a "
"defective product has already been sold to a customer, it may be necessary "
"to repair (or update) that product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:150
msgid ""
"In such a case, the *Field Service* app can be used to schedule :doc:`onsite"
" interventions <../../../services/field_service/creating_tasks>`. These "
"interventions allow service technicians (or other employees) to be sent to a"
" customer's location to address an issue with a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:158
msgid "Review actions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:160
msgid ""
"Reviewing actions is where the \"continuous\" part of continuous improvement"
" comes into play, as it allows an organization to evaluate the decisions "
"made in the previous steps. As such, this step is, essentially, returning to"
" the beginning of the process, so that additional problems can be identified"
" and addressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:165
msgid ""
"This means that the *Helpdesk* and *Quality* apps should be used again to "
"receive customer and employee feedback. Another app that may be useful at "
"this stage is the *Surveys* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:169
msgid "Surveys"
msgstr "Enquêtes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:171
msgid ""
"After implementing changes to a product or process, it may be wise to "
"solicit customers for their feedback directly, rather than waiting to hear "
"from them of their own volition. This may bring to light feedback that "
"customers may have otherwise neglected to share."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:175
msgid ""
"One of the best ways to accomplish this is through the :doc:`Surveys "
"<../../../marketing/surveys>` app. Creating a survey, and sending it to "
"customers who receive an updated product, increases the likelihood of "
"receiving relevant feedback about the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:179
msgid "Example workflow: coat rack product improvement"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:182
msgid ""
"*Wood Hut* is a manufacturer of fine wood products. They are committed to "
"manufacturing products of the highest-possible quality, and are always "
"looking for ways to improve the products they sell, along with the processes"
" used to create them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:186
msgid ""
"Wood Hut uses the Odoo platform to manage every element of their production,"
" fulfillment, and customer satisfaction processes. They have developed a "
"custom product improvement workflow that incorporates the Helpdesk, Quality,"
" PLM, and Manufacturing apps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:190
msgid ""
"One of Wood Hut's most popular products is their *coat rack*. It's made "
"entirely of oak, and customers describe it as \"sleek and elegant.\" "
"However, recent customer feedback about the coat rack has brought attention "
"to quality issues that necessitate revising the current manufacturing "
"process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:195
msgid ""
"The product revision workflow begins when the customer service team receives"
" a ticket in the Helpdesk app from a customer having problems with the coat "
"rack she purchased. The customer, Abigail Peterson, has found that her coat "
"rack falls over when more than five coats are hanging from it. This is a "
"major issue, as the coat rack has enough dowels for six coats."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "A Helpdesk ticket about an issue with the coat rack product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:204
msgid ""
"Marc, the customer service employee assigned to the helpdesk ticket, opens "
"the Quality app, and creates a new quality alert. He tags the *Production "
"Quality Team* and assigns Julie Andreson as the quality employee responsible"
" for the alert."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:208
msgid ""
"Julie reviews the alert, and consults with her team about the best course of"
" action. They decide that it is necessary to revise the product's |BoM| to "
"prevent the issue from occurring in the future, which Julie notes in the "
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab of the quality alert."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "A quality alert created about the issue with the coat rack product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:216
msgid ""
"Then, Julie messages product engineer, Joe Kazan in the chatter of the "
"quality alert to bring it to his attention. Joe opens the |PLM| app and "
"creates a new |ECO|, noting the problem with the coat rack, and suggesting "
"that a change to the product's |BoM| may be necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "An ECO created to update the coat rack product's BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:224
msgid ""
"Joe clicks :guilabel:`Start Revision`, and then the :guilabel:`Revision` "
"smart button to open version two of the coat rack's |BoM|. This |BoM| was "
"created alongside the |ECO|, and remains archived until it is approved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:228
msgid ""
"After some testing, Joe discovers that adding a metal *support rod* to the "
"coat rack strengthens it, allowing the rack to hold six or more coats "
"without falling over. He updates the |BoM| to include the support rod as one"
" of the components, and adds an extra operation to make sure it is installed"
" during the manufacturing process. Finally, he leaves a message in the "
"chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for "
"review."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "The coat rack BoM, updated to add an extra component and operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:238
msgid ""
"Jose reviews the changes, and confirms they are an effective method for "
"addressing the problem with the coat rack. He moves the |ECO| to the "
"*Approved* stage, which makes version two of the coat rack |BoM| the current"
" version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:242
msgid ""
"Now, each time an |MO| is created to produce a coat rack, the updated |BoM| "
"is automatically selected. Wood Hut begins producing the improved coat rack,"
" and customer feedback confirms that the new version has addressed the "
"problem with its predecessor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:246
msgid ""
"Using the Odoo platform, Wood Hut has implemented an end-to-end product "
"improvement process. Since the essential elements of this process (customer "
"feedback, quality control, etc.) are always functioning, it can be reused to"
" continuously update products and processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:3
msgid "Manufacture with lots and serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *lot numbers* and *serial numbers* are used to identify and track "
"products in Odoo. Serial numbers are used to assign unique numbers to "
"individual products, while lot numbers are used to assign a single number to"
" multiple units of a specific product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:12
msgid ""
"When manufacturing products tracked using lots or serial numbers, Odoo "
"requires the lot or serial number to be assigned to each product before "
"manufacturing can be completed. This ensures that each product is properly "
"tracked from the moment it enters inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:17
msgid "Configure products for tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo tracks the quantity of each product on hand, but does not "
"track individual units of a product. Lot or serial number tracking must be "
"enabled for each product individually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:22
msgid ""
"To track a product using lots or serial numbers, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, then scroll down "
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & "
"Serial Numbers` checkbox. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the "
"change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:26
msgid ""
"Next, click on :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and select a product "
"to track. Make sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked in "
"the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Since lot and serial number "
"functionality is enabled, a drop-down menu appears next to the ticked "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` drop-down menu. By default, "
":guilabel:`By Quantity` is selected, which only tracks the quantity on hand."
" Select :guilabel:`By Lots` to track the product using lot numbers, or "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` to track the product using serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:35
msgid ""
":doc:`Lots <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots>` "
":doc:`Serial numbers "
"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:39
msgid "Lot number manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:41
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product tracked with lots, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new manufacturing order (MO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:45
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using lots, and "
"enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm"
" the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:76
msgid ""
"Once the |MO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears in"
" the top section of the |MO| form. By default, this field is empty."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:51
msgid ""
"To populate the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field with a lot number, click"
" the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the "
"field. Doing so automatically generates a lot, using the next available "
"number, and enters it in the field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:55
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click on the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field and select "
"an existing lot number, or manually enter a new lot number and click "
":guilabel:`Create \"#\"` in the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1
msgid "The \"Lot/Serial Number\" field on an MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:61
msgid ""
"Either of these methods assign the product(s) in the |MO| a lot number "
"before production is finished. It is also possible to complete production "
"and close the |MO| by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, without assigning a "
"lot number. Doing so automatically generates and assigns a lot, using the "
"next available number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:67
msgid "Serial number manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:69
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product tracked with serial numbers, begin by navigating to"
" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:73
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using serial "
"numbers, and enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:79
msgid ""
"The rest of the manufacturing process depends on how many units the |MO| "
"contains."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:82
msgid "Manufacture single unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:84
msgid ""
"If a single unit of the product is being manufactured, clicking "
":guilabel:`Produce All` closes the |MO|, and automatically generates and "
"assigns the next available serial number, which appears in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:88
msgid ""
"To assign a serial number without closing the |MO|, enter a number manually "
"in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and click :guilabel:`Create "
"\"#\"`, or click the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the"
" right of the field to auto-fill it with the next available number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:97
msgid "Manufacture multiple units"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:100
msgid ""
"When manufacturing a product tracked using serial numbers, an |MO| can be "
"created for multiple units. However, when serial numbers are assigned to "
"each unit, either at the end of production or before, the |MO| is split into"
" multiple |MOs|, each containing one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:104
msgid ""
"Each of the split |MOs| is identified by a numerical tag added to the end of"
" the original |MO| number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:108
msgid ""
"|MO| `WH/MO/00109` contains two units of a `Chair`, a product tracked using "
"serial numbers. A serial number is assigned to each unit of the chair. This "
"causes the |MO| to be split into two |MOs|, each containing one unit of the "
"chair. The |MOs| are titled `WH/MO/00109-001` and `WH/MO/00109-002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:113
msgid ""
"To assign serial numbers to each unit of an |MO|, click :guilabel:`Produce "
"All` to open the :guilabel:`Batch Production` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:116
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` field of the pop-up window is auto-filled with "
"the next available serial number. The :guilabel:`Number of SN` field "
"defaults to the number of units being manufactured. The values of either "
"field can be changed manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:120
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Generate` to generate the specified number of serial "
"numbers, beginning with the number entered in the :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` "
"field. The serial numbers are displayed in the text box at the bottom of the"
" pop-up window, and can be manually changed after generation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:124
msgid ""
"To assign serial numbers without completing production, click the "
":guilabel:`Prepare MO` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual "
"|MOs|, one for each unit in the original |MO|. Each |MO| is left open, and "
"can be closed individually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:128
msgid ""
"To assign serial numbers and complete production, click the "
":guilabel:`Produce` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual |MOs|, "
"one for each unit in the original |MO|. All of the |MOs| are closed, since "
"production is complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"Batch Production\" pop-up window, from which serial numbers can be "
"assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:135
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Prepare MO` or :guilabel:`Produce`, the "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app automatically shows the first of the "
"split |MOs| (ex. `WH/MO/00109-001`). To view and access the rest the split "
"|MOs|, click the :guilabel:`Backorders` smart button at the top of the "
"screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74
msgid ""
"In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be "
"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, "
"and then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs "
"to be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the "
":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the "
"work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up "
"window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138
msgid ""
"When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to "
"the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, "
"and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91
msgid ""
"Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register "
"Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95
msgid ""
"Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the "
"step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having "
"been produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of "
"units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number "
"entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field."
" Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106
msgid ""
"The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work "
"order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction "
"of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the "
"work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it "
"disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the "
"original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114
msgid ""
"This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s"
" reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to "
"distinguish it from the backorder |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by "
"selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop "
"Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom "
"of the |MO|'s card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121
msgid ""
"If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before"
" it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* "
"pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They"
" can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from "
"their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed,"
" this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be "
"created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in "
"this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130
msgid ""
"After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the "
"|MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at "
"the bottom of the work order's card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Scrap during manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7
msgid ""
"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components"
" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or "
"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from "
"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather"
" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in "
"physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information, see the documentation about the different types of "
":doc:`locations <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20
msgid ""
"Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop "
"Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. "
"Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and "
"only after closing the associated |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25
msgid ""
"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order "
"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75
msgid "Scrap pop-up window"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39
msgid ""
"Scrapping components and finished products is done through the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an "
"|MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43
msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45
msgid ""
"To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` "
"button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50
msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52
msgid ""
"To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to "
"close it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56
msgid ""
"To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and "
"then select the desired |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to "
"open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64
msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66
msgid ""
"To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three "
"vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top"
" navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a "
"work order card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71
msgid ""
"Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. "
"Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77
msgid ""
"After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods "
":ref:`detailed above <manufacturing/management/scrap-window>`, select the "
"component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81
msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's "
"pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set "
"to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or"
" scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their "
"respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking "
"order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon "
"confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for "
"warehouses with :doc:`two-step <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` or "
":doc:`three-step <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing "
"enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step "
"<../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Scrap pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After "
"one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart "
"button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all "
"scrap orders for the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped "
"components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick "
"Components` card, and selecting the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:3
msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a"
" single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, "
"it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple "
"units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:11
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple "
"units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As "
"a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order"
" contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:17
msgid "Split manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:19
msgid ""
"To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the "
":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears "
"with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:24
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for "
"the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:31
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up "
"window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of "
"manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then "
"click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new "
"manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the "
":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will "
"be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:42
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split "
"into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` "
"field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the "
"reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:48
msgid ""
"Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The "
"reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, "
"*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:52
msgid "Merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:54
msgid ""
"To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating "
"the checkbox to the left of the name of each order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid ""
"Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for"
" each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the "
":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select "
":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:69
msgid ""
"The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The "
"reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential "
"number that has *not* already been assigned to an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:73
msgid ""
"The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. "
"Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a"
" single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by "
"the merger is *WH/MO/00013*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:77
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the "
"merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged "
"are listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:81
msgid ""
"Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create "
"*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* "
"and *WH/MO/00010*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3
msgid "Unbuild orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:7
msgid ""
"In some cases, it is necessary to dismantle manufactured products into their"
" individual components. This may be required if too many units of a product "
"were built, or if the components of one product must be reclaimed to use in "
"the manufacturing of another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, products can be dismantled, and their components "
"returned to inventory, using *unbuild orders*. By using unbuild orders to "
"accomplish this task, inventory counts for the finished product and its "
"components remain accurate, based on the quantity of products dismantled, "
"and the quantity of components reclaimed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:17
msgid "Create unbuild order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"A new unbuild order can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Unbuild Orders`, and "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the new unbuild order by selecting a :guilabel:`Product` "
"to unbuild. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-"
"populates with the corresponding bill of materials (BoM). If a different "
"|BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and "
"select it from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27
msgid ""
"Alternatively, a specific |BoM| can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Material` field before selecting a product, which causes the corresponding "
"product to auto-populate in the :guilabel:`Product` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"Next, specify the :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product that is being unbuilt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:33
msgid ""
"If the product being unbuilt was originally manufactured in a specific "
"manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, select the location where the "
"product being unbuilt is currently stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field, select the location where the"
" reclaimed components are stored after the unbuild order is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:42
msgid ""
"If the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature is enabled in the settings of the "
"*Inventory* app, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears on the "
"unbuild order, which can be used to specify the lot(s) or serial number(s) "
"of the product being unbuilt, if any are assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
"If the Odoo database has been configured with multiple companies, a "
":guilabel:`Company` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to"
" specify the company that owns the product being unbuilt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:50
msgid ""
"Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` "
"button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst-1
msgid "A filled-out unbuild order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:58
msgid ""
"While it is possible to create unbuild orders for products that have zero "
"(or fewer) units on-hand, this is not advised, since it can lead to "
"inventory inconsistencies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:61
msgid ""
"If an unbuild order is created for a product with zero (or fewer) units on-"
"hand, a pop-up window appears, warning the user that there is an "
"insufficient quantity to unbuild."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
"To ignore the warning, and proceed with the unbuild order, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window. To return to the "
"unconfirmed unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Discard`, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"The insufficient quantity pop-up that appears after trying to confirm an unbuild order\n"
"for a product with zero or fewer units on hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:73
msgid ""
"After completing an unbuild order, inventory counts automatically update, "
"based on the quantity of products unbuilt, and the quantity of components "
"reclaimed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:77
msgid ""
"A `Coat Rack` product is comprised of one `Wooden Pole` component and six "
"`Wooden Dowel` components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:80
msgid ""
"An unbuild order is created for one unit of the `Coat Rack`. Once the order "
"is completed, the on-hand quantity of `Coat Racks` decreases by one, while "
"the on-hand quantities of `Wooden Poles` and `Wooden Dowels` increase by one"
" and six, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:85
msgid "Scrap unusable components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:87
msgid ""
"In some cases, components may be unusable after the unbuilding process is "
"completed. To ensure that inventory counts accurately reflect the quantity "
"of usable components on-hand, any component that can no longer be used "
"should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order "
"<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, the *master production schedule* (MPS) is "
"used to manually plan manufacturing orders (MOs) and purchase orders (POs), "
"based on forecasted quantities of products and components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:20
msgid ""
"By considering the impact of confirmed |MOs| and |POs|, along with manually "
"adjusted demand forecasts, the |MPS| can be used to manage long-term product"
" replenishment. This ensures the continued availability of the necessary "
"products and components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:24
msgid ""
"Since the |MPS| allows for manual intervention, it is useful for "
"replenishing products where the demand of existing sales orders (SOs) does "
"**not** reflect probable future demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:28
msgid ""
"A retail store sells artificial *Christmas trees* during the holiday season."
" It is currently September, and the store has less than ten Christmas tree "
"|MOs| confirmed for the month of December."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:32
msgid ""
"Despite the number of confirmed |MOs|, the procurement manager knows that "
"the demand for Christmas trees in December is going to be much higher, once "
"the holiday season starts. As a result, they manually enter a greater demand"
" in the |MPS|, so they can properly replenish the product in time for the "
"increase in customer demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:38
msgid ""
"It is essential to remember that the |MPS| is a **MANUAL** tool. Adding a "
"product to the |MPS| does not cause it to be manufactured or purchased "
"automatically. The |MPS| simply suggests the amount of the product that "
"should be replenished, but requires user input to create the |MOs| or |POs| "
"that are used to replenish it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:43
msgid ""
"For this reason, it is recommended that the |MPS| **NOT** be used alongside "
"reordering rules for the same product. Because reordering rules are an "
"automated workflow, they conflict with the manual replenishment method of "
"|MPS|. Using both, in unison, can lead to inaccurate forecasts and the "
"creation of unnecessary replenishment orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:49
msgid "Enable and configure |MPS|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:51
msgid ""
"To use the |MPS| feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Master Production "
"Schedule` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Planning` section. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:55
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Master Production Schedule` feature, two new "
"fields appear under it on the :guilabel:`Settings` page: :guilabel:`Time "
"Range` and :guilabel:`Number of Columns`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:58
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Time Range` field is used to select the period of time over "
"which planning takes place, and offers three options: :guilabel:`Monthly`, "
":guilabel:`Weekly`, and :guilabel:`Daily`. For example, if "
":guilabel:`Monthly` is selected, the |MPS| plans the production requirements"
" of products and components on a monthly basis."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:63
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field is used to specify the quantity of "
"the selected :guilabel:`Time Range` units shown on the |MPS| page. For "
"example, if the :guilabel:`Time Range` field is set to :guilabel:`Monthly`, "
"and `12` is entered in the :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field, the |MPS| "
"shows one column for the next 12 months, starting with the current month."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:68
msgid ""
"If the values of the :guilabel:`Time Range` or :guilabel:`Number of Columns`"
" fields are altered, click :guilabel:`Save` again to save the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1
msgid "The MPS setting in the Manufacturing app's settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:76
msgid "|MPS| dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:78
msgid ""
"To open the |MPS|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Planning --> Master Production Schedule`. The |MPS| view appears as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1
msgid "The Master Production Schedule in the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:85
msgid ""
"The grey column on the left side of the screen shows a section for every "
"product added to the |MPS|, with each product section being broken down into"
" smaller rows. The information shown in the rows depends on the filters "
"selected in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu at the top of the "
"page. The default categories that appear in the rows are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`[Product] by [unit]` :icon:`fa-area-chart`: the forecasted stock "
"quantity at the beginning of each time period. :guilabel:`[Product]` and "
":icon:`fa-area-chart` are selectable buttons which open the product's page, "
"or the forecast report for the product, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand`: the demand forecast, which is entered "
"manually. This represents an estimate of the demand for the product during "
"each time period."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:95
msgid ""
":guilabel:`- Indirect Demand Forecast`: while this is a default category, it"
" **only** appears for products that are components of other products. It "
"represents the demand for the component from existing MOs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:98
msgid ""
":guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment`: the quantity of the product that is "
"suggested to be replenished through |MOs| or |POs|. To the right of the "
"category title is a :guilabel:`Replenish` button, which is used to manually "
"replenish the product, based on the quantity suggested to be replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:0
msgid "The Replenish button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:107
msgid "The \"Replenish\" button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`= Forecasted Stock`: the quantity of the product forecasted to be"
" in stock at the end of each time period, assuming that suggested "
"replenishment numbers are fulfilled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:112
msgid "Altogether, these default categories form an equation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:114
msgid ""
"\\text{Forecasted Demand} + \\text{Suggested Replenishment} = \\text{Forecasted Stock}\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:117
msgid ""
"In the case of components, the :guilabel:`Indirect Demand Forecast` is taken"
" into account as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:119
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand` and :guilabel:`+ Suggested "
"Replenishment` fields can be edited for any of the time periods to the right"
" of the product column. Doing so changes the equation, and updates the value"
" displayed in the :guilabel:`Forecasted Stock` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:123
msgid ""
"Changing the value in the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field also "
"makes an :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button appear to the left of "
"the field. Click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button next to the"
" field to reset its value back to the one calculated by the |MPS|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:129
msgid ""
"While the |MPS| can be used with only the default categories enabled, it is "
"advisable to also enable the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` category. This is "
"done by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` on the "
"right side of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and enabling the "
":guilabel:`Actual Demand` option under the :guilabel:`Rows` header."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:134
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` option enabled, the :guilabel:`- "
"Forecasted Demand` category changes to the :guilabel:`- Actual / Forecasted "
"Demand` category. In addition to the manually entered forecasted demand, "
"this category also displays the confirmed demand for the product, which is "
"based on confirmed |SOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:139
msgid ""
"Each column to the right of the products column lists one unit of the time "
"period selected in the *Time Range* field on the *Manufacturing* app "
"*Settings* page (ex. months). The number of time period columns corresponds "
"to the value entered in the *Number of Columns* field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:143
msgid ""
"The first time period column represents the current time period. For "
"example, if the |MPS| is configured to use months, the first column displays"
" data for the current month. On this first column, the :guilabel:`+ "
"Suggested Replenishment` field appears in one of five colors:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:147
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Green`: a replenishment order must be generated to keep stock at "
"the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Gray`: a replenishment order has already been generated to keep "
"stock at the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Yellow`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but "
"the quantity it was created for is not enough to keep stock at the "
":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Red`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but the "
"quantity it was created for puts the amount of stock above the "
":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:156
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field appears white, if no "
"replenishment order has been generated, and it is not necessary to generate "
"one at the current moment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:160
msgid "Add a product"
msgstr "Product toevoegen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:162
msgid ""
"To use |MPS| to manage the replenishment of a product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Master Production "
"Schedule`. At the top of the |MPS| page, click :guilabel:`Add a Product` to "
"open the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:167
msgid ""
"Products **must** be properly configured to be replenished through the "
"|MPS|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:169
msgid ""
"In the case of manufactured products, the *Manufacture* route must be "
"selected in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:172
msgid ""
"In the case of products that are purchased, the *Buy* route must be selected"
" in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's form. "
"Additionally, a vendor and the price they sell the product for must also be "
"specified on the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:176
msgid ""
"On the pop-up window, select the product to add in the :guilabel:`Product` "
"drop-down menu. If the product is replenished through manufacturing, select "
"the product's |BoM| in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:181
msgid ""
"Selecting a BoM when adding a product to the |MPS| also adds any components "
"listed on the BoM. If it is not necessary to manage the replenishment of "
"components through the |MPS|, simply leave the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`"
" field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:185
msgid ""
"If the database is configured with multiple warehouses, a "
":guilabel:`Production Warehouse` field appears on the :guilabel:`Add a "
"Product` pop-up window. Use this field to specify which warehouse the "
"product is replenished to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:189
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field, specify the minimum quantity "
"of the product that should be kept available for orders at all times. For "
"example, if there should always be 20 units of the product available for "
"order fulfillment, enter `20` in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:194
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` field, enter the minimum product "
"quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `5` is"
" entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a "
"minimum of five units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:198
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, enter the maximum product "
"quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `100` "
"is entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a "
"maximum of 100 units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:202
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to add the product to the |MPS|. The product"
" now appears on the |MPS| page each time it is opened. If a |BoM| was "
"selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field of the :guilabel:`Add a "
"Product` pop-up window, any components listed on the |BoM| appear on the "
"page, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1
msgid "The Add a Product pop-up window in the MPS."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:212
msgid "Edit a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:214
msgid ""
"After adding a product to the |MPS|, it may be necessary to change the "
"replenishment values entered on the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window."
" To do so, click the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button to the immediate right of "
"the :guilabel:`Replenish` button, on the :guilabel:`+ Suggested "
"Replenishment` row, below the product's name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:220
msgid ""
"The first and second number displayed on the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button "
"correspond to the values entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` and"
" :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields when adding the product to the "
"|MPS|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:224
msgid ""
"For example, if `5` was entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` "
"field, and `100` was entered in the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, "
"the button appears as :guilabel:`5 ≤…≤ 100`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:228
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button opens the :guilabel:`Edit Production"
" Schedule` pop-up window. This pop-up window is the same as the "
":guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window, except that the :guilabel:`Product`"
" and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields cannot be edited."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:232
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Edit Production Schedule` pop-up window, enter the desired"
" values in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`, :guilabel:`Minimum to "
"Replenish`, and :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:237
msgid "Remove a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:239
msgid ""
"To remove a product from the |MPS|, tick the checkbox to the left of its "
"name. Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top "
"of the screen, and select :guilabel:`Delete` from the resulting drop-down "
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:244
msgid ""
"Deleting a product from the |MPS| removes it, along with all of its data. If"
" the product is re-added, its replenishment values must be reconfigured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:248
msgid "|MPS| replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:250
msgid "Products in the |MPS| can be replenished in one of three ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:252
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button at the top of the screen to generate "
"replenishment orders for every product below its :guilabel:`Safety Stock "
"Target` for the current month."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:254
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the right side of the :guilabel:`+"
" Suggested Replenishment` row of a specific product, to generate a "
"replenishment order for that specific product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:257
msgid ""
"Tick the checkbox to the left of the product name of one or more products. "
"Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the "
"screen, and select :guilabel:`Replenish` from the resulting drop-down menu. "
"Doing so generates a replenishment order for each selected product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:262
msgid ""
"The type of replenishment order generated corresponds to the route selected "
"on the *Inventory* tab of the product's form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:265
msgid ""
"If the *Buy* route is selected, an |RfQ| is generated to replenish the "
"product. |RfQs| can be selected by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app. Any |RfQ| generated by the |MPS| lists "
":guilabel:`MPS` in its :guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:268
msgid ""
"If the *Manufacture* route is selected, an |MO| is generated to replenish "
"the product. |MOs| can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Any |MO| generated by the |MPS| lists :guilabel:`MPS` in its "
":guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:3
msgid "Work center time off"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
"operational again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:11
msgid ""
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
"new work orders are routed to alternative work centers that are operational."
" Using Odoo's **Time Off** app, it is possible to designate a work center as"
" being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures manufacturing "
"operations can continue until the impacted work center is available again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the *Time Off* smart "
"button to appear on each work center's *Working Hours* page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, install the **Time Off** app. This is the app used for managing time "
"off for all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:26
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` app, then search `Time Off` "
"in the search bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` app should be the "
"only one that appears on the page. Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on "
"the card to install the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:30
msgid ""
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made "
"unavailable, and a second that receives the work orders that the other "
"cannot accept. If no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route "
"work orders away from the unavailable work center, and they pile up in its "
"queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:39
msgid ""
"For a full guide to work center creation, refer to the documentation on "
":doc:`work centers <../advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:42
msgid ""
"Make sure both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures operations carried out at one work "
"center can also be performed at the other."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:45
msgid ""
"On the work center that is made unavailable, select the second work center "
"from the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo knows"
" to send work orders to the second work center when the first is unavailable"
" for any reason."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:54
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:56
msgid ""
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to a work center."
" Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration "
"--> Work Centers`, and selecting the affected work center. Click the "
":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button on the right side "
"of the :guilabel:`Working Hours` drop-down menu, to open the working hours "
"page for the work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:65
msgid ""
"The working hours page displays the standard working hours for the work "
"center. With developer mode activated, a :icon:`fa-plane` :guilabel:`Time "
"Off` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the "
":guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:69
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new time-off entry. On "
"the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
"(e.g. broken equipment, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center "
"as the :guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and "
":guilabel:`End Date` to specify the period during which the work center is "
"unavailable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:79
msgid "Alternative work center planning"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
"*Plan* button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:84
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order (MO), by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders "
"--> New`. On the |MO| form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:89
msgid ""
"On the confirmed |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By default, "
"the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work Center` "
"column. There is also a :guilabel:`Plan` button at the top left of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:93
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Plan`, and the work center listed in the :guilabel:`Work "
"Center` column of the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab is automatically changed "
"to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100
msgid ""
"Before clicking \"Plan\", the work order is scheduled at \"Main Assembly "
"Line\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100
msgid ""
"Before clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is scheduled at "
":guilabel:`Main Assembly Line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106
msgid ""
"After clicking \"Plan\", the work order is rescheduled at \"Alternative "
"Assembly Line\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is rescheduled at "
":guilabel:`Alternative Assembly Line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
"recognizes the work center is available again. At this point, clicking the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative work "
"center unless the first one is at capacity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8
msgid "Product lifecycle management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for"
" testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept "
"development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support "
"stages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14
msgid ""
"With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3
msgid "Change management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10
msgid "ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12
msgid ""
"An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize "
"and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type"
" separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and "
"stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17
msgid ""
"For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product "
"Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware "
"Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in "
"the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding "
"unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23
msgid "Create ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25
msgid ""
"To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Configuration --> ECO Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28
msgid ""
"Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO"
" Types` form, fill in the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the"
" |ECOs| of this *type* in a project."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted "
"to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage "
"of this |ECO| type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related "
"|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field "
"generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email "
"address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Example of an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46
msgid "Edit ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48
msgid ""
"Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click "
"on the desired |ECO| type from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and "
":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57
msgid "Stages"
msgstr "Fases"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59
msgid ""
"Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to "
"identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be "
"applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that "
"changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews "
"and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by "
"enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on"
" a production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68
msgid ""
"For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which "
"is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores "
"|ECOs| that have been either cancelled or approved for use as the next "
"production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73
msgid "Create stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75
msgid ""
"To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended "
"project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78
msgid ""
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the "
"|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text "
"box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the "
":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83
msgid ""
"A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in"
" the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track "
"unassigned tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91
msgid "Verification stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93
msgid ""
"Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a "
"kanban view of |ECOs| of this type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96
msgid ""
"To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select"
" the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99
msgid ""
"Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by "
"checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer,"
" their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106
msgid ""
"Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval "
"Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109
msgid ""
"The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the"
" stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save "
"& Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage "
"`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and "
"selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117
msgid ""
"By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by "
"this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the"
" production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120
msgid ""
"Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure "
"proper behavior."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127
msgid "Closing stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129
msgid ""
"Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up "
"window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137
msgid ""
"The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage` options"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1
msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3
msgid "Engineering change orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12
msgid ""
"Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert"
" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials "
"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15
msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type <plm/eco/create-eco>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view <plm/eco/tablet-view>` of an "
"operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias "
"<plm/eco/eco-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24
msgid "Create ECO"
msgstr "ECO aanmaken"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26
msgid ""
"To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select "
"the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. "
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`"
" button in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types <plm/eco/eco-type>` to categorize "
"and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| "
"related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product "
"introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance "
"fulfillment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36
msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates"
" if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If "
"multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the"
" change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the "
"change applies to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. "
"(Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing "
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production "
"|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific "
"date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the"
" |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization."
" Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59
msgid ""
"After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` "
"button to begin implementing the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62
msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of "
"the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65
msgid ""
"A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version "
"number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| "
"versions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68
msgid ""
"The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right "
"corner of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has "
"been pressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80
msgid "Change components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo "
"distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current "
"version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87
msgid ""
"After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the "
"product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, "
"marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the "
"components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing "
"components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, "
"and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102
msgid ""
"In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are "
"reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart"
" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153
msgid "Compare changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| "
"form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the"
" current |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not "
"in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both "
"|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120
msgid ""
"Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** "
"affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the "
":ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard"
" |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132
msgid "Change operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134
msgid ""
"To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view "
"and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which "
"opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146
msgid ""
"Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up"
" window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149
msgid ""
"Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and "
"remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158
msgid ""
"On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the "
"differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not "
"yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by "
"both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised "
"|BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165
msgid ""
"Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in"
" production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-"
"changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the "
"columns in the table, reflect the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the "
"operation includes detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176
msgid ""
"To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: "
"Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart "
"button displayed at the top."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181
msgid ""
"The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed "
":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n"
"instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further "
"instructions in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the "
"revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can "
"be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is "
"performed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-"
"up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the"
" revised |BOM| in the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203
msgid ""
"In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the "
":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the "
"expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the "
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207
msgid ""
"To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point "
"instructions are added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209
msgid ""
"The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to "
":guilabel:`Register Production` of components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211
msgid ""
"The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step"
" Type` that provides additional assembly details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221
msgid "Apply changes"
msgstr "Wijzigen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223
msgid ""
"After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage "
"<plm/eco/stage-config>`, which are stages that require approval before the "
"revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227
msgid ""
"Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button "
"becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved "
"to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original "
"production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232
msgid "Verify changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239
msgid ""
"To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
" tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the "
"version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248
msgid ""
"After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard "
"<plm/eco/example-keyboard>`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| "
"in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number "
"has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260
msgid "Create ECO from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262
msgid ""
"Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while "
"performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265
msgid ""
"To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` "
"icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs "
"(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In "
"Progress` status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278
msgid ""
"Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three "
"horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens "
"the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`."
" Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286
msgid ""
"Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where "
"the proposed changes are submitted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the"
" :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in "
"greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. "
"Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295
msgid ""
"To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in "
"the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional "
"quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control "
"point."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303
msgid ""
"Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| "
"is created with the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308
msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are "
"automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314
msgid "View ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316
msgid ""
"To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X "
"Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes "
"created from the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban "
"view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`"
" stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323
msgid ""
"On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the "
":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes "
"in greater detail."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328
msgid ""
"An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step "
"from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for"
" the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, "
"`Keyboard`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332
msgid ""
"Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` "
"ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| "
"created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the "
"suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further "
"clarification from the person who proposed the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select "
"the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of "
":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction "
"titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the"
" line item to view the suggested changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353
msgid ""
"On the :ref:`quality control point <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately "
"filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new "
"instruction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this "
"instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for "
"this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down "
"menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the "
"worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, "
"or other :ref:`quality check options <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369
msgid ""
"Once the quality control point is configured, return to the "
":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality"
" control line item to its intended order of instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking "
"and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second "
"position."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far "
"left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3
msgid "Version control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10
msgid ""
"Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions "
"of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component "
"details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of"
" the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14
msgid ""
"Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use "
"*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls "
"or customer complaints."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17
msgid ""
"Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for "
"organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order <plm/eco>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24
msgid "Current BoM version"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26
msgid ""
"To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select "
"the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the "
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` "
"of the |BOM| is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32
msgid ""
"|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Products --> Bill of Materials`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40
msgid "Version history"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42
msgid ""
"To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials` and click the desired |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45
msgid ""
"From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to "
"list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the"
" top right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the "
"*PLM* app is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55
msgid ""
"In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the "
"top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a "
"drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58
msgid ""
"Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the"
" |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the "
":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files "
"associated with the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` "
"date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` "
"and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "List of BOM effective dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79
msgid ""
"A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the "
"chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing"
" stage <plm/eco/stage-config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83
msgid "Design files"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85
msgid ""
"Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design "
"material to the |BOM| itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of "
"Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the "
"*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92
msgid ""
"The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` "
"section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100
msgid "Manage design files in an ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102
msgid ""
"Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and "
"applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. "
"Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106
msgid ""
"To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, "
"open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` "
"smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110
msgid ""
"Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`"
" icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, "
"or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are "
"contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once"
" the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original "
"`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the "
":guilabel:`Documents` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard "
"manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` "
"icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127
msgid ""
"Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n"
"one newly added attachment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136
msgid ""
"Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed "
"in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the"
" archival occurred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140
msgid "Apply rebase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142
msgid ""
"Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144
msgid ""
"Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| "
"are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous"
" production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`"
" tab, visible only in this scenario."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148
msgid ""
"To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Rebase` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151
msgid ""
"Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| "
"version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added,"
" and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has "
"become `6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159
msgid ""
"This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the "
":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space "
"stabilizer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur "
"in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the "
"previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to "
"`ECO0012`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production "
"BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3
msgid "Project management"
msgstr "Projectbeheer"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3
msgid "Approvals"
msgstr "Goedkeuringen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10
msgid ""
"Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to "
"stages of :ref:`engineering change orders <plm/eco>` (ECOs) under review. "
"Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. "
"Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and "
"premature actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration <plm/eco/stage-config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19
msgid "Add approver"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on "
"the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended "
"stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28
msgid ""
"Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign"
" them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, "
"where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is"
" updated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32
msgid ""
"See the documentation about :ref:`stage types <plm/eco/stage-config>` for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the "
"approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering "
"Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to "
"approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or "
":guilabel:`Comments only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45
msgid ""
"Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in "
"the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48
msgid ""
"Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply"
" changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to "
":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments "
"only`, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" "
"stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57
msgid "Manage approvals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59
msgid ""
"Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which "
"shows the count of open tasks assigned to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62
msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress"
" |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the "
":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must "
"accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval "
"or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting "
"approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to "
"apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, "
"and apply changes to, in the verification stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75
msgid ""
"|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been "
"approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form "
"view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of "
"ECOs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84
msgid "Approve ECOs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86
msgid ""
"Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the "
"assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89
msgid ""
"To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92
msgid ""
"Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs"
" the history of the clicked buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required "
"to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying"
" changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102
msgid "Automated activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104
msgid ""
"When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is "
"automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers "
"receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the "
":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` "
"notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, "
":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons"
" shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113
msgid ""
"Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` "
"icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there "
"are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121
msgid ""
"By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO "
"Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon"
" to view additional information, including the approval's "
":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the "
"due date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130
msgid "Follow-up activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132
msgid ""
"When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for "
"required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with "
"deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned "
"Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up "
"window for creating tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n"
"close the planned activity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` "
"to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the "
":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for "
"completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` "
"field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149
msgid ""
"After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. "
"Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and "
"returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` "
"task is created for the approver."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154
msgid ""
"The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the "
"|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver "
"to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button "
"creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr "Inkoop"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and "
"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate "
"replenishment, and follow up on your orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Geavanceerd"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Purchase Analysis report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *Purchase Analysis* report provides statistics about products purchased "
"using Odoo's **Purchase** app. This data is useful for gaining a deeper "
"understanding of key metrics related to purchase orders (POs), including the"
" quantity of products ordered and received, the amount of time it takes to "
"receive purchased products, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
msgid ""
"To open the Purchase Analysis report, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Reporting --> Purchase`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is one of many reports available "
"across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures "
"specific to the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, along with a few use "
"case examples."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27
msgid ""
"*Measures* refer to the various datasets that can be displayed on the "
":guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, with each dataset representing a key "
"statistic about |POs| or products. To choose a measure, click the "
":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and select one of the "
"options from the drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`# of Lines`: The number of |PO| order lines, across all |POs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: The average cost of |POs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to Confirm`: The number of days it takes to confirm a |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to Receive`: The number of days it takes to receive the "
"products in a |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Gross Weight`: The total weight of purchased products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Billed`: The quantity of a product (or products) for which "
"the vendor has already been billed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Ordered`: The quantity of a product (or products) ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Received`: The quantity of an ordered product (or products) "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: The quantity of an ordered product (or "
"products) for which the vendor has yet to be billed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: The total amount spent, including tax."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: The total amount spent, excluding tax. This "
"measure is selected by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Volume`: The total volume of ordered products, for products which"
" are measured by volume."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48
msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: The total count of |POs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
msgid "Use case: determine days to receive products from each vendor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
msgid ""
"One possible use case for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is "
"determining how long each vendor takes to deliver purchased items. This "
"allows companies to make better informed decisions about which vendors they "
"want to purchase from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66
msgid ""
"A local bike shop, *Bike Haus*, sells high-quality unicycles, bicycles, "
"tricycles, and all the accessories needed to ride and maintain them. They "
"purchase their inventory from a few different vendors, and then sell those "
"products on to customers through their storefront."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:70
msgid ""
"Recently, Bike Haus has decided to have their purchasing manager, David, "
"look into how long it has taken each of their vendors to deliver the items "
"they've purchased during the current year, 2024."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
msgid ""
"David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->"
" Purchase`, and selecting the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` (bar chart) graph type at"
" the top of the report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:77
msgid ""
"Next, he clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on the"
" right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` filter section, he makes sure that **only** "
"the :guilabel:`2024` filter is enabled. Then, he selects the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` option in the :guilabel:`Group By` section, before "
"clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:83
msgid ""
"Finally, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` "
"drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Days to Receive` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:86
msgid ""
"With all of these options enabled, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report "
"shows a bar chart, with one bar for each vendor, representing the average "
"number of days it takes to receive products purchased from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:90
msgid ""
"Using this data, David can see that it takes Bike Friends over 4.5 days, on "
"average, to deliver purchased products. This is more than four times the "
"amount of time it takes any other vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:93
msgid ""
"Based on these findings, David makes the decision to reduce the quantity of "
"products purchased from Bike Friends."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0
msgid ""
"The Purchase report, showing the average days to receive products from "
"vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:101
msgid "Use case: compare vendor POs for two time periods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:103
msgid ""
"Another use for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is to compare key "
"statistics about |POs| for two different time periods, for a specific "
"vendor. By doing so, it is easy to understand how purchases from the vendor "
"have increased or decreased."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
msgid ""
"Following the :ref:`previous example <purchase/purchase-analysis-example>`, "
"it has been one month since Bike Haus decided to reduce the quantity of "
"products purchased from Bike Friends, one of their retailers. Bike Haus' "
"purchasing manager, David, wants to understand the impact this decision has "
"had on the amount of money they have spent on Bike Friends products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:113
msgid ""
"David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->"
" Purchase`. Then, he selects the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot "
"table)` option at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the search bar, he types `Bike Friends`, and clicks :guilabel:`Enter`, so"
" the report only shows data for purchases from Bike Friends."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:119
msgid ""
"Then, David clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on "
"the right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` field, he leaves the :guilabel:`June` and "
":guilabel:`2024` filters enabled. He also selects :guilabel:`Confirmation "
"Date: Previous Period` in the :guilabel:`Comparison` section, before "
"clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:125
msgid ""
"Next, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-"
"down menu. He leaves the :guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` "
"datasets enabled, and disables the :guilabel:`Order` and :guilabel:`Count` "
"datasets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:129
msgid ""
"Finally, David clicks the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`Total` button"
" above the rows on the pivot table, and selects the :guilabel:`Product` "
"option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:132
msgid ""
"With all of these options configured, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` "
"report shows a pivot table comparing purchase data for the current month, "
"June, with the previous month, May."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:135
msgid ""
"The pivot table is broken down into two main columns: one for the untaxed "
"total spent, and one for the taxed total spent. These columns are further "
"broken down into three smaller columns: the amount spent in May, the amount "
"spent in June, and the variation between the two months, represented as a "
"percentage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:140
msgid ""
"On the left side of the pivot table, one row is shown for each product "
"purchased from Bike Friends during June. Using this report, David is able to"
" see that Bike Haus has spent much less money on products purchased from "
"Bike Friends, compared to the previous month."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0
msgid "The Purchase report, comparing the amount spent at a vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3
msgid "Procurement expenses report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12
msgid ""
"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over"
" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify "
"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17
msgid "Create procurement expenses report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19
msgid ""
"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the "
":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for "
"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25
msgid "Add filters and groups"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon "
"to switch to pivot view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32
msgid ""
"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed <purchase/view-results>` as a "
":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` "
":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, "
"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the "
"recommended starting point."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29
msgid ""
"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click "
"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` "
"columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34
msgid ""
"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and "
"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` "
"column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for "
"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the "
"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50
msgid ""
"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. "
"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the "
":guilabel:`Group By` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54
msgid ""
"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, "
"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting "
":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a "
"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an "
"entire category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59
msgid ""
"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that "
"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected "
"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. "
":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such "
"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same "
"time period from the previous year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60
msgid ""
"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison "
"can be selected at a time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73
msgid ""
"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n"
"report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73
msgid ""
"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for "
"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68
msgid "Add measures"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70
msgid ""
"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and "
":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82
msgid ""
"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: "
":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and "
":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the "
"drop-down list of available measures."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86
msgid ""
"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the "
"procurement expenses report:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both "
"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91
msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess "
"supplier performance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand "
"order efficiency."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order"
" accuracy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97
msgid ""
"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide "
"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and "
":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management "
"analysis."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101
msgid ""
"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85
msgid "View results"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108
msgid ""
"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report "
"generates in the selected view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1
msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an "
"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the "
"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122
msgid ""
"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` "
":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the "
"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-"
"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line "
"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107
msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`."
msgstr ""
"Om dit rapport op te slaan als een *favoriet*, zie :ref:`zoeken/favorieten`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3
msgid "Vendor costs report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10
msgid ""
"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor "
"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, "
"and track seasonal changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14
msgid "Create vendor costs reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16
msgid ""
"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` "
"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the "
":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests "
"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for "
"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the "
"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42
msgid ""
"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. "
"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the "
":guilabel:`Group By` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, "
"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of"
" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the "
":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product "
"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51
msgid ""
"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that "
":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the "
":guilabel:`Group By` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54
msgid ""
"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These "
"options are only available after the date range is selected under the "
":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. "
":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such "
"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same "
"time period from the previous year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1
msgid ""
"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the "
"vendor costs report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73
msgid ""
"By default, the report displays with the following measures: "
":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and "
":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the "
"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add "
"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or "
"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80
msgid ""
"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, "
":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the "
":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to "
"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87
msgid ""
"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected "
"<purchase/vender-cost-report-filters>`, the report generates in the pivot "
"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an "
"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the "
"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1
msgid ""
"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average"
" costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101
msgid ""
"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the "
":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view."
" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a "
":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` "
":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
msgid "Manage deals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "Blanket orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are helpful when products are consistently purchased from the"
" same vendor, but in different quantities, and at different times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
"pricing with vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:23
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:25
msgid ""
"To create blanket orders, enable the *Purchase Agreements* feature from the "
"*Purchase* app settings. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click"
" the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting "
"also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38
msgid ""
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders -->"
" Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
msgid ""
"Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish "
"predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific "
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
"purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once"
" or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-"
"down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange."
" If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency "
"can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will "
"be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this "
"field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed"
" on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a"
" new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order "
"Deadline* field on the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products "
"included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order "
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the "
"*Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this "
"blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any "
"existing |PO|, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By"
" default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is "
"listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
"**cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73
msgid ""
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a "
"price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:48
msgid ""
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
"products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the "
"prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed "
"vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83
msgid ""
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right "
"arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed."
" This navigates to the blanket order settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92
msgid ""
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
"Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be "
"changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type "
"of selection:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are cancelled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** cancelled. Instead, "
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines`"
" and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new "
"quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket "
"order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
"quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry "
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119
msgid ""
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product "
"lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** "
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all"
" quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the "
"user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the "
"breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order "
"form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132
msgid ""
"Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) "
"changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this "
"agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136
msgid ""
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140
msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142
msgid ""
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
"from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with "
"information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations"
" are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the "
":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the "
":guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-"
"populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured"
" on the blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151
msgid ""
"From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send"
" an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a "
"printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Order` to confirm the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
msgid ""
"Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via "
"the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there"
" is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the "
"top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see"
" the |PO| that was just created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171
msgid ""
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174
msgid ""
"This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment "
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are "
"referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at"
" what price the product should be replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
msgid "Call for tenders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:12
msgid ""
"Sometimes, companies might want to invite vendors to submit offers for "
"similar goods or services all at once. This helps companies select the "
"cheapest, fastest vendors for their specific business needs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be done by creating alternative requests for quotation "
"(RfQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
"the product lines from each |RfQ| can be compared, and a decision can be "
"made for which products to purchase from which vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:21
msgid ""
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
"|RfQs| to spend money efficiently."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create alternative |RfQs|, the *Purchase Agreements* feature **must** be "
"enabled in the *Purchase* app settings. To enable the feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:33
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:42
msgid "Create an |RfQ|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:44
msgid ""
"To create a new |RfQ|, follow the instructions in the :doc:`rfq` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorial: Purchase Basics and Your First Request for Quotation "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:53
msgid "Create alternative |RfQs|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once a |PO| is created and sent to a vendor, alternative |RfQs| can be "
"created for additional vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other "
"factors, to help make a decision for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create alternative |RfQs| from the original, click the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. "
"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this window, select an alternative vendor from the drop-down menu next "
"to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, to whom the alternative quotation is "
"assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original |RfQ| are"
" copied over to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave"
" the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. "
"This opens a new |RfQ| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:74
msgid ""
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, the new "
"form is already pre-populated with the same products, quantities, and other "
"details as the previous, original |RfQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
"alternative quotation, additional products do **not** need to be added, "
"unless desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:81
msgid ""
"However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under"
" a specific product form included in the order, the values set on the "
"product form carry over to the |RfQ|, and **must** be changed manually, if "
"necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
msgid ""
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, followed by :guilabel:`Create Alternative`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:88
msgid ""
"This opens the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window. Once again, "
"choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to "
":guilabel:`Vendor`. For this particular |RfQ|, however, *uncheck* the "
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Doing so removes all products on the new"
" alternative |RfQ|, leaving it blank. The specific products which should be "
"ordered from this particular vendor can be added in as needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:94
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:97
msgid ""
"If an alternative quotation should be removed from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`X (remove)` icon at the end of their row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:100
msgid ""
"This creates a third, new |RfQ|. But, since the product quantities of the "
"original |RfQ| were **not** copied over, the product lines are empty, and "
"new products can be added as needed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, "
"and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:104
msgid ""
"Once the desired number of specific products are added, click "
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:110
msgid ""
"This opens a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, wherein the message to"
" the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if necessary. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:113
msgid ""
"From this newest form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this "
"tab, all three |RfQs| can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. "
"Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, "
"and the order :guilabel:`Total` (and :guilabel:`Status`) of the orders are "
"in the rows, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:118
msgid ""
"The date in the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` column is calculated for each "
"vendor, based on any pre-configured lead times in the vendor and product "
"forms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:124
msgid "Link new |RfQ| to existing quotations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:126
msgid ""
"Even if a quotation is not created directly from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab of another |RfQ|, it can still be linked to "
"existing |RfQs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:129
msgid ""
"To do that, begin by creating a new |RfQ|. Navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`. Fill out the |RfQ|, according to the "
":ref:`previous instructions <purchase/manage_deals/create-rfq>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:132
msgid ""
"Then, once ready, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Since this new "
"|RfQ| was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
msgid ""
"However, to link this |RfQ| with existing alternatives, click "
":guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor`"
" column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:142
msgid ""
"This opens an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window. Select the "
"desired previously-created |RfQs|, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of "
"these orders are now copied to this |RfQ|, and can be found under the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:147
msgid ""
"If a large number of |POs| are being processed, and the previous |POs| can't"
" be located, click the :icon:`fa-chevron-down` :guilabel:`(chevron)` icon to"
" the right of the search bar, at the top of the pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click :guilabel:`Vendor`. "
"Vendors are displayed in their own nested drop-down lists, and each vendor's"
" list can be expanded to view open |POs| for that vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:158
msgid "Compare product lines"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:160
msgid ""
"Alternative |RfQs| can be compared side-by-side, in order to determine which"
" vendors offer the best deals on the products included in the orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:163
msgid ""
"To compare alternative |RfQs|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` "
"app, and select one of the previously-created |RfQs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all linked |RfQs|. Next,"
" under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare "
"Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:174
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, by default, groups by "
":guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the |RfQs| is displayed"
" in its own nested drop-down list, and features all of the |PO| numbers in "
"the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:179
msgid ""
"To remove product lines from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, click"
" :guilabel:`Clear` at the far-right end of that product line's row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:182
msgid ""
"Doing so removes this specific product as a selectable option from the page,"
" and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:185
msgid ""
"Additionally, on the |RfQ| form, in which that product was included, its "
"ordered quantity is also changed to `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
msgid ""
"Once the best offers have been identified, individual products can be "
"selected by clicking the :guilabel:`Choose` button at the end of each "
"corresponding row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:191
msgid ""
"Once all desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
"an overview of all |RfQs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:197
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:199
msgid ""
"Once the desired products have been chosen from the :guilabel:`Compare Order"
" Lines` page, the remaining |RfQs|, from which no products were chosen, can "
"be cancelled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:202
msgid ""
"The cost in the :guilabel:`Total` column for each product that wasn't chosen"
" is automatically set to `0`, indicated at the far-right of each "
"corresponding row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:205
msgid ""
"Although they haven't been cancelled yet, this indicates that each of those "
"orders can be cancelled without having an effect on the other live orders, "
"once those orders have been confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Cancelled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
msgid ""
"To confirm an |RfQ| for which products were selected, click into an |RfQ|, "
"and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:215
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for "
"Quotations?` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
msgid ""
"To view a detailed form of one of the |RfQs| listed, click the line item for"
" that quotation. This opens an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up "
"window, from which all details of that particular |RfQ| can be viewed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:222
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Close` to close the pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:224
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-"
"up window, two options are presented: :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` and "
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:227
msgid "If this |PO| should **not** be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Discard`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:229
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the "
"alternative |RfQs|. Selecting :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the "
"alternative |RfQs| open, so they can still be accessed, if any additional "
"product quantities need to be ordered later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:233
msgid ""
"Once all products are ordered, select :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` from "
"whichever |PO| is open at that time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:240
msgid ""
"Finally, using the breadcrumbs at the top of the page, click "
":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` to navigate back to an overview of all "
"|RfQs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:243
msgid ""
"The cancelled orders can be seen, greyed out and listed with a "
":guilabel:`Cancelled` status, under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the "
"far-right of their respective rows."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:246
msgid ""
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
"be completed, and the products can be received into the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:250
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:20
msgid "Bill control policies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
msgid ""
"In Odoo's *Purchase* app, the *bill control* policy determines the "
"quantities billed by vendors on every purchase order (PO), for either "
"ordered or received quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:13
msgid ""
"The policy selected in the *Purchase* app settings acts as the default "
"value, and is applied to any new product created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:19
msgid ""
"To configure the *bill control* policy, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase"
" app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Under :guilabel:`Bill Control`, select either"
" :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` or :guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Selected bill control policy in Purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a |PO| is "
"confirmed. The products and quantities in the |PO| are used to generate a "
"draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
"total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used"
" to generate a draft bill. An error message appears if creation of a vendor "
"bill is attempted without receiving anything."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:39
msgid ""
"If a specific product should use a different control policy than selected in"
" the *Purchase* app settings, the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy for that "
"product can be changed from its product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:43
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> "
"Products`, and select a product. From the product form, click the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section, modify"
" the selection in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
msgid "3-way matching"
msgstr "3-way matching"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"The *3-way matching* feature ensures vendor bills are only paid once some "
"(or all) of the products included in the |PO| have been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:53
msgid ""
"To activate *3-way matching*, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable "
"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature **only** works with the "
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
msgid ""
"When *3-way matching* is enabled, vendor bills display a :guilabel:`Should "
"Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When a new vendor bill "
"is created, the field is set to :guilabel:`Yes`, since a bill **cannot** be "
"created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73
msgid ""
"To create a vendor bill from a |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`. From the :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` "
"page, select the desired |PO| from the list. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Bill`. Doing so opens a new draft :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form, in the "
":guilabel:`Draft` stage. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and locate "
"the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:80
msgid ""
"The |PO| selected from the list **must not** be billed yet, or an "
":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window appears. This occurs for |POs| "
"with a :guilabel:`Received quantities` policy, and a :guilabel:`Fully "
"Billed` :guilabel:`Billing Status`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0
msgid "Invalid Operation pop-up window for billed Purchase Order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
msgid ""
"Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` to view the "
"available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and "
":guilabel:`Exception`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the total quantity of products from a |PO| has not been received, Odoo "
"only includes the products that *have* been received in the draft vendor "
"bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:99
msgid ""
"Draft vendor bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the"
" price of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:102
msgid ""
"If the draft bill's information is changed, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` "
"field status is set to :guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices "
"the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message,"
" since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107
msgid ""
"To process the vendor bill, select a date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` "
"field, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, followed by :guilabel:`Register "
"Payment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:110
msgid ""
"This opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window. From this window, "
"accounting information is pre-populated based on the database's accounting "
"settings. Click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to process the vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:114
msgid ""
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill, and the bill displays "
"the green :guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field "
"status is set to :guilabel:`No`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:118
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is automatically set by Odoo."
" However, the status can be manually changed by clicking the field's drop-"
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid ""
"Once a |PO| is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be viewed under"
" the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the |PO| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:128
msgid ""
"To view the :guilabel:`Billing Status` of a |PO|, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select a "
"|PO| to view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:131
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the "
":guilabel:`Billing Status` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:137
msgid ""
"The table below details the different values the :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
"field could read, and when they are displayed, depending on the *Bill "
"Control* policy used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:144
msgid "Billing Status"
msgstr "Factuurstatus"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:145
msgid "On received quantities"
msgstr "Op ontvangen hoeveelheden"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:146
msgid "On ordered quantities"
msgstr "Op bestelde hoeveelheden"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:147
msgid "Nothing to Bill"
msgstr "Niets te factureren"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:148
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:149
msgid "*Not applicable*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:150
msgid "Waiting Bills"
msgstr "Wachten op factuur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:151
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:152
msgid "PO confirmed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:153
msgid "Fully Billed"
msgstr "Volledig gefactureerd"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:154
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:155
msgid "Draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:193
msgid ":doc:`manage`"
msgstr ":doc:`beheer`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services "
"purchased by a company from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they "
"arrive from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or "
"services purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* "
"app's settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:22
msgid ""
"To configure the default bill control policy, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to "
"the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:25
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Bill Control` feature lists two policy options: "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
msgid ""
"The policy selected acts as the default for any new product created. Each "
"policy acts as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
"used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** all (or "
"part) of the total order has been received. The products and quantities "
"received are used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:39
msgid "Once a policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:42
msgid ""
"If a product needs a different control policy than the one set in the "
"*Purchase* app settings, that product's control policy can be overridden by "
"going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form, and selecting the "
"desired policy in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53
msgid ""
"The *3-way matching* policy ensures vendor bills are only paid once all (or "
"some) products in a purchase order (PO) have been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
msgid ""
"To activate 3-way matching, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:59
msgid ""
"Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature is **only** intended to work with the"
" :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68
msgid ""
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
msgid ""
"Depending on the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill "
"creation is completed at different steps of the procurement process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:76
msgid "Ordered quantities"
msgstr "Bestelde hoeveelheden"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the *Bill Control* "
"policy set to *Ordered Quantities*, first navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click :guilabel:`New` from the "
":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a new :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) form. On the "
"blank |RfQ| form, add a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`"
" under the :guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:126
msgid ""
"On the product line, select a product from the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity to order in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RfQ| into a "
"|PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill. This opens a "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. From here, add "
"a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"Once ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:98
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *Ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once a payment has been received, click :guilabel:`Register Payment` at the "
"top of the bill to record it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
msgid ""
"Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window to appear, "
"wherein a payment :guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen, and a "
":guilabel:`Payment Method` selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:158
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be edited from this pop-up "
"window, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so displays a green :guilabel:`Paid` banner "
"on the |RfQ| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118
msgid "Received quantities"
msgstr "Ontvangen hoeveelheden"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:120
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the bill control policy "
"set to *Received quantities*, first navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:123
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a new |RfQ| form. On the blank |RfQ| form, add a "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the "
":guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:132
msgid ""
"When using the *Received quantities* control policy, clicking "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products are received causes an "
":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
msgid ""
"Odoo requires at least partial quantities of the items included in the |PO| "
"to be received in order to create a vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:142
msgid ""
"On the |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the "
"warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
msgid ""
"From here, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the :guilabel:`Done` "
"(received) quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:146
msgid ""
"Then, navigate back to the |PO|, via the breadcrumb, and click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
msgid ""
"This opens a :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. "
"From here, add a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. Once "
"ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the "
"draft."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
msgid "Manage vendor bills in Accounting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, without"
" having to create a purchase order first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:170
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click"
" :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
msgid ""
"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
msgid ""
"Select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, "
"and enter the quantity to order in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
msgid ""
"Select a :guilabel:`Bill Date`, and configure any other necessary "
"information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:182
msgid ""
"Once confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view the "
":guilabel:`Account` journals. These journals are populated based on the "
"configuration on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and "
":guilabel:`Product` forms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:186
msgid ""
"If necessary, click :guilabel:`Credit Note` to add a credit note to the "
"bill. Additionally, a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number can be added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Register Payment`, followed by "
":guilabel:`Create Payment`, to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
msgid ""
"To link a draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down menu"
" next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete` *before* clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, "
"and select a |PO| from the menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:196
msgid "The bill auto-populates with the information from the chosen |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203
msgid "Batch billing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:207
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, "
"click the :guilabel:`checkbox` in the top-left corner, beside the "
":guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:211
msgid ""
"This selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Status` of "
":guilabel:`Posted` or :guilabel:`Draft`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:214
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` button to print the selected "
"invoices or bills."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process payments for "
"multiple vendor bills at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:219
msgid ""
"Only payments with their :guilabel:`Status` listed as :guilabel:`Posted` can"
" be billed in batches. Payments in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage **must** be "
"posted before they can be included in a batch billing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Register Payment` opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` "
"pop-up window. From the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` the "
"bills should post to, choose a :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and select a "
":guilabel:`Payment Method`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227
msgid ""
"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Group Payments` together from this "
"pop-up window, as well. If this checkbox is ticked, only one payment is "
"created, instead of one per bill. This option only appears if the *Batch "
"Payments* feature is enabled in the settings of the "
":menuselection:`Accounting` app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:232
msgid ""
"Once ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button. This creates a list"
" of journal entries on a separate page. The journal entries on this list are"
" all tied to their corresponding vendor bills."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
msgid ":doc:`control_bills`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:3
msgid "Purchase templates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:10
msgid ""
"*Purchase templates* are an agreement type that allow for the repeated "
"creation of requests for quotations (RFQs) for recurring purchases. Products"
" can then be added and quantities can be changed, as needed. |Pts| can be "
"used for multiple vendors, saving time and simplifying the |RFQ| process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:14
msgid ""
"|Pts| differ from *blanket orders* in that a :doc:`blanket order "
"<blanket_orders>` is a large order split into several deliveries, therefore "
"all |RFQs| must be for the same vendor. |PTs| can be replicated for multiple"
" vendors, and can copy over quantities, which is useful when placing "
"frequent orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:22
msgid ""
"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Purchase Agreements` checkbox. Click :guilabel:`Save` to save the"
" changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst-1
msgid "The Purchase agreements setting in the Purchase app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:30
msgid "Create a new template"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:32
msgid ""
"Navigate :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Agreements` "
"and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:34
msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:37
msgid ""
"To make this template available to use with multiple vendors, leave the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:40
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, select :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Template` from the drop-down."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:42
msgid ""
"Confirm the information in the remaining fields is correct, or update as "
"needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:44
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select "
"the desired product. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and set the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:53
msgid "After adding all necessary products, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:56
msgid "Create a new RFQ from a purchase template"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:58
msgid ""
"After confirming a |pt|, new quotations can be created directly from the "
"|pt| form. |RFQs| using this form are pre-populated with information based "
"on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations are automatically"
" linked to this |pt| form, via the :icon:`fa-list-alt` "
":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:63
msgid ""
"To :ref:`create a new quotation <purchase/manage_deals/create-new-rfq>`, "
"click :guilabel:`New Quotation`. This opens a new |RFQ|, that is pre-"
"populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured"
" on the |pt| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:67
msgid ""
"If there was no vendor identified on the |pt|, choose a :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"from the drop-down list. Products can be added to the |RFQ| by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Products` tab. To remove a "
"product, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon at the far-"
"right of the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:72
msgid ""
"From the new |RFQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send"
" an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a "
"printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Order` to confirm the purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:76
msgid ""
"After confirming the order, return to the |pt| via the breadcrumbs. The "
":icon:`fa-list-alt` :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button has been updated to"
" list the confirmed order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst-1
msgid "The RFQ smart button on a purchase template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:3
msgid "Requests for quotation"
msgstr "Offerteaanvraag"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo's requests for quotation (RFQs) feature in the **Purchase** app "
"standardizes ordering products from multiple vendors with varying prices and"
" delivery times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:15
msgid ""
"|RFQs| are documents companies send to vendors requesting product pricing. "
"In Odoo, once the vendor approves the |RFQ|, the purchase order (PO) is "
"confirmed to align on lead times and pricing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:24
msgid ""
"To auto-populate product information and prices on an |RFQ|, configure "
"products by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> "
"Products`. Select an existing product, or create a new one by selecting "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the product form, where various sales and "
"purchasing data can be configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:29
msgid ""
"To configure purchasable products, tick the :guilabel:`Can be purchased` "
"checkbox, under the product name. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab,"
" and enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1
msgid "Required configuration for purchasable products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:39
msgid "Vendor pricelist"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and "
"their price, to have this information auto-populate on an |RFQ| each time "
"the product is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`../products/pricelist`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:47
msgid ""
"Default columns include :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Price`, and "
":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`, but other columns like, :guilabel:`Product "
"Variant` or :guilabel:`Discounts`, can also be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:50
msgid ""
"To enable or disable columns, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` "
":guilabel:`(additional options)` icon on the right side of the header row to"
" reveal a drop-down menu of additional columns that can be added (or "
"removed) from the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:55
msgid ""
"Alternatively, prices and delivery lead times for existing products can be "
"added in bulk by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration -->"
" Vendor Pricelists`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner. In the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` section of the pricelist form that appears, add the "
"product information as it pertains to the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:61
msgid "Order products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:63
msgid ""
"With products and prices configured, follow these steps to create and send "
"|RFQs| to make purchases for the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:67
msgid "|RFQ| dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:69
msgid ""
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> "
"Requests for Quotation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard displays an overview of the"
" company's |RFQs|, |POs|, and their status. The top of the screen breaks "
"down all |RFQs| in the company, as well as individual ones (where the user "
"is the buyer) with a summary of their status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:75
msgid ""
"The top-right corner also provides a quick report of the company's recent "
"purchases by total value, lead times, and number of |RFQs| sent."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:78
msgid "Additionally, the dashboard includes buttons for:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Send`: orders in the |RFQ| stage that have not been sent to "
"the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Waiting`: |RFQs| that have been sent by email, and are waiting on"
" vendor confirmation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Late`: |RFQs| or |POs| where the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` has "
"passed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1
msgid "RFQ dashboard with orders and order statuses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:88
msgid ""
"In addition to various view options, the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` "
"dashboard provides :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options, "
"accessible via the search bar drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:92
msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/search`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../essentials/search`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:97
msgid "Create new |RFQ|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:99
msgid ""
"To create a new |RFQ|, click the :guilabel:`New` button on the top-left "
"corner of the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard to reveal a new "
"|PO| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:102
msgid "Start by assigning a :guilabel:`Vendor`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:104
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field points to the sales and delivery "
"order numbers sent by the vendor. This comes in handy once products are "
"received, and the |PO| needs to be matched to the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:108
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field refers to long-term purchase agreements "
"on recurring orders with set pricing. To view and configure blanket orders, "
"head to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase agreements`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Currency` can be changed, if purchasing products from a "
"vendor in another country."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Next, configure an :guilabel:`Order Deadline`, which is the date by which "
"the vendor must confirm their agreement to supply the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:118
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` is exceeded, the |RFQ| is marked as "
"late, but the products can still be ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` is automatically calculated based on the "
":guilabel:`Order Deadline` and vendor lead time. Tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Ask confirmation` to ask for signage at delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:125
msgid ""
"With the :doc:`Storage Locations feature "
"<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations>` "
"activated, the :guilabel:`Deliver to` field appears, with options for the "
"order shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:129
msgid ""
"Select the receiving warehouse address here, or select :guilabel:`Dropship` "
"to indicate that this order is to be shipped directly to the end customer. "
"When :guilabel:`Dropship` is selected, the :guilabel:`Dropship address` "
"field is enabled. Contact names auto-populate here from the **Contacts** "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:135
msgid "Products tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, add the products to be ordered. Click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and type in the product name, or select the item "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:140
msgid ""
"To create a new product and add it, type the new product name in the "
":guilabel:`Product` column, select :guilabel:`Create [product name]` from "
"the resulting drop-down menu, and manually add the unit price. Or, select "
":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to be taken to the product form for that new "
"item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:145
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Catalog` can also be selected to navigate to a product menu from "
"the chosen vendor. From here, products can be added to the cart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:149
msgid ""
"To make adjustments to products and prices, access the product form by "
"clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon that "
"becomes available upon hovering over the :guilabel:`Product` name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:154
msgid "Send |RFQ|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:156
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Send by Email` reveals a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-"
"up window, with a :guilabel:`Purchase: Request for Quotation` template "
"loaded, ready to send to the vendor's email address (configured in the "
"**Contacts** app)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:160
msgid ""
"After crafting the desired message, click :guilabel:`Send`. Once sent, the "
"|RFQ| moves to the :guilabel:`RFQ Sent` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:163
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Print RFQ` downloads a PDF of the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:166
msgid "Confirm order"
msgstr "Bevestig bestelling"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:168
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm Order` directly transforms the |RFQ| into an "
"active |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:171
msgid ""
"Odoo tracks communications on each order through the chatter of the |PO| "
"form. This shows the emails sent between the user and the contact, as well "
"as any internal notes and activities. Messages, notes, and activities can "
"also be logged on the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:175
msgid "Once an |RFQ| is confirmed, it creates a |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:177
msgid ""
"On the new |PO|, the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field changes to "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`, which displays the date and time the user "
"confirmed the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:180
msgid ""
"Depending on the user's chosen configuration in the **Purchase** app "
"settings, a *vendor bill* is created once products have been ordered or "
"received. For more information, refer to the documentation on :doc:`managing"
" vendor bills <manage>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:185
msgid ""
"After an order is placed, clicking :guilabel:`Receive Products` records the "
"reception of new products into the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:189
msgid ""
"With the **Inventory** app installed, confirming a |PO| automatically "
"creates a receipt document, with the product information and expected "
"arrival dates automatically populated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Producten"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:40
msgid "Import vendor pricelist"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:5
msgid ""
"Set vendor prices to auto-populate requests for quotations (RFQs) or "
"purchase orders (POs) with the unit price, once the product is added, which "
"reduces errors and saves time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, vendor pricelists can be :ref:`added individually "
"<purchase/products/pricelist>` on the product form, or :ref:`imported in "
"bulk <purchase/products/import-pricelist>`, via an XLSX or CSV file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:13
msgid ""
"Please review this :doc:`import guide "
"<../../../essentials/export_import_data>` before uploading vendor "
"pricelists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:19
msgid "On product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:21
msgid ""
"To manually add the vendor price on the product form, go to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`, and click the "
"desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:25
msgid ""
"Product forms are accessible from multiple apps, such as **Sales**, "
"**Inventory**, and **Manufacturing**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and "
"their price, to have this information auto-populate on a request for "
"quotation each time the product is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:32
msgid ""
":ref:`Vendor pricelist on product form <purchase/manage_deals/vendor-"
"pricelist>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1
msgid "Vendor pricelist on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:42
msgid ""
"To import vendor pricelists, ensure the XLSX or CSV file is accurately "
"completed. The best way to obtain a correctly formatted template, including "
"product names, references, and vendor details, is to first :ref:`export a "
"pricelist <purchase/products/export-price>` from the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:46
msgid ""
"Modify the exported file, as needed, then import it back into the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:51
msgid "Export pricelist"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:53
msgid ""
"To export a pricelist, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration "
"--> Vendor Pricelists`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:55
msgid "On the page, tick the checkbox(es) for the desired vendor pricelists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button that appears, and "
"choose :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1
msgid "Show selected exported fields, with the Export button visible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:63
msgid ""
"In the resulting pop-up window, fields listed under the :guilabel:`Fields to"
" export` section are included in the exported file. To add more fields, find"
" the desired field in the :guilabel:`Available fields` section, and click "
"the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:69
msgid ""
"To update to existing records, tick the :guilabel:`I want to update data "
"(import-compatible export)` checkbox, and refer to the section on the "
":ref:`External ID <purchase/products/external-id>` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:73
msgid ""
"For details on commonly-used fields for importing vendor pricelists, see the"
" :ref:`Common fields <purchase/products/common-fields>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:76
msgid ""
"Select the desired :guilabel:`Export Format`: :guilabel:`XLSX` or "
":guilabel:`CSV`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:78
msgid ""
"To save the selected fields as a template, click the :guilabel:`Template` "
"field, and select :guilabel:`New template` from the drop-down menu. Type the"
" name of the new template, and click the :icon:`fa-floppy-o` "
":guilabel:`(save)` icon. After that, the template is a selectable option "
"when clicking the :guilabel:`Template` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:83
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Export`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:86
msgid ""
"With :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` turned on, the column names of "
"the exported file display the *field name* with the *technical name* in "
"parenthesis."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0
msgid "Exporting vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:93
msgid ""
"Export vendor pricelist in XLSX format. It includes :guilabel:`Product "
"Template` and other fields in the :guilabel:`Fields to export` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:99
msgid "External ID"
msgstr "Externe ID"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:101
msgid ""
"*External ID* is a unique identifier used to update existing vendor "
"pricelists. Without it, imported records create new entries, instead of "
"updating existing ones. Including this field in the XLSX or CSV, indicates "
"the line replaces an existing vendor pricelist in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0
msgid "Show 'Ready Mat' appear twice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:109
msgid ""
"`Ready Mat` appears twice because the external ID was omitted during the "
"price update from `$790` to `$780`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:112
msgid ""
"To look-up the :guilabel:`External ID` for a vendor pricelist, tick the "
":guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox at the"
" top of the :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:116
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`External ID` from the :guilabel:`Available fields` "
"section with the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible "
"export)` checkbox ticked results in an export file with two columns "
"containing the external ID."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:123
msgid "Common fields"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:125
msgid ""
"Below is a list of commonly-used fields when importing vendor pricelists:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:127
msgid "Field name definitions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:130
msgid "Field name"
msgstr "Veldnaam"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:131
msgid "Used for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:132
msgid "Field in Odoo database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:133
msgid "Technical name of field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:134
msgid "Vendor"
msgstr "Leverancier"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:135
msgid ""
"The only required field for creating a vendor pricelist record. This field "
"specifies the vendor associated with the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:137
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor` field in the :ref:`vendor pricelist of the product form "
"<purchase/products/pricelist>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:139
msgid "`partner_id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:140
msgid "Product Template"
msgstr "Productsjabloon"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:141
msgid "The Odoo product the vendor pricelist entry is related to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:142
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` field in the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:143
msgid "`product_tmpl_id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:145
msgid ""
"The minimum quantity required to receive the product at the specified price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:146
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity` field in the vendor pricelist. (If not visible, enable "
"it by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and"
" tick the :guilabel:`Quantity` checkbox)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:149
msgid "`min_qty`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:150
msgid "Unit Price"
msgstr "Eenheidsprijs"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:151
msgid "The purchase price for the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Price` field in the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:153
msgid "`price`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:154
msgid "Delivery Lead Time"
msgstr "Levertijd"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:155
msgid ""
":ref:`Number of days <inventory/warehouses_storage/purchase-lt>` before "
"receiving the product after confirming a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:157
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field on the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:158
msgid "`delay`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:159
msgid "Sequence"
msgstr "Reeks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:160
msgid ""
"Defines the order of vendors in the pricelist when multiple vendors are "
"available. For example, if `Azure Interior` is listed first and Wood Corner "
"second, their sequences would be `1` and `2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:171
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/B"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:164
msgid "`sequence`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:165
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Bedrijf"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:166
msgid "Name of company the product belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Company` field in the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:168
msgid "`company_id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:169
msgid ":ref:`External ID <purchase/products/external-id>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:170
msgid "Unique ID of a record used to update existing vendor pricelists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:172
msgid "`id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:175
msgid "Import records"
msgstr "Records importeren"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:177
msgid ""
"With a template downloaded, fill out the XLSX or CSV file with the necessary"
" information. After inputting everything, import the file back into the Odoo"
" database, by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
"Vendor Pricelists`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:181
msgid ""
"On the page, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon in the top-"
"left corner. In the drop-down menu that appears, click :guilabel:`Import "
"records`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:184
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Upload File` in the upper-left corner, and after "
"selecting the XLSX or CSV file, confirm the correct fields, and click "
":guilabel:`Import`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:188
msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/export_import_data`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:189
msgid ":ref:`Common fields <purchase/products/common-fields>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1
msgid "Upload file screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:195
msgid "Formatting import file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:197
msgid ""
"To understand how to format import files for vendor pricelists, consider the"
" following example."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:199
msgid ""
"`Storage Box` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM08`) is sold by `Wood Corner` "
"for `$10`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:200
msgid ""
"`Large Desk` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM09`) has no records in the vendor"
" pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:202
msgid "An import file is created to do the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:204
msgid "Update the price for `Wood Corner` from `$10` to `$13`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:205
msgid ""
"Add pricelist for `Storage Box`: the vendor, `Ready Mat` intends to sell the"
" product for `$14`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:206
msgid ""
"Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Wood Corner`, price is `$1299`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:207
msgid ""
"Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Azure Interior`, price is "
"`$1399`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:209
msgid "Vendor pricelist data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:212
msgid "id"
msgstr "ID"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:213
msgid "company_id"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:214
msgid "delay"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:215
msgid "price"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:216
msgid "product_tmpl_id"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:217
msgid "sequence"
msgstr "reeks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:218
msgid "partner_id"
msgstr "partner_id"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:219
msgid "product.product_supplierinfo_3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:227
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:234
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:241
msgid "My Company (San Francisco)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:222
msgid "13.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:230
msgid "[E-COM08] Storage Box"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:239
msgid "Wood Corner"
msgstr "Houten hoek"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:229
msgid "14.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:232
msgid "Ready Mat"
msgstr "Klaar Mat"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:236
msgid "1299.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:244
msgid "[E-COM09] Large Desk"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:238
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:243
msgid "1399.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:245
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:246
msgid "Azure Interior"
msgstr "Azuur interieur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:249
msgid "The *technical field name* was used to create this information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:252
msgid "Download the sample files for reference:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:254
msgid ":download:`Sample XLSX import file <pricelist/pricelist-example.xlsx>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:255
msgid ":download:`Sample CSV import file <pricelist/pricelist-example.csv>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
" below a set threshold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
"be added to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
msgid ""
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
"into it's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
msgid ""
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
" once they are received and entered into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
"created for 21 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
"Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
msgid ""
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
msgid ""
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
"actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
msgid ""
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
"top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
msgid ""
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3
msgid "Temporary reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity "
"of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain "
"threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate "
"purchase orders for specific products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9
msgid ""
"Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold,"
" without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a "
"product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo "
"generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*)"
" to replenish the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14
msgid ""
"In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when"
" they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment "
"dashboard when a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19
msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20
msgid "has no reordering rule configured"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21
msgid "has `0` quantity in stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22
msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24
msgid ""
"This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated "
"for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27
msgid ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33
msgid ""
"To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its "
"stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37
msgid ""
"The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an "
"existing product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located "
"beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, "
"click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. "
"Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51
msgid ""
"A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting "
"to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the"
" *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0
msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60
msgid ""
"Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the "
":guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. "
"Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, "
"indicating there are no rules applied to this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand "
"buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69
msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71
msgid ""
"To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a "
"product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74
msgid ""
"Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-"
"down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83
msgid "Check replenishment report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85
msgid ""
"To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product "
"included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89
msgid ""
"On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering "
"rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, "
"negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93
msgid ""
"Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the "
"row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100
msgid ""
"To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order "
"Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right "
"corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been "
"generated`, along with a new purchase order number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105
msgid ""
"Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order "
"Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no "
"longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110
msgid "Complete purchase order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112
msgid ""
"To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` "
"dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the "
"generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` overview."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116
msgid ""
"From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive "
"Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123
msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there "
"are no reordering rules on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the "
"product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button "
"displays `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between "
"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert "
"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once"
" and let Odoo handle the conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
msgid ""
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
msgid "Enable units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
msgid ""
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
msgid "Standard units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
"(see next section)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
msgid ""
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
" units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
msgid ""
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into "
"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the "
"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77
msgid ""
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select "
"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select "
"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding "
"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a "
"multiple of this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97
msgid ""
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101
msgid ""
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
"*Smaller*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103
msgid ""
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109
msgid ""
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
"units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing "
"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality "
"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/quality-overview-5590>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5
msgid "Quality check types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3
msgid "Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types"
" that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows"
" the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12
msgid ""
"For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality checks <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"checks>` and :ref:`quality control points "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17
msgid "Process an Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19
msgid ""
"There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed."
" If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or "
"work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a"
" check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24
msgid "Process from the quality check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30
msgid ""
"If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the"
" quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34
msgid "Process quality check on an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for"
" which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button "
"to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality "
"checks created for the order can be processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51
msgid ""
"To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions "
"detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the "
"manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page."
" For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64
msgid "Process work order quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a "
"specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an "
"*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather"
" than the |MO| as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71
msgid ""
"Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the "
"*Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* "
"quality check is required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the "
":guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on "
"the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work"
" Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open"
" the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84
msgid ""
"Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality "
"check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that "
"details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92
msgid ""
"Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking "
"the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work "
"order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, "
"without a pop-up window appearing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97
msgid ""
"For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor "
"overview <manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3
msgid "Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that "
"can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point "
"(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a "
"product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, "
"the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* "
"value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15
msgid "Create a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A "
"single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be "
"configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27
msgid "Quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how the picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44
msgid "Quality control point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`,"
" and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: "
":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53
msgid ""
"Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the "
"ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-"
"entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` "
"and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum "
"acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum "
"acceptable measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"measurement should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70
msgid "Process a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be "
"processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72
msgid "From the check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to take the measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83
msgid ""
"After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click "
":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* "
"and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the"
" top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the "
"check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*,"
" or *Failed* if the value is outside of it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88
msgid "On an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing "
"order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the "
"button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all "
"of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, "
"then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114
msgid ""
"If the value entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can "
"then be processed as usual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118
msgid ""
"However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-"
"up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the "
"pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units "
"and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions "
"entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the "
"bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and "
":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`"
" pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195
msgid ""
"If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` "
"instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were "
"listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the "
"documentation on :doc:`quality alerts "
"<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121
msgid "On a work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality "
"check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing"
" order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153
msgid ""
"*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed "
"from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality "
"check is required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the "
":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the "
"work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up "
"window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138
msgid ""
"When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to "
"the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, "
"and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167
msgid ""
"Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is "
"reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes "
"instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the "
"measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window,"
" and then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176
msgid ""
"If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and "
"the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if "
"the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up "
"window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181
msgid ""
"The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a "
"message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be "
"between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the "
":guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up"
" window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and "
":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor"
" module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled "
":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the "
":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete "
"the check and close the pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the "
":guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-"
"right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want "
"to do?` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the "
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality "
"alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :doc:`quality alerts "
"<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3
msgid "Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types "
"that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the "
"creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15
msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria "
"that must be met for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45
msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically,"
" begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check "
"to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62
msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75
msgid ""
"If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at "
"the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing"
" order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check "
"is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If "
"the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116
msgid ""
"*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be "
"completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality "
"check is required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130
msgid ""
"Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality "
"check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that "
"details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the "
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check "
"passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the "
"next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a "
":guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what "
"should be done next."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144
msgid ""
"Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a "
"*Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that "
"appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When "
"using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up "
"window appearing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3
msgid "Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check "
"types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality "
"control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be "
"attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture` quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44
msgid "Quality control point"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51
msgid ""
"If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears "
"after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a"
" device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information "
"about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on "
":ref:`adding new equipment "
"<maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65
msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open "
"the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, "
"select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), "
"for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown "
"on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, "
"make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check"
" (computer, tablet, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`"
" section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to"
" the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to"
" complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality "
"alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality "
"alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128
msgid ""
"*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be "
"completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*"
" quality check is required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142
msgid ""
"Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step"
" is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes "
"instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, "
"make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check"
" (computer, tablet, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to "
"open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the "
"picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to "
"complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step"
" of the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173
msgid "Review picture attached to quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175
msgid ""
"After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by "
"quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select "
"a quality check to review."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179
msgid ""
"The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the "
"quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` "
"button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check "
"fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5
msgid "Quality control basics"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:3
msgid "Failure locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs) are used to create *quality "
"checks*, which prompt employees to confirm the quality of products, when "
"they are included in certain operations. By setting one or more *failure "
"locations* on a |QCP|, products that fail the quality checks it creates can "
"be sent to one of the specified locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:14
msgid ""
"The *Failure Location* feature was added in version 17.0 of Odoo, and does "
"**not** appear in any previous version. To upgrade an Odoo database to a "
"more recent version, see the documentation on :doc:`database upgrades "
"<../../../../administration/upgrade>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:21
msgid ""
"To use failure locations, the *Storage Locations* setting **must** be "
"enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app. This setting allows for the "
"creation of sub-locations within a warehouse, including failure locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:25
msgid ""
"To enable the *Storage Locations* setting, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the "
"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, under the "
":guilabel:`Warehouses` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1
msgid "The Storage Locations setting on the Inventory app settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:34
msgid ""
"Failure locations are most effective when used for products configured as "
"*storable products*. This is because inventory counts are only tracked for "
"storable products, versus *consumable* products, for which exact counts are "
"not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:38
msgid ""
"Quality checks can still be created for consumable products, and those "
"products can be sent to a failure location if they fail a check. However, "
"Odoo does not track the exact quantity of a consumable product stored at a "
"failure location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:42
msgid ""
"To configure a product as storable, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. In the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` field on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, "
"make sure that :guilabel:`Storable Product` is selected from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:48
msgid "Add failure location to QCP"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:50
msgid ""
"To add a failure location to a |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality "
"app --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Select an existing |QCP| from "
"the list, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:55
msgid ""
"The following instructions only detail the configuration settings necessary "
"for adding a failure location to a |QCP|. For a full overview of |QCPs| and "
"all of the options available when configuring them, see the documentation on"
" :doc:`quality control points <quality_control_points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:60
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Control Per` field on the |QCP| form, select the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` option. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Failure Locations`"
" field to appear on the form. This field is only available when the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` option is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:64
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field, select one or more locations "
"from the drop-down menu. To create a new location, type the desired location"
" name into the field, and then select :guilabel:`Create \"[name]\"` from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1
msgid "A QCP form in the Quality app, configured with a failure location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:73
msgid "Send products to failure location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once a |QCP| has been configured with one or more failure locations, "
"products that fail a check created by the |QCP| can be routed to one of the "
"locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:78
msgid ""
"To do so, open an order that requires a quality check created by a |QCP| "
"configured with a failure location. For example, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`, and select a "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:82
msgid ""
"At the top of the selected order, click the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` "
"button to open a pop-up window, from which the quality check can be "
"processed. At the bottom of the pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Fail` "
"button to fail the quality check, which opens a second pop-up window, titled"
" :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed for [Product]`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:87
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Quantity Failed` field, enter the quantity of the product "
"that failed to pass the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Failure Location` "
"field, select a location to which the failed quantity should be sent. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window to close it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1
msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a quality check fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:96
msgid ""
"Finally, on the order, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of "
"the page. Doing so confirms the products that failed the quality check were "
"sent to the failure location, while products that passed it were sent to "
"their normal storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:101
msgid "View failure location inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:103
msgid ""
"To view the product quantities stored in a failure location, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select a "
"failure location from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` "
"smart button on the location's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:107
msgid ""
"A failure location's page lists all of the products stored within the "
"location, along with the quantity of each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3
msgid "Quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams"
" of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a "
"manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* "
"module, or directly within the *Quality* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13
msgid "Create quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15
msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17
msgid ""
"**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality -->  Quality "
"Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a "
"quality alert form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing "
"Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button"
" at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24
msgid ""
"This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the "
"|MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27
msgid ""
"Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` "
"button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), "
"and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the "
"top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33
msgid ""
"This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the "
"inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear "
"otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be "
"created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page "
"and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38
msgid ""
"Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center "
"from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮"
" (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to "
"open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the "
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality "
"alert in a pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45
msgid ""
"Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the "
"form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created "
"from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` "
"and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50
msgid "Quality alerts form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52
msgid ""
"After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short "
":guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55
msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57
msgid ""
"**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the "
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59
msgid ""
"**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60
msgid ""
"**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62
msgid ""
"Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is "
"responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be"
" responsible for the quality alert, select them from the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert"
" from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality "
"issue, if known."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71
msgid ""
"Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ "
"(star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities "
"appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the "
"*Quality* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding "
"supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They "
"can be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality "
"issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should "
"be taken to fix the issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to "
"prevent the issue from occurring in the future."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the "
"product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select "
"the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when"
" the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93
msgid "Manage quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95
msgid ""
"To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality -->"
" Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a "
"Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where"
" they are in the review process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99
msgid ""
"To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the "
"desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then "
"click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ "
"(plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that "
"appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and"
" then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the "
"alert card to open its form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3
msgid "Quality checks"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9
msgid ""
"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used "
"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted"
" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory "
"operation or manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13
msgid ""
"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks"
" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a "
"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee"
" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full "
"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on"
" :ref:`quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19
msgid ""
"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it "
"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check"
" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that "
"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct "
"unprompted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25
msgid "Manual quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27
msgid ""
"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option "
"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery"
" order) and all products within it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is "
"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that "
"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a "
"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected"
" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted "
"for."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40
msgid ""
"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down "
"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-"
"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation "
"the quality check is being conducted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44
msgid ""
"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from "
"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality "
"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging"
" to a specific |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48
msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct "
"the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check "
"before the check can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a "
"certain criteria to pass the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to "
"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be "
"completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-"
"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be "
"filled out to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible "
"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company "
"that owns the product being inspected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a "
"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any"
" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was "
"created, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68
msgid ""
"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the "
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, "
"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76
msgid "Process quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78
msgid ""
"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or "
"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. "
"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order "
"operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83
msgid ""
"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is "
"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order "
"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on "
":ref:`Quality Control Points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create "
"quality checks for a specific work order operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90
msgid "Quality check page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92
msgid ""
"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select"
" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the "
"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`"
" tab at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97
msgid ""
"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of"
" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101
msgid "Quality check on order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103
msgid ""
"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory "
"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. "
"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109
msgid ""
"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up "
"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up "
"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button "
"appears instead. Click it to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123
msgid "Quality check on work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125
msgid ""
"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is "
"required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135
msgid ""
"For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview"
" <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142
msgid ""
"Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. "
"Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should "
"be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` "
"to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being "
"processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on "
"the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as "
"*Passed*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151
msgid ""
"The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of "
"check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality"
" check, see the associated documentation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3
msgid "Quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create "
":doc:`quality checks <quality_checks>` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| "
"can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations "
"(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16
msgid ""
"Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly "
"inspected for defects and other issues."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20
msgid "Configure quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality "
"Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that "
"makes the |QCP| easily identifiable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| "
"should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, "
"select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should "
"trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be "
"created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37
msgid ""
"When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and "
":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left "
"blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the "
"specified operation(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled "
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work "
"order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the "
"manufacturing operation, in general."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:48
msgid ""
"A |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the `Assembly` work"
" order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is confirmed for a"
" `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check specifically for the "
"`Assembly` operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *when* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation`: One check is requested for the specified operation, "
"as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: One check is requested for each *unique* product "
"included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for "
"one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* "
"products are included in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: A check is requested for a certain percentage of items"
" within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the "
":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical "
"value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the "
"checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *how often* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`All`: A quality check is requested every time the conditions of "
"the |QCP| are met."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Randomly`: A quality check is randomly requested for a certain "
"percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% "
"of Operations` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Periodically`: A quality check is requested once every set period"
" of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field "
"below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or "
":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should"
" be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|"
" depends upon the type of quality check selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be "
"uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to "
"confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the "
"manufacturing operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet "
"for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the "
"product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to "
"pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks require the employee processing the check to "
"fill out an interactive worksheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` checks require the employee processing the check to "
"fill out an interactive spreadsheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:94
msgid ""
"An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:96
msgid ""
"When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a"
" |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* "
"check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, "
"like receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100
msgid ""
"However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control "
"purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"When creating a |QCP| with the :guilabel:`Worksheet` or "
":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` check types, it is necessary to specify a *Quality "
"Worksheet Template* or *Quality Spreadsheet Template* in the "
":guilabel:`Template` field that appears below the :guilabel:`Type` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:108
msgid ""
"The selected template is duplicated for each quality check created by the "
"|QCP|, and **must** be filled out to complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"To create a new template, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> "
"Configuration --> Quality Worksheet/Spreadsheet Templates`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible "
"for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific "
"quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:118
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the "
"location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality "
"checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:121
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is "
"included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the"
" page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:125
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:128
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter "
"instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:131
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step "
"Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, "
"either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's "
"file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides "
"document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:136
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to "
"do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing"
" the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert <quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:140
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about "
"the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this "
"tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by "
"the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1
msgid ""
"A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:8
msgid "Repairs"
msgstr "Reparaties"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Repairs* assists companies in creating and processing repairs for "
"damaged products returned by customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:3
msgid "Process repair orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Sometimes, products delivered to customers can break or be damaged in "
"transit, and need to be returned for a refund, delivery of a replacement "
"product, or repairs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, repairs for products returned by customers can be tracked in the "
"*Repairs* app. Once repaired, products can be redelivered to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:16
msgid ""
"The return and repair process for damaged products typically follows the "
"below steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
":ref:`Process return order for damaged product "
"<repairs/repair_orders/return-order>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
":ref:`Create repair order for returned product "
"<repairs/repair_orders/repair>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:20
msgid ""
":ref:`Return repaired product to customer <repairs/repair_orders/return-"
"customer>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:25
msgid "Return order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:27
msgid ""
"Returns can be processed in Odoo via *reverse transfers*, created directly "
"from a sales order (SO) once products have been delivered to a customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a return, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click "
"into an |SO| from which a product should be returned. Then, from the |SO| "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Doing so opens the "
"delivery order (DO) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:34
msgid ""
"From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse "
"Transfer` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:253
msgid ""
"This pop-up lists the :guilabel:`Product` included in the order, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` delivered to the customer, and the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` the product was in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:256
msgid ""
"Click the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to change the quantity of "
"the product to be returned, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:259
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line "
"to remove it from the return, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a "
"new receipt for the returned products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the product has been returned to the warehouse, receipt of the return "
"can be registered in the database by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` from the "
"reverse transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once a reverse transfer for a return is validated, the value in the "
":guilabel:`Delivered` column on the original |SO| updates to reflect the "
"difference between the original :guilabel:`Quantity` ordered, and the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` returned by the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:0
msgid "Delivered and Quantity columns on sales order after return."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:67
msgid "Create repair order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Once products have been returned, their repairs can be tracked by creating a"
" repair order (RO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:78
msgid ""
"On this form, begin by selecting a :guilabel:`Customer`. The customer "
"selected should be for whom the order will be invoiced and delivered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:81
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field, click the drop-down menu to "
"select the product that needs repair. If necessary, click :guilabel:`Search "
"More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Product to Repair` pop-up window, and "
"browse all products in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:85
msgid ""
"Once a :guilabel:`Product to Repair` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Product "
"Quantity` field appears below it. In that field, enter the quantity (in a "
"`0.00` format) of the product that requires repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:89
msgid ""
"To the right of that value, click the drop-down list to select the unit of "
"measure (UoM) for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:92
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Return` field, click the drop-down menu and select the "
"return order from which the product to be repaired comes from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:95
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Under Warranty` checkbox, if the product being repaired "
"is covered by a warranty. If ticked, the :guilabel:`Customer` is not charged"
" for all the parts used in the repair order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:99
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar"
" popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click"
" :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:106
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, click the drop-down menu and select "
"the user who should be responsible for the repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:109
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Company` field, if in a multi-company environment, select "
"which company this |RO| belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, click the drop-down menu and select which "
"tags should be applied to this |RO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:116
msgid "Parts tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Add, remove, or recycle parts in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. To do so, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:121
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` column, click the box to reveal three options to "
"choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and "
":guilabel:`Recycle`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Choosing :guilabel:`Add` adds this part to the |RO|. Adding parts lists "
"components for use in the repair. If the components are used, the user "
"completing the repair can record they were used. If they were not used, the "
"user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another "
"use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133
msgid ""
"Choosing :guilabel:`Remove` removes this part from the |RO|. Removing parts "
"lists components that should be removed from the product being repaired "
"during the repair process. If the parts are removed, the user completing the"
" repair can indicate they were removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:137
msgid ""
"Choosing :guilabel:`Recycle` recycles this part from the |RO|, designating "
"it for later use or to be repurposed for another use in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:140
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Product` column, select which product (part) should be "
"added, removed, or recycled. In the :guilabel:`Demand` column, change the "
"quantity, if necessary, to indicate what quantity of this part should be "
"used in the repair process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:144
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the value (in a `0.00` format) once "
"the part has been successfully added, removed, or recycled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column, select the |UoM| for the part."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:149
msgid ""
"Finally, in the :guilabel:`Used` column, tick the checkbox once the part has"
" been used in the repair process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:152
msgid ""
"To add additional columns to the line, click the :guilabel:`(optional "
"columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the "
"desired options to add to the line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:160
msgid "Repair Notes and Miscellaneous tabs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:162
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab to add internal notes about this "
"specific |RO|, and anything the user performing the repair might need to "
"know."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:165
msgid "Click the blank text field to begin writing notes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:167
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab to see the :guilabel:`Operation "
"Type` for this repair. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`YourCompany: "
"Repairs`, indicating this is a repair type operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:171
msgid ""
"Once all desired configurations have been made on the |RO| form, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Confirmed`"
" stage, and reserves the necessary components needed for the repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:175
msgid ""
"A new :guilabel:`Forecasted` column appears on the product lines under the "
":guilabel:`Parts` tab, displaying the availability of all components needed "
"for the repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:178
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Start Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the "
":guilabel:`Under Repair` stage (in the upper-right corner). If the |RO| "
"should be cancelled, click :guilabel:`Cancel Repair`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:181
msgid ""
"Once all products have been successfully repaired, the |RO| is completed. To"
" register this in the database, click :guilabel:`End Repair`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:185
msgid ""
"If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End "
"Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:192
msgid ""
"The pop-up window informs the user that there is a difference between the "
"initial demand and the actual quantity used for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Used` quantity should be changed, click "
":guilabel:`Discard` or close the pop-up window. If the order should be "
"confirmed, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:198
msgid ""
"This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage. A :guilabel:`Product "
"Moves` smart button also appears above the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:201
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves"
" history during and after the repair process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:211
msgid "Return product to customer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:214
msgid "Product is under warranty"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:216
msgid ""
"Once the product has been successfully repaired, it can be returned to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:219
msgid "Product is not under warranty"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:221
msgid ""
"If the product is not under warranty, or should the customer bear the repair"
" costs, click :guilabel:`Create Quotation`. This opens a new |SO| form, pre-"
"populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair"
" calculated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:229
msgid ""
"If this |SO| should be sent to the customer, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and "
"proceed to invoice the customer for the repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:233
msgid ""
"If the customer should be charged for a repair service, a service type "
"product can be created and added to the |SO| for a repaired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:236
msgid ""
"To return the product to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales"
" app`, and select the original |SO| from which the initial return was "
"processed. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:240
msgid ""
"From the resulting list of operations, click the reverse transfer, indicated"
" by the :guilabel:`Source Document`, which should read `Return of "
"WH/OUT/XXXXX`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:243
msgid ""
"This opens the return form. At the top of this form, a :guilabel:`Repair "
"Orders` smart button now appears, linking this return to the completed |RO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:246
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Return` at the top of the form. This opens a "
":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:262
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a "
"new delivery for the returned products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:265
msgid ""
"When the delivery has been processed and the product has been returned to "
"the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:269
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`"
msgstr ""